Form 20-F

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: 30 June 2015

Commission file number 1-10691

DIAGEO plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

Paul Tunnacliffe, Company Secretary

Tel: +44 20 8978 6000

E-mail: the.cosec@diageo.com

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares

Ordinary shares of 28 101108 pence each

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange(i)

5.300% Guaranteed Notes due 2015

0.625% Guaranteed Notes due 2016

5.500% Guaranteed Notes due 2016

1.500% Guaranteed Notes due 2017

5.750% Guaranteed Notes due 2017

1.125% Guaranteed Notes due 2018

4.850% Guaranteed Notes due 2018

4.828% Guaranteed Notes due 2020

2.875% Guaranteed Notes due 2022

8.000% Guaranteed Notes due 2022

2.625% Guaranteed Notes due 2023

7.450% Guaranteed Notes due 2035

5.875% Guaranteed Notes due 2036

4.250% Guaranteed Notes due 2042

3.875% Guaranteed Notes due 2043

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

(i) Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing such ordinary shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,754,308,400 ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each.

Indicate by check mark if each registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes x No ¨


If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if each registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ¨ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer x                             Accelerated Filer ¨                         Non-Accelerated Filer ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ¨    International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x
   Other ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ¨ Item 18 ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F and the annual report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 2015 of Diageo plc (the 2015 Form 20-F).

 

 

 


Contents

 

5

   Introduction

7

   Recent trends

8

   Historical information

12

   Strategic report

12

   Business description

12

   Our business

17

   Our global reach

18

   Our brands

19

   Outstanding breadth and depth across price points

20

   Our Performance Ambition

21

   Our business model

22

   Chairman’s statement

25

   Chief Executive’s statement

28

   How we measure performance: key performance indicators

32

   Market dynamics

35

   How we will deliver our Performance Ambition

36

   Risk factors

42

   Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

44

   Business review

44

   Operating results 2015 compared with 2014

75

   Operating results 2014 compared with 2013

99

   Liquidity and capital resources

101

   Contractual obligations and commitments

102

   Off-balance sheet arrangements

102

   Risk management

102

   Critical accounting policies

102

   New accounting standards

103

   Sustainability & Responsibility review

120

   Definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures

134

   Governance

134

   Board of Directors and Company Secretary

137

   Executive Committee

139

   Corporate governance report

147

   Report of the Audit Committee

151

   Directors’ remuneration report

178

   Directors’ report

 

3


Contents (continued)

 

180

   Financial statements

180

   Reports of independent registered public accounting firms

182

   Consolidated income statement

183

   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

184

   Consolidated balance sheet

185

   Consolidated statement of changes in equity

186

   Consolidated statement of cash flows
   Notes to the consolidated financial statements

187

  

Accounting information and policies

190

  

Results for the year

206

  

Operating assets and liabilities

225

  

Risk management and capital structure

240

  

Other financial information

247

   Report of independent registered public accounting firm - internal controls

248

   Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

249

   Additional information for shareholders

249

   Legal proceedings

249

   Related party transactions

249

   Share capital

250

   American depositary shares

251

   Articles of association

255

   Exchange controls

255

   Documents on display

256

   Taxation

259

   Warning to shareholders - share fraud

260

   Signature

261

   Exhibits

263

   Cross reference to Form 20-F

265

   Glossary of terms and US equivalents

 

4


Introduction

Diageo is the world’s leading premium drinks business. Its geographic breadth and range of industry leading brands across categories and price points is unparalleled.

Diageo plc is incorporated as a public limited company in England and Wales. Diageo was incorporated as Arthur Guinness Son and Company Limited on 21 October 1886. The group was formed by the merger of Grand Metropolitan Public Limited Company (GrandMet) and Guinness PLC (the Guinness Group) in December 1997. Diageo plc’s principal executive office is located at Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ and its telephone number is +44 (0) 20 8978 6000. Diageo plc’s agent for service of process in the United States is General Counsel, Diageo North America, Inc., 801 Main Avenue (6078-06), Norwalk, CT 06851.

This is the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2015. The information set out in this Form 20-F does not constitute Diageo plc’s statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2015, 2014 or 2013. KPMG LLP has reported on the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015 and 2014 and KPMG Audit Plc has reported on the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2013; their audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the years ended 30 June 2015, 2014 or 2013. The accounts for 2014 and 2013 have been delivered to the registrar of companies and those for 2015 will be delivered in due course.

This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors beyond Diageo’s control. For more details, please refer to the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 42-43.

The content of the company’s website (www.diageo.com) should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this report. This report includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns or which others own and license to Diageo for use. In this report, the term ‘company’ refers to Diageo plc and terms ‘group’ and ‘Diageo’ refer to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. A glossary of terms used in this report is included at the end of the report.

Diageo’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information contained in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Information presented

Unless otherwise stated in this document, percentage movements are organic movements. These movements and operating margins are before exceptional items. Commentary, unless otherwise stated, refers to organic movements. Share, unless otherwise stated, refers to value share. See the ‘Definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures’ for an explanation of organic movement calculations on page 120.

The brand ranking information presented in this report, when comparing information with competitors, reflects data published by source such as IWSR, Impact Databank, Nielsen, Beverage Information Group and Plato Logic. Market data information and competitive set classifications are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

Disclosures not incorporated by reference

The following pages and sections of the Annual Report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2015, are not incorporated by reference into this report on Form 20-F and are furnished to United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for information only:

 

    Disclosures under the headings ‘Doing business the right way’, ‘We produce’, ‘We market’, ‘We innovate’, and ‘We sell’ in the section
‘Strategic Report – Our business’ on page 12.
    Disclosures included under the titles ‘Number of responsible drinking programs (%)’, ‘Water withdrawals’ and ‘Carbon emissions’ in the section ‘Strategic Report – Our Global Reach – Diageo reports as five region’ on page 17.
    Disclosures under the heading ‘Sustainability and responsibility’ in the Chairman’s Statement on page 23.

 

5


Introduction (continued)

 

    Disclosures under the heading ‘Sustainability and responsibility’ in the Chief Executive’s statement on page 26.
    Disclosures on pages 29 and 31 in the section ‘Strategic Report – How we measure performance: key performance indicators’ of non-financial key performance indicators.
    Disclosures included under the title ‘Leadership in alcohol in society’ in the section ‘Strategic Report – How we will deliver our Performance Ambition – our three Sustainability and Responsibility imperatives’ on page 35.
    Disclosures included under the titles ‘Increasing expectations of businesses and brands’, ‘Creating a positive role for alcohol in society’, ‘Factors affecting the operational environment’, ‘Climate change and water scarcity’, and ‘Local communities and supply chains’ in the section ‘Strategic report – Market dynamics’ on pages 33 and 34.
    Disclosures included under the titles ‘Sustainability and responsibility’ on pages 55, 59, 63, 66, and 69 in relation to each reporting segment in the Business Review.
    Disclosures in the section ‘Strategic report – Sustainability & Responsibility review’ on pages 103 to 119.

 

6


Recent trends

The following comments were made by Ivan Menezes, Chief Executive of Diageo, in Diageo’s preliminary announcement on 30 July 2015:

“Our F15 performance reflects the challenges we have seen on top line growth. However, it does not diminish my confidence in what we can achieve in F16 and even more so beyond that. Diageo has an enviable position, by geography, by brand and by category range, in an attractive consumer market place with strong long term growth drivers. This year we made further changes to build strong, sustained performance including embedding our sell out discipline, improving cash conversion and strengthening our route to consumer. We have consistently applied a long term perspective in making these changes, despite the short term challenges we have faced from an external environment where currency volatility continues to impact the emerging market consumer.

We acquired control of United Spirits in the year giving Diageo unparalleled access to one of the world’s most attractive spirits markets. We have enhanced our position in tequila by acquiring the remaining 50% of Don Julio, a brand that is already growing net sales double digit and for which I see significant potential now we have full control. Our participation strategy is clear by market and category. We are focused on our core and have a more proactive approach to our portfolio. We sold Gleneagles in the year, and since the year end, have sold the shares USL owned in United Breweries and we restructured our South African operations to focus on spirits and monetise investments worth £125 million.

We are delivering the change which will further strengthen this business and deliver our performance ambition. In F16 we believe stronger volume growth will deliver an improved top line performance. As we achieve our productivity gains from F17 we expect to deliver mid single digit organic top line growth on a sustained basis and operating margin expansion of 100 basis points over 3 years. Our brands, our global footprint and our people give me confidence that Diageo can deliver strong and sustained performance.”

 

7


Historical information

The following tables present selected consolidated financial data for Diageo for the five years ended 30 June 2015 and as at the respective year ends. The data presented below for the four years ended 30 June 2015 and the respective year ends has been derived from Diageo’s consolidated financial statements, audited by Diageo’s independent auditor. The financial information for the year ended 30 June 2011 has been derived from Diageo’s financial statements, audited by Diageo’s independent auditor, and restated in the year 30 June 2014 to reflect the adjustments resulting from the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

Income statement data

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2012
£ million
    2011
£ million
 

Sales

     15,966        13,980        15,276        14,392        13,043   

Excise duties

     (5,153     (3,722     (3,973     (3,753     (3,224
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     10,813        10,258        11,303        10,639        9,819   

Cost of sales

     (4,610     (4,029     (4,416     (4,208     (3,958
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,203        6,229        6,887        6,431        5,861   

Marketing

     (1,629     (1,620     (1,769     (1,671     (1,520

Other operating expenses

     (1,777     (1,902     (1,738     (1,652     (1,789
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     2,797        2,707        3,380        3,108        2,552   

Non-operating items

     373        140        (83     147        (14

Net interest and other finance charges

     (412     (388     (457     (441     (449

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     175        252        217        229        192   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,933        2,711        3,057        3,043        2,281   

Taxation

     (466     (447     (507     (1,011     (321
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     2,467        2,264        2,550        2,032        1,960   

Discontinued operations

            (83            (11       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,467        2,181        2,550        2,021        1,960   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data

   pence     pence     pence     pence     pence  

Dividend per share

     56.4        51.7        47.4        43.5        40.4   

Earnings per share

          

Basic

          

Continuing operations

     95.0        93.0        98.0        76.6        74.3   

Discontinued operations

            (3.3            (0.4       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

     95.0        89.7        98.0        76.2        74.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

          

Continuing operations

     94.6        92.6        97.4        76.2        74.1   

Discontinued operations

            (3.3            (0.4       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

     94.6        89.3        97.4        75.8        74.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     million     million     million     million     million  

Weighted average number of shares

     2,505        2,506        2,502        2,495        2,493   

 

8


Historical information (continued)

 

Balance sheet data

 

                                                                                                             
     As at 30 June  
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2012
£ million
    2011
£ million
 

Non-current assets

     18,134        15,495        16,481        15,098        12,633   

Current assets

     7,670        7,469        8,510        7,171        7,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     25,804        22,964        24,991        22,269        19,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     (5,290     (4,851     (5,519     (4,762     (4,903

Non-current liabilities

     (11,258     (10,523     (11,384     (10,715     (8,858
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (16,548     (15,374     (16,903     (15,477     (13,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     9,256        7,590        8,088        6,792        5,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share capital

     797        797        797        797        797   

Share premium

     1,346        1,345        1,344        1,344        1,343   

Other reserves

     1,994        2,243        3,154        3,213        3,300   

Retained earnings/(deficit)

     3,634        2,438        1,741        234        (195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable of equity shareholders of the parent company

     7,771        6,823        7,036        5,588        5,245   

Non-controlling interests

     1,485        767        1,052        1,204        714   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     9,256        7,590        8,088        6,792        5,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          

Net borrowings

     (9,527     (8,850     (8,403     (7,573     (6,480
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes to the historical information

1. Accounting policies The consolidated financial statements for the five years ended 30 June 2015 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The IFRS accounting policies applied by the group to prepare the financial information in this document are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

2. Exceptional items Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. An analysis of exceptional items is as follows:

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2012
£ million
    2011
£ million
 

Items included in operating profit

          

Restructuring programmes

     (82     (163     (69     (96     (111

Duty settlements

     (146                          (127

Associate impairment

     (41                            

Brand and tangible asset impairment

            (264     (50     (59     (39

Pension changes – past service credits

                   20        115          

SEC settlement

                                 (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (269     (427     (99     (40     (289

Non-operating items

     373        140        (83     147        (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Items included in taxation

          

Tax on exceptional operating items

     51        99        27        19        51   

Tax on sale of businesses

                   28               3   

Loss of future tax amortisation

                          (524       

Settlements with tax authorities

                                 66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     51        99        55        (505     120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items in continuing operations

     155        (188     (127     (398     (183

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 3)

            (83            (11       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items

     155        (271     (127     (409     (183
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

9


Historical information (continued)

 

3. Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (£91 million less tax of £8 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

4. Dividends The Board expects that Diageo will pay an interim dividend in April and a final dividend in October of each year. Approximately 40% of the total dividend in respect of any financial year is expected to be paid as an interim dividend and approximately 60% as a final dividend. The payment of any future dividends, subject to shareholder approval, will depend upon Diageo’s earnings, financial condition and such other factors as the Board deems relevant. Proposed dividends are not considered to be a liability until they are approved by the Board for the interim dividend and by the shareholders at the annual general meeting for the final dividend.

The table below sets out the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by the company on each ordinary share. The dividends are translated into US dollars per ADS (each ADS representing four ordinary shares) at the actual rate on each of the respective dividend payment dates.

 

                                                                                                                                   
            Year ended 30 June  
            2015
pence
     2014
pence
     2013
pence
     2012
pence
     2011
pence
 

Per ordinary share

     Interim         21.50         19.70         18.10         16.60         15.50   
     Final         34.90         32.00         29.30         26.90         24.90   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total         56.40         51.70         47.40         43.50         40.40   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            $      $      $      $      $  

Per ADS

     Interim         1.28         1.31         1.10         1.05         1.01   
     Final         2.18         2.06         1.89         1.72         1.59   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total         3.46         3.37         2.99         2.77         2.60   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: Subject to shareholders’ approval the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2015 will be paid on 8 October 2015, and payment to US ADR holders will be made on 14 October 2015. In the table above, an exchange rate of £1 = $1.56 has been assumed for this dividend, but the exact amount of the payment to US ADR holders will be determined by the rate of exchange on 8 October 2015.

5. Net borrowings Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

6. Share capital There were 2,754 million ordinary shares of 28 101108 pence each in issue with a nominal value of £797 million throughout the five year period ended 30 June 2015.

7. Exchange rates A substantial portion of the group’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than sterling. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the group’s financial position and results of operations, see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

The following table shows year end and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates, for the periods indicated, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2015
$
     2014
$
     2013
$
     2012
$
     2011
$
 

Year end

     1.57         1.71         1.52         1.57         1.61   

Average rate (i)

     1.57         1.64         1.57         1.59         1.59   

 

 

(i) The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

 

10


Historical information (continued)

 

The following table shows period end, high, low and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates by month, for the six month period to 31 July 2015, expressed in US dollars per £1. The information in respect of the month of July is for the period up to and including 31 July 2015.

 

                                                                                                                                   
     2015  
     July
$
     June
$
     May
$
     April
$
     March
$
     February
$
 

Month end

     1.56         1.57         1.53         1.53         1.49         1.54   

Month high

     1.56         1.59         1.58         1.55         1.54         1.55   

Month low

     1.54         1.52         1.51         1.46         1.47         1.50   

Average rate (i)

     1.56         1.56         1.55         1.50         1.50         1.53   

 

 

(i)  The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

The noon buying exchange rate as at 31 July 2015 was £1 = $1.56.

These rates have been provided for information only. They are not necessarily the rates that have been used in this document for currency translations or in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

11


Strategic report

Business description

OUR BUSINESS

Diageo is a global leader in beverage alcohol with iconic brands in spirits, beer and wine. We provide consumers with choice and quality across categories and price points.

Diageo has built a strong platform for growth through investing in our brands and route to consumer. Over the last five years we have made acquisitions in brands and local distribution while doubling the size of our luxury business. We have also made changes to our operating model and culture aligning Diageo behind the need for greater agility and responsiveness, creating a business that is closer to the consumer.

Our 21 market model(i) has established strong local business units, well positioned to win in increasingly competitive and fast paced operating environments.

We know that we must earn the trust and respect of everyone that comes into contact with our company. We must be transparent and authentic, demonstrating good citizenship every day, everywhere.

STRENGTH IN GLOBAL REACH AND ICONIC BRANDS

We have outstanding breadth and depth in our portfolio, with brands across price points and categories to meet consumer demand now and in the future.

DOING BUSINESS THE RIGHT WAY

For us, standards are everything, from how we produce and market our brands, to how we innovate and sell, and in governance and ethics as codified in our Code of Business Conduct.

 

WE PRODUCE

  

WE MARKET

  

WE INNOVATE

  

WE SELL

We produce our brands from more than 200 sites in over 30 countries. We are committed to efficient, sustainable production to the highest quality standards. Our export-led International Supply Centre (ISC) employs over 4,000 people across more than 55 sites in Scotland, England, Ireland, Italy and the Netherlands.    We invest in world-class marketing to build our brands, focusing on connecting with existing and new consumers. For decades our brands have been at the forefront of marketing innovation and the same remains true today. We take seriously our obligations to market responsibly and help consumers make informed decisions.    Innovation is critical to our continued growth. We are committed to finding breakthrough innovations to serve customers and consumers. We identify emerging trends, and boldly innovate at scale. Innovation is a permanent engine of growth for our business and we are restless in our search for new products.    Everyone at Diageo sells or understands how they can help sell. This is just one expression of the sales-led organisation we are building. In each of our 21 markets, we are passionate about ensuring our products are available where consumers want them. We work to deliver amazing consumer experiences and to extend our sales reach.

CREATING SHARED VALUE

Our distilleries, breweries and wineries are at the heart of the communities where we work. We have a responsibility to create shared value – for our shareholders, our people, and for the societies that enable our business to grow. Within the community, we are proud of our work to address development challenges, including skills, social enterprise and access to clean water, and to encourage responsible drinking.

Our values underpin our business and guide us. We are passionate about our customers and consumers and want to be the best. We give our people the freedom to do the best work of their careers and value everyone’s contribution. We are proud of what we do, and how we do it.

Our purpose, celebrating life, every day, everywhere, is to make the most of life – to be the best at work, at home, with friends, in the community, and for the community. For our brands to be part of celebrations big and small.

 

(i) Throughout this Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2015, reference to Diageo’s 21 geographically based markets will be stated as ‘21 markets’.

 

12


Business description (continued)

 

Production

Diageo owns manufacturing production facilities across the globe, including maltings, distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses, cooperages, vineyards, wineries and distribution warehouses. Diageo’s brands are also produced at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at a number of locations internationally.

Diageo has been investing in restructuring programmes that increase the efficiency of its supply operations. The most significant programmes are referred to in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

The locations, principal activities, products, packaging production capacity and packaging production volume of Diageo’s principal production centres in the year ended 30 June 2015 are as follows:

 

Location

  

Principal products

       Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalents
units (i)
     Production
    volume in 2015
in

millions of
equivalent units
 

United Kingdom (Spirits)

   Scotch whisky, Irish whiskey, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink      91         51   

UK, Ireland (Guinness)

   Beer      8         7   

Ireland (Baileys)

   Irish cream liqueur      12         7   

Italy (Santa Vittoria)

   Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink      11         5   

Turkey

   Raki, vodka, gin, liqueur, wine      8         6   
United States, Canada, US Virgin Islands    Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, wine, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, ready to drink      44         33   

United States

   Wine      2         1   

Brazil

   Cachaça, vodka      9         7   

Jamaica

   Beer      1         1   

Mexico

   Tequila      1         1   

Australia

   Rum, vodka, ready to drink      4         2   

Singapore

   Finishing centre      4         1   

India

   Rum, vodka, whisky, scotch, brandy, gin, wine      161         117   

Nigeria

   Beer      7         5   

South Africa (ii)

   Beer and spirits      4         3   

East Africa (Uganda, Kenya, Tanzania)

   Beer and spirits      13         8   

Africa Regional Markets (Ethiopia,

Cameroon, Ghana, Seychelles)

   Beer      5         4   

 

(i) Capacity represents ongoing production capacity. The production capacities quoted in the table are based on actual production levels for the year ended 30 June 2015 adjusted for the elimination of unplanned losses and inefficiencies.
(ii) In South Africa Diageo has agreed to dispose of its 25% equity interest in Sedibeng Limited.

Spirits

Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns 29 Scotch whisky distilleries in Scotland, two whisky distilleries in Canada and a whiskey distillery in the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff internationally. Ketel One and Cîroc vodkas are purchased as finished product from The Nolet Group and Eurowinegate, respectively. Gin distilleries are located in both the United Kingdom and the United States. Baileys is produced in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Rum is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom, and is distilled and blended in the US Virgin Islands and in Australia, Venezuela and Guatemala. Raki is produced in Turkey, Chinese spirits are produced in Chengdu, in the Sichuan province of China and cachaça is produced in Ceará State in Brazil. Diageo’s maturing Scotch whisky is located in warehouses in Scotland (the largest at Blackgrange holding approximately 50% of the group’s maturing Scotch whisky), its maturing Canadian whisky in La Salle and Gimli in Canada and its maturing American whiskey in Kentucky and Tennessee in the United States. In May 2014 the company announced its intention to invest approximately $115 million (£73 million) over three years to build a distillery and six barrel storage warehouses in Shelby County, Kentucky. The new distillery is expected to be in operation by the end of 2016. In February 2015 Diageo sold its Bushmills distillery in Northern Ireland to the Cuervo Group.

 

13


Business description (continued)

 

From 2 July 2014 the group accounted for United Spirits Limited (USL) as a subsidiary with a 54.78% equity interest. USL is the leading alcoholic beverage company in India selling over 90 million equivalent cases of Indian Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL). It has a significant market presence across India and presently has 30 owned, 15 leased and 43 third party manufacturing facilities in India and Nepal. USL also operates spirit distillation plants for neutral alcohol, malt spirit, grape spirit and rum spirit with accompanying maturation facilities. USL has many leading Indian brands such as McDowell’s (Indian whisky, rum and brandy), Black Dog (scotch), Signature (Indian whisky), Antiquity (Indian whisky) and Bagpiper (Indian whisky).

On 27 February 2015, Diageo acquired the 50% of Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own. Don Julio owns a distillery (located near Guadalajara, Mexico), maturing tequila inventory, bulk storage and bottling assets, as well as 6 million agave plants. Diageo’s intent is to invest in the short term in house bottling capacity and agricultural operations and in the medium and long term in expanding distillation capacity.

In June 2012, the company announced a multi-year investment plan in Scotch whisky production and inventory. To date the spend is approximately £0.8billion and the programme is expected to be completed by 30 June 2017.

During the year to 30 June 2015, the company completed major expansions in Scotland at Glen Ord and Teaninich distilleries doubling the capacity at both sites as well as completing the second phase of seven warehouse builds at the new warehousing facility at Cluny near Kirkcaldy. On Speyside, the new bioenergy plant at Glendullan which treats by-products and generates biogas to be used as renewable energy by the distillery was completed.

Current maturing whisky inventory levels have allowed the commencement of the announced expansions at Clynelish and Mortlach distilleries to be delayed, however work has commenced on upgrading both distilleries.

Beer

Diageo’s principal brewing facility is at the St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin where the capacity was recently expanded to brew all beers sold in Western Europe and for global exports in particular to the United States. The Dundalk, Kilkenny and Waterford operations were closed in 2013. Diageo has breweries in a number of African countries; Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Tanzania, Uganda, Seychelles, and brews Red Stripe in Jamaica. In the last six years Diageo has invested heavily in order to increase brewing capacity in Nigeria, Ghana, Cameroon, Kenya and in Ethiopia. The African businesses have also been investing in launching mainstream spirits in Africa, and have utilised a number of revolutionary portable spirits production units.

In addition, Diageo owns a 25.5% effective interest in Guinness Anchor Berhard which operates a brewery in Malaysia, and a 25% equity interest in Sedibeng brewery in South Africa. On 28 July 2015 it was announced that the company agreed to dispose of its 25% interest in Sedibeng to Heineken.

Guinness is also brewed by over 50 third parties around the world under licence arrangements. Guinness flavour extract is shipped from Ireland to all overseas Guinness brewing operations which use the flavour extract to brew Guinness locally. Guinness Draught in cans and bottles is packaged at Runcorn and Belfast in the United Kingdom. The Runcorn facility performs the kegging of Guinness Draught which is transported to Great Britain in bulk.

Wine

Diageo’s principal wineries are in the United States but the group also has operations in Argentina, Turkey and India. For European markets, wines are mainly bottled in Diageo’s facilities in Italy. Wines are sold both in their local markets and overseas.

Ready to drink

Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United Kingdom, Italy, South Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.

Property, plant and equipment

Diageo owns approximately 93% of the manufacturing, distilling, brewing, bottling and administration facilities it uses across the group’s worldwide operations. It holds approximately 2% of properties on leases in excess of 50 years. The principal production facilities are described above. As at 30 June 2015, Diageo’s land and buildings are included in the group’s consolidated balance sheet

 

14


Business description (continued)

 

at a net book value of £1,044 million. Diageo’s two largest individual facilities, in terms of book value, are the Leven bottling, blending and warehousing facility in Scotland and St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin. Approximately 38% of the net book value of Diageo’s land and buildings are properties located in Great Britain, 14% in Ireland, 13% in the United States and 8% in India.

Raw materials and supply agreements

The group has a number of long term contracts in place for the purchase of raw materials including glass, other packaging, spirit, cream, rum and grapes. Forward contracts are in place for the purchase of cereals to minimise the effects of short term price fluctuations.

Cream is the principal raw material used in the production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes are used in the production of wine and raki and are sourced from suppliers in the United States, Argentina and Turkey. Other raw materials purchased in significant quantities for the production of spirits and beer are molasses, cereals, sugar and a number of flavours (such as juniper berries, agave, aniseed, chocolate and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the world.

The majority of products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass is purchased from a variety of multinational and local suppliers; the largest suppliers are Ardagh Packaging in the United Kingdom and Owens Illinois in the United States.

Competition

Diageo’s brands compete on the basis of consumer loyalty, quality and price.

In spirits, Diageo’s major global competitors are Pernod Ricard, Beam Suntory, Bacardi and Brown-Forman, each of which has several brands that compete directly with Diageo’s brands. In addition, Diageo faces competition from local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates.

In beer, Diageo competes globally as well as on a regional and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several competitors, including AB InBev, Heineken, SABMiller, Molson Coors and Carlsberg.

In wine, the market is fragmented with many producers and distributors.

Research and development

Innovation forms an important part of Diageo’s growth strategy, playing a key role in positioning its brands for continued growth in both the developed and emerging markets. The strength and depth of Diageo’s brand range provides a solid platform from which to drive innovation. Diageo continuously invests to deepen its understanding of shopper trends and changing consumer habits to inform product and packaging development. Supporting this, the group has ongoing programmes to develop new products across beverage alcohol categories which are managed internally by the innovation and research and development function, which also takes advantage of a substantial open innovation network.

In the year ended 30 June 2015, the group’s research and development expenditure amounted to £26 million (2014 — £24 million; 2013 — £21 million), representing principally the cost of developing new products, from idea generation through to full product development. Research and development expenditure is generally written off in the year in which it is incurred.

Trademarks

Diageo produces, sells and distributes branded goods and is therefore substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are trademarks. The group also holds numerous licences and trade secrets, as well as having substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or otherwise protected (insofar as legal protection is available) in all material respects in its most important markets. Diageo also owns valuable patents and trade secrets for technology and takes all reasonable steps to protect these rights.

Regulations and taxes

Diageo’s worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems and environmental issues. In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict federal and state government regulations covering virtually every aspect of its operations, including production, distribution, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.

 

15


Business description (continued)

 

Spirits, beer and wine are subject to national import and excise duties in many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by volume, to advanced systems based on imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as Scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise duty in each country, but within an overall European Union framework, there are minimum rates of excise duties that can be applied.

Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final pricing of Diageo’s products to consumers. These duties have an impact on the competitive position as compared to other brands. The group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing government-imposed barriers to fair trading.

Advertising, marketing and sales of alcohol are subject to various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a complete prohibition of alcohol in certain countries and cultures, through the prohibition of the import of spirits, wine and beer, to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used. In a number of countries, television is a prohibited medium for spirits brands and in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is carefully regulated. Many countries also regulate the use of internet-based advertising and social media in connection with alcohol sales.

Spirits, beer and wine are also regulated in distribution. In many countries, alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on and off trade, varying from government or state operated monopoly outlets (for example, Canada, Norway and certain US states) to the common system of licensed on trade outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in much of the Western world (for example, most US states and the European Union). In about one-third of the states in the United States, price changes must be filed or published 30 days to three months, depending on the state, before they become effective.

Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. As well as producer, importer or bottler identification, specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold in the United States and in other countries where Diageo operates. Expressions of political concern signify the uncertain future of beverage alcohol products advertising on network television in the United States. Any prohibitions on advertising or marketing could have an adverse impact on sales of the group.

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities or impact on its business activities.

Acquisitions and disposals

Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests and disposals in premium drinks businesses. For a description of principal acquisitions and disposals since 1 July 2012, see note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

16


Business description (continued)

 

OUR GLOBAL REACH

One of Diageo’s key strengths is its geographic reach. We operate as 21 geographically based markets around the world and have a presence in over 180 countries. We employ more than 33,000 talented people across our global business. 43% of Diageo’s business is in the emerging markets in Latin America, Asia, Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey. This presence is balanced through our strong businesses in the world’s most profitable beverage alcohol market, the United States, and an integrated Western European business.

% SHARE OF NET SALES BY OUR 21 MARKETS

 

EACH OF OUR 21 MARKETS

IS ACCOUNTABLE FOR ITS
OWN PERFORMANCE AND

FOR DRIVING GROWTH

  

North America

  

Europe

  

Africa

  

Latin America
and Caribbean

  

Asia Pacific

>15%    US Spirits and Wines   

Western Europe(i)

        
6-10%               

India

3-6%    Diageo Guinness USA (DGUSA)    Turkey    Nigeria, East Africa    West LAC    Global Travel, Asia and Middle East
2-3%    Canada       Africa Regional Markets    Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil    Australia North Asia Greater China
<2%       Russia and Eastern Europe(i)    South Africa    Mexico, Venezuela, Colombia    South East Asia

Based on reported net sales for the year ended 30 June 2015.

(i) On 1 July 2015, Russia became a standalone market and Eastern Europe was merged with Western Europe to create a Diageo Europe market.

DIAGEO REPORTS AS FIVE REGIONS

 

                                                                                                             
    North America     Europe     Africa     Latin America
and Caribbean
    Asia Pacific  
% SHARE BY REGION          
Volume (%)     19.2        17.9        10.6        8.8        43.5   
Net sales(i) (%)     32.2        24.4        13.2        9.6        20.6   
Operating profit(ii) (%)     45.4        25.2        10.0        8.2        11.2   
Number of responsible drinking
programmes(iii) (%)
    21.1        24.5        14.1        19.8        20.5   
Water withdrawals(iii) (%)     11.1        45.3        37.2        4.5        1.9   
Carbon emissions(iii) (%)     8.5        51.8        35.0        3.2        1.5   
Number of employees(iv) (%)     9.8        33.0        16.5        8.8        31.9   

 

 

(i) Excluding corporate net sales of £80 million. (ii) Excluding exceptional operating charges of £269 million and corporate costs of £123 million. (iii) Excludes United Spirits Limited. See further details on pages 103-119. (iv) Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside.

 

17


Business description (continued)

 

OUR BRANDS

Our 21 market model affords each market the flexibility to select the right portfolio of brands to capture the unique consumer opportunities that exist in that market and place resources directly against our biggest growth opportunities.

Our 21 market structure means we now look at our brands through the lens of global giants and local stars, alongside our leading reserve brands. Our in-market local star brands can be individual to any one market, and provide a platform to accelerate the growth of our international premium spirits. A selection of these brands are included in the table below.

 

Global giants(i)

Johnnie Walker    Smirnoff    Captain Morgan    Baileys    Tanqueray    Guinness

Local stars(ii)

  

Reserve(iii)

Crown Royal    Yenì Raki    JeB    Johnnie Walker Extra Rare    John Walker & Sons Odyssey   

Johnnie Walker

King George V

Buchanan’s    Windsor    Grand Old Parr    Johnnie Walker Blue Label    Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve    The Singleton of Glen Ord
Bundaberg    Bell’s    McDowell’s No. 1    Cîroc    Ketel One vodka    Tanqueray No. TEN
Ypióca    Cacique    Shui Jing Fang    Ron Zacapa Centenario XO    Tequila Reserva de Don Juilo    Bulleit Bourbon

 

(i) Global giants represent 39% of Diageo net sales. (ii) Local stars represent 16% of Diageo net sales. (iii) Reserve brands represent 13% of Diageo net sales.

 

18


Business description (continued)

 

OUTSTANDING BREADTH AND DEPTH ACROSS PRICE POINTS

In our portfolio we have brands at almost every price tier of every category. The range of our price points means we are able to capture consumption shifts across the price spectrum. The breadth and depth of our business provide resilience, and enable us to sustain our performance over time.

 

    

Ultra premium(i)

  

Super premium

  

Premium

  

Standard

  

Value

Scotch whisky    Johnnie Walker Blue Label    The Singleton of Glen Ord    Johnnie Walker Black Label    JeB    VAT 69
Other whisk(e)y    Crown Royal Extra Rare    Bulleit Bourbon    Crown Royal    Seagram’s 7 Crown   
Vodka    Cîroc    Ketel One vodka    Smirnoff Iced Cake Flavoured Vodka    Smirnoff    Istanblue
Rum    Ron Zacapa Centenario XO    Pampero Aniversario Ron Extra Añejo    Captain Morgan Private Stock    Captain Morgan   
Liqueur    Grand Marnier Cuvée du Cent Cinquantenaire    Grand Marnier Cuvée Louis Alexandre    Sheridan’s Original Layered Liqueur    Baileys    Emmets
Tequila    DeLeón tequila    Tequila Reserva de Don Juilo         
Gin    Tanqueray No. TEN       Tanqueray    Gordon’s    Gilbey’s
Local spirits    Shui Jing Fang       Yenì Raki    Ypióca   

McDowell’s

No. 1

Beer       Kilkenny    Guinness    Meta Beer    Dubic Extra Lager

 

(i) Ultra premium includes prestige.

 

19


Business description (continued)

 

OUR PERFORMANCE AMBITION

Diageo’s Performance Ambition is to create one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world.

 

DIAGEO’S STRATEGY AIMS TO DELIVER OUR PERFORMANCE AMBITION THROUGH:

1. Prioritised investment in:

   2. Targeted investment in:
a. Premium core spirits(i) (Read more on page 35.)   

b. Reserve

(Read more on page 35.)

   a. Other spirits(i)    b. Beer    c. Wine

(i) Spirits include ready to drink (RTDs).

 

We measure progress against our Performance Ambition using the following financial and non-financial indicators:

#1    Efficient growth

          Organic net sales           Operating margin

          Earnings per share

          Free cash flow

  

#2   Consistent value creation

          Return on average           invested capital

          Total shareholder return

  

#3   Credibility and trust

          Responsible drinking

          programmes

          Water efficiency

          Carbon emissions

  

#4   Motivated people

          Health and safety

          Employee

          engagement

See our key performance indicators (KPIs) on pages 28–31.

 

20


Business description (continued)

 

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

Diageo has grown through investment in our brands and route to consumer, and by acquisitions to broaden our geographical footprint and our category depth and range. Our business model is designed to drive returns for shareholders, while creating value for our customers, employees and the communities in which we operate.

 

1. STRONG PLATFORM    2. AGILE OPERATING MODEL    3. FOCUSED INVESTMENT
Broad portfolio: Diageo has world-leading brands across categories and price points.    21 markets    Performance drivers: Diageo has identified six performance drivers which are key to achieving our aims. Each market focuses on the priorities that will drive performance in that market: premium core brands; reserve; innovation; route to consumer; cost; and talent.
Geographic reach: we have geographic reach through the breadth and depth of our global and local brands.    Participation strategy: our participation strategy is to invest behind the biggest growth opportunities, by category and channel, for our brands in our 21 markets.   

Sustainability & Responsibility imperatives:

Alcohol in society – we aim to create a positive role for alcohol in society through partnerships and programmes that reduce harmful drinking.

Thriving communities – we must equip people in our business, our supply chain and our communities, particularly women, with the skills and resources they need to build a better future for themselves.

Financial strength: our competitive advantage is reflected by our strong financial returns and consistent financial performance.    Supply management: our 21 markets are designated as import markets, import and third party production markets, or import and local production markets.   

Environmental impact – we will make our products and business operations more environmentally sustainable, targeting water use, carbon emissions and waste, reducing the volume of packaging we use and sourcing paper and board from sustainable forests.

 

Our performance drivers and Sustainability & Responsibility imperatives are underpinned by our commitment to the highest standards of governance and ethics.

Efficient supply and procurement: across the world we have efficiency in supply and procurement, with our manufacturing operations working to high quality and environmental standards.    Consumer insights: our deep consumer insights help us to anticipate and respond to rapidly changing dynamics across all markets, and continue to nurture and grow some of the world’s best-loved brands.     
Leading capabilities: Diageo’s focus is on brilliant execution including breakthrough marketing, scalable innovation, and winning relationships with our customers and consumers through distribution and sales.          
Global functions: Diageo’s 21 markets are supported by a global structure and shared services designed to share best practice, impart knowledge and help build capability at a local level, as well as apply governance of controls, compliance and ethics.          
Values: at the heart of everything we do are our company values: passionate about customers and consumers; be the best; freedom to succeed; proud of what we do; valuing each other.          
4. Value creation: shareholder value; investment in the business; customer, employee and social value

 

21


Business description (continued)

 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT:

WE ARE CREATING ONE OF THE BEST PERFORMING, MOST TRUSTED AND RESPECTED CONSUMER PRODUCTS COMPANIES.

“Over the last two years we have taken the necessary steps to strengthen Diageo, to position our company to drive sustainable growth and value for you, our shareholders, and to ensure we are a trusted and respected partner to all our stakeholders around the world.”

 

Interim dividend per share

21.5p (h9%)
31 December 2013: 19.7p

Final recommended dividend per share

34.9p (h9%)

30 June 2014: 32.0p

Total dividend per share(i)

56.4p (h9%)
Full year 2014: 51.7p

 

(i)  Includes recommended final dividend.

 

 

LOGO LOGO 6% 26% 17% 35% 10% 6% Global volume share of premium spirits (%) Diageo Pernod Ricard Bacardi Brown-Forman Beam Santony Others Source: Impact Databank, February 2015

Diageo is a leader in beverage alcohol, one of the most attractive growth sectors in consumer products. With our portfolio of global and local brands, and the presence we have built in developed and emerging markets, we are well positioned to capture this growth.

Performance and dividend

In a volatile global environment, our commitment to being one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies is as strong as ever. Ivan and the Executive Committee have taken actions to strengthen the business to deliver operational and cultural change, greater agility and responsiveness. Performance this year reflects these actions and continued tough conditions in some markets. In addition, currency volatility affected trading, especially in some of our scotch markets where currency devaluation impacted the price of imported goods for local consumers.

We are more focused than ever on managing cost and delivering cash, and I am pleased that we achieved strong cash conversion, over 100%, during the year. This, together with the actions we are taking to realise our full potential, has enabled the Board to recommend a final dividend of 34.9 pence per share. This would bring the total dividend for the year to 56.4 pence per share, an increase of 9% over the prior year. The final dividend will be paid to shareholders on 8 October 2015. Earnings per share to dividend cover at 1.6 times is now outside our cover ratio, and we will look to rebuild cover over time, maintaining dividend increases at a mid-single digit rate until we are back in range.

Strategic progress

Diageo’s strategy is delivered through a market focus. In individual markets, we compete with our iconic global brands and local stars while building strong routes to consumer. Our in-market teams are accountable for delivering holistic performance and are empowered to act with speed and agility, supported by the scale and expertise of our global business.

 

22


Business description (continued)

 

As a business we have been focused on organic growth while capturing inorganic opportunities. For example, we have been capitalising on North American whisk(e)y trends with the launch of Crown Royal Regal Apple and the continuing success of Bulleit and our other craft bourbons. We have also been broadening our participation in new categories and across price points, with the Orijin brand in Nigeria and Haig Club, a single grain Scotch whisky.

Diageo acquired a majority stake in United Spirits Limited (USL) in India in July 2014, consolidating Diageo’s position as a local leader in spirits in this exciting growth market. We are now moving into the next phase of integration, prioritising brand investment, driving efficiencies and continuing the implementation of Diageo’s operational and governance standards across the business, while putting in place a route to consumer team to further develop USL’s already impressive market coverage.

In February 2015, we completed the acquisition of the remaining 50% of tequila brand, Don Julio. In gaining full global ownership and management control of the brand and its supply assets, we enhance our position in the high growth segments of super and ultra premium tequila. With this deal we also repatriated the Smirnoff brand into our in-market company in Mexico which will allow us to extend our leading position in spirits in this attractive market.

We remain committed to reviewing our portfolio to ensure that we are the best owners of our assets. We realised full management control of Don Julio through the sale of Bushmills. While Bushmills is a good brand, this was the right strategic decision for Diageo as we invest behind the biggest growth opportunities. The sale of Gleneagles Hotels Limited is another example of Diageo’s decision to focus on key priorities. Following the success of the Ryder Cup we felt it was an appropriate time to realise value through this sale. We are pleased that the new owner of Gleneagles has committed to be a significant inward investor in Scottish tourism and will work closely with the local community to make a positive contribution to the visitor industry and the Scottish economy.

Sustainability and responsibility

Diageo has a long history of working within the communities where our products are enjoyed, and we understand that the role and impact of alcohol within society must be our primary focus. Our work to promote responsible drinking and reduce alcohol-related harm remains central to our purpose of celebrating life every day, everywhere, and we share the goal of the World Health Organization (WHO) to reduce the harmful use of alcohol by 10% by 2025. In line with the industry’s commitments, during the year progress was made on underage drinking, reducing drink driving and strengthening marketing codes.

We are proud of the broad contribution we are making to society, through our economic contribution and through our three community programmes: Learning for Life, Water of Life and Plan W. These programmes have: provided training and skills to more than 100,000 people in the Americas and Britain to help them secure new jobs; delivered access to clean water and sanitation to more than ten million people in Africa supporting better health; and empowered around 100,000 women across Asia. And within Diageo, we continue to champion diversity and inclusivity. One example of this is the level of female representation at Board and Executive Committee level, at 45% and 40% respectively.

Business environment

With our strong portfolio of Scotch whisky brands, we have a deep commitment to Scotland built on the heritage of some of the industry’s greatest entrepreneurs. The current debate over the United Kingdom’s role within the European Union is one in which Diageo is actively engaged. We want our Scotch whisky business, which makes a considerable contribution to the British economy, to remain competitive in the global marketplace and believe that the best interests of the whole industry are served by the United Kingdom remaining within a strong, reformed European Union.

Board changes

Having been on the Board for nine years, Laurence Danon will step down at the upcoming Annual General Meeting. On your behalf I would like to thank Laurence for her contribution over a period of progress and growth for Diageo. In July 2015, we announced that Emma Walmsley will join the Board as a Non-Executive Director effective 1 January 2016. Emma is currently Chief Executive Officer of GSK Consumer Healthcare.

Our people

Diageo’s success is in the hands of our 33,000 employees around the world. I would like to thank them all for their dedication and hard work during the year. We must create an environment that stretches and challenges our people and enables them to do their best work, living our values each and every day. I am committed to continuing to build such an environment, and look forward to working with my colleagues on the Board and throughout the business to make sure that we do.

 

23


Business description (continued)

 

Looking ahead

Your Board is confident that Diageo will deliver its Performance Ambition. Over the last two years we have taken the necessary steps to strengthen Diageo, to position our company to drive sustainable growth and value for you, our shareholders, and to ensure we are a trusted and respected partner to all our stakeholders around the world.

Dr Franz B Humer

Chairman

 

24


Business description (continued)

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT:

WE HAVE DELIVERED CHANGES WHICH WILL BUILD STRONG, SUSTAINED PERFORMANCE.

“The fundamentals for future growth remain strong: Diageo will benefit from the increasing penetration of spirits in emerging markets, innovation and the growing appetite for luxury spirits around the world.”

In the next decade one billion new consumers will be able to afford our brands and an additional 800 million consumers will reach levels of income where luxury brands are affordable. Diageo has the leading position in the United States, an integrated Western Europe business, a strong beer platform in Africa from which to build spirits, the leading spirits business in India, and a strong presence in the growth markets of Latin America and Asia.

This year we improved cash conversion, strengthened our route to consumer, delivered industry leading innovation at scale, extended our leadership in reserve and accelerated delivery of our programmed cost savings. We have further sharpened our marketing to better navigate changing consumer trends. So, while some markets have been challenging, we remain confident in the long term global demographics and our ability to deliver growth through the business transformation we are effecting.

Driving operational and cultural change

In the past year we have implemented some important changes to strengthen our business. These changes are aimed at providing greater visibility and will allow us to react more quickly to changes in the marketplace, consumer sentiment and demand.

 

    We have completed our shift to a market-led model, enabling greater speed in the way we execute and local accountability.

 

    We have shifted our focus to the consumer, allowing us to make better decisions on how we use our marketing spend and run our supply chains.

 

    We have embedded a productivity discipline, in order to create more opportunity to invest behind growth in our brands.

 

    We continue to ensure we have the right people with the right capabilities to deliver our plans across our business.

Results

Organic net sales were flat. Volume declined 1% reflecting a destock in South East Asia, lower shipments in the United States and improving price/mix led by the growth of reserve brands.

Organic operating margin was up 24 basis points delivered by cost savings and efficiencies, which more than offset the impact of cost inflation and negative market mix. Our global efficiency programme identified £200 million of cost savings to be delivered by the end of fiscal 2017. We delivered £127 million this year, and as planned reinvested £30 million of the savings.

Free cash flow was up over £700 million this year, to almost £2 billion, as I made cash a clear priority for improvement. To deliver this, incentive programmes were changed and we set clear targets for each market. This focus has led to many examples across markets where we have improved processes and ways of working to reduce our working capital. The sales of the Bushmills brand and the Gleneagles Hotel also generated cash in the year.

 

25


Business description (continued)

 

Earnings per share before exceptionals fell 7% to 88.8 pence largely as a result of adverse exchange movements and lower income from associates and joint ventures, offset by underlying improvements.

 

LOGO 2015 net sales by category (%)7% 18% 24% 12% 5% 4% 1% 8% 5% 6% 3% 7% Scotch NAM Whisk(e)y Vodka Rum Liqueur Tequila Gin Beer Wine Ready to drink IMFL Other

Sustainability and responsibility

In December 2014 we launched our 2020 Sustainability & Responsibility targets. Stretching and industry leading, our 2020 targets address our most material issues: leadership in alcohol in society; building thriving communities; and reducing our environmental impact. The 2020 targets draw on our achievements to date and are aligned with the new, emerging United Nations Sustainable Development Goals.

With these targets, we are going beyond the establishment of programmes on responsible drinking, community development and environmental performance, to focus on measuring their impact, challenging ourselves to strengthen their value, impact and scale. In doing so, we will work in partnership with governments, civil society, individuals, NGOs and other companies to put in place programmes with quantifiable outcomes. We continue to support fully the Global Producers’ Commitments, a co-ordinated industry response to support the World Health Organization’s (WHO) Global Strategy to Reduce the Harmful Use of Alcohol.

In April this year we announced an ambitious strategy for water stewardship. With water a pressing business and global issue, our Water Blueprint recognises the responsibilities of operating in water-stressed areas and explains how we will support the sustainability of the water resources on which we and those around us rely. Our Water Blueprint and our progress towards all of our targets are essential parts of our long term plan, not just in enabling sustainable operations but also in creating opportunities for growth.

Our people

It is a privilege to work with Diageo teams across the world. I feel honoured to lead a company where purpose and values are deeply ingrained. The commitment of our people to get behind the decisions taken during the year is encouraging. This was demonstrated in the results of our annual employee Values Survey, with employee engagement improving through a tough performance period. This evidence of the passion and commitment all of us hold for Diageo is the perfect fuel to drive future growth, and I look forward to working with our teams across the business, implementing the exciting plans we have for the year ahead.

Larry Schwartz, President Diageo North America, will retire at the end of this calendar year. Larry has many achievements in a 40-year career in the industry, not least his commitment to deliver growth for Diageo and build our strong North American platform. Deirdre Mahlan, currently Chief Financial Officer and the incoming leader of this business, will have this platform to build on as she drives the next stage of Diageo North America’s growth.

Productivity

At the end of July 2015, we announced our intention to deliver productivity gains of a further £500 million over three years from fiscal 2017 to invest in growth and improve margin. As we achieve our productivity gains we expect to deliver mid-single digit organic top line growth on a sustained basis and operating margin expansion of 100 basis points over the same three year period.

 

26


Business description (continued)

 

Outlook

The fundamentals for future growth remain strong: Diageo will benefit from the increasing penetration of spirits in emerging markets, innovation and the growing appetite for luxury spirits around the world.

We have taken some tough decisions over the last couple of years to set Diageo up to deliver strong, sustained performance. Today we are closer to the consumer, more agile, and focused on productivity, with the people, skills and capabilities to deliver on the opportunity. We are at an exciting point on our journey. In 2016, we believe stronger volume growth will deliver an improved top line performance.

Ivan Menezes

Chief Executive

 

27


Business description (continued)

 

HOW WE MEASURE PERFORMANCE: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

We use the following 11 key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure our financial and non-financial performance.

Their relevance to our strategy and our performance against these measures are explained below:

Relevance to strategy

 

#1 Efficient growth
#2 Consistent value creation
#3 Credibility and trust
#4 Motivated people

 

FINANCIAL   FINANCIAL   FINANCIAL
ORGANIC NET SALES GROWTH
(%) ® #1
  ORGANIC OPERATING MARGIN IMPROVEMENT (BPS) ® #1   EARNINGS PER SHARE BEFORE EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS
(PENCE)(i) ® #1

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

FINANCIAL ORGANIC NET SALES GROWTH (%) 0.0% 5 2013 0.4 0.0 2014 2015   FINANCIAL ORGANIC OPERATING MARGIN IMPROVEMENT (BPS) +24bps 78 77 24 2013 2014 2015   FINANCIAL EARNINGS PER SHARE BEFORE EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS (PENCE)(i) 88.8p 103.1 95.5 88.8 2013 2014 2015
Definition   Definition   Definition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, acquisitions and disposals.   The percentage point movement in operating profit before exceptional items, divided by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.   Profit before exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

Why we measure

This measure reflects our performance as the result of the choices made in terms of category and market participation, and Diageo’s ability to build brand equity, increase prices and grow market share.

 

Why we measure

The movement in operating margin measures the efficiency of the business. Consistent operating margin improvement is a business imperative, driven by investment choices, our focus on driving out costs across the business and improving mix.

 

Why we measure

Earnings per share reflects the profitability of the business and how effectively we finance our balance sheet. It is a key measure for our shareholders.

Performance

Organic net sales were flat, with volume decline of 1% reflecting a destock in South East Asia and West LAC, lower shipments in the United States and improving price/mix led by the growth of reserve brands.

 

Performance

Margin improved mainly due to cost savings, primarily through our global efficiency programme, partially offset by reinvestment in route to consumer, cost inflation and negative market mix.

 

Performance

Eps before exceptional was down by 6.7 pence per share driven by adverse exchange movements and lower income from associates and joint ventures, offset by underlying improvements.

See page 47 for more detail.   See page 47 for more detail.   See page 48 for more detail.

 

28


Business description (continued)

 

   
NON-FINANCIAL   NON-FINANCIAL   NON-FINANCIAL

ALCOHOL IN SOCIETY(iii)

(RESPONSIBLE DRINKING PROGRAMMES) #3

 

HEALTH AND SAFETY(iii)

(LOST-TIME ACCIDENT FREQUENCY PER 1,000 EMPLOYEES) #4

  WATER EFFICIENCY(iii), (v) (L/L) #3

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

NON-FINANCIAL ALCOHOL IN SOCIETY(iii) (RESPONSIBLE DRINKING PROGRAMMES) 298 PROGRAMMES 373 315 298 2013 2014 2015   NON-FINANCIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY(iii) (LOST-TIME ACCIDENT FREQUENCY PER 1,000 EMPLOYEES) 1.66A 2.97 1.66(iv) 1.66A 2013 2014 2015   NON-FINANCIAL WATER EFFICIENCY(iii), (v) (L/L) 6.0L/LA 7.0 6.8 6.0A 2013 2014 2015
Definition   Definition   Definition
Programmes supported by Diageo that aim to reduce harmful drinking.   Number of accidents per 1,000 employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.   Ratio of the amount of water required to produce one litre of packaged product.

Why we measure

Alcohol-related harm is our most important social issue. These programmes address risks such as: harm to consumers and communities; limitations to our licence to operate; and the loss of trust and respect from our stakeholders.

 

Why we measure

Safety is a basic human right: everyone has the right to work in a safe environment, and our Zero Harm safety philosophy is that everyone should go home safe, every day, everywhere.

 

Why we measure

Water is the main ingredient in all of our brands. To sustain production growth and respond to the growing global demand for water, we aim to improve efficiency, minimising our water use, particularly in water-stressed areas.

Performance

In shifting our focus towards the Global Producers’ Commitments, we supported fewer programmes this year, and in line with our 2020 target, we are prioritising impact, which involves supporting fewer but more effective programmes.

 

Performance

Our overall lost-time accident frequency rate has remained static – despite improvements in our operations, our accident rate in offices and sales functions has increased. Addressing this will be a key focus for us in 2016.

 

Performance

11.8% improvement on 2014, resulting from process optimisations and improvements related to equipment, raw material handling, culture and behaviour towards water stewardship.

See page 104 for more detail.   See page 113 for more detail.   See page 108 for more detail.

 

29


Business description (continued)

 

FINANCIAL   FINANCIAL   FINANCIAL

FREE CASH FLOW

(£ MILLION)® #1

  RETURN ON AVERAGE INVESTED CAPITAL (ROIC) (%)(ii) #2   TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (%)® #2

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

FINANCIAL FREE CASH FLOW (L MILLION) L1,963m 1,963 1,452 1,235 2013 2014 2015   FINANCIAL RETURN ON AVERAGE INVESTED CAPITAL (ROIC) (%)(ii) 12.3% 16.5 14.1 12.3 2013 2014 2015   FINANCIAL TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (%) 2% 17 2 2 2013 2014 2015
         

Definition

Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net cash received/paid for loans receivable and other investments, and the net cash cost paid for property, plant and equipment, and computer software.

 

Definition

Profit before finance charges and exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders divided by average invested capital. Invested capital comprises net assets aggregated with exceptional restructuring costs and goodwill at the date of transition to IFRS, excluding post employment liabilities, net borrowings and non-controlling interests.

 

Definition

Percentage growth in the value of a Diageo share (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested).

Why we measure

Free cash flow is a key indicator of the
financial management of the business
and reflects the cash generated by the
business to fund payments to our
shareholders and acquisitions.

 

Why we measure

ROIC is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base. Improving ROIC builds financial strength to enable Diageo to attain its financial objectives.

 

Why we measure

As a public limited company, Diageo has a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long term value for shareholders. We also monitor our relative TSR performance against our peers.

Performance

Improved working capital, primarily due to lower debtors driven by phasing of sales in the last quarter, was the biggest driver of the improvement in free cash flow.

 

Performance

The additional investment in United Spirits Limited and its full consolidation reduced ROIC by 1.1 pps. Adverse exchange and lower income from associates resulted in a further reduction offset by organic operating profit growth.

 

Performance

Diageo delivered total shareholder return of 2% as dividends paid increased by 9% and earnings declined mainly as a result of adverse exchange movements.

See page 49 for more detail.   See page 49 for more detail.    

 

30


Business description (continued)

 

 

NON-FINANCIAL   NON-FINANCIAL  

Remuneration

Some KPIs are used as a measure in the
incentives plans for the remuneration of
executives. These are identified with the
symbol®.

See our Directors’ remuneration report
from page 151 for more detail.

CARBON EMISSIONS(iii),(vi)

(1,000 TONNES CO2E) #3

  EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT INDEX (%) #4  
       

LOGO

 

LOGO

 
NON-FINANCIAL CARBON EMISSIONS(iii) (1,000 TONNES CO2E) 652? 701 673 652? 2013 2014 2015   NON-FINANCIAL EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT INDEX (%) 75% 85 73(vi) 75 2013 2014 2015    
Definition   Definition    
Absolute volume of carbon emissions, in 1,000 tonnes.   Measured through our Values Survey; includes metrics for employee satisfaction, loyalty, advocacy and pride.    

Why we measure

Carbon is a key element of our overall environmental impact and the impact of the industry. We recognise the importance of reducing our carbon emissions, not just to create efficiencies and savings now, but also to mitigate climate change and position us well for a low carbon economy in the future.

 

Why we measure

Employee engagement is a key enabler of our strategy and performance. The survey allows us to measure, quantitatively and qualitatively, how far employees believe
we are living our values. The results
inform our ways of working, engagement strategies and leadership development.

 

Performance

Improved performance resulting from cumulative impacts of multiple energy efficiency initiatives and switches to renewable fuels, predominately biogas recovery and reuse.

 

Performance

94% of our people participated in our Annual Values Survey. Our people confirmed that one of our core strengths continues to be our employees’ pride and strong sense of ownership of our business and our brands.

 
See page 109 for more detail.   See page 114 for more detail.  

 

 

(i) For reward purposes this measure is further adjusted for the impact of exchange rates and other factors not controlled by management, to ensure focus on our underlying performance drivers.
(ii) The group has revised the return on average invested capital calculation by excluding the profit and net assets attributable to non-controlling interests. Comparative figures have been restated.
(iii) Excludes United Spirits Limited. See pages 103 – 119 for further details.
(iv) Revised comparative amount to be consistent with current year presentation, see more details on page 114.
(v) In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, data for each of the two years in the period ended 30 June 2014 has been restated and total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.
(vi) Data for each of the two years in the period ended 30 June 2014 has been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodology.
(vii) In 2014, we reviewed our overall approach to measuring engagement, and adopted a revised index (it is not possible to restate prior year figures under the new method, so 2013 show highly engaged scores based on the former method). The new index allows us to compare our results with other best-in-class organisations, and sets a more challenging benchmark for employee engagement. As part of this process, we changed our key performance indicator from ‘super engagement’ to ‘engagement’.

 

31


Business description (continued)

 

MARKET DYNAMICS

The global beverage alcohol market is large and diverse, with an estimated six billion equivalent units of alcohol sold each year, generating £300 billion of net sales. It is also one of the most regulated in the world, and beverage alcohol companies operate in the context of a range of stakeholder expectations and demands. This environment presents opportunities for a business like Diageo, with our global scale, our diverse range of leading brands, and our high standards of governance and ethics.

 

LOGO

A growing global market

Beverage alcohol is a profitable, growing and attractive market in which to participate. Margins are significantly higher than for the overall consumer goods market, while, over the medium term, the industry is expected to grow in both volume and value. While the global market is split almost equally between emerging and developed markets, emerging markets are expected to grow at a faster rate.

Within emerging markets and developed markets, every individual market presents different consumer dynamics and a different outlook determined by specific local conditions. Our 21-market operating model, coupled with tailored local strategies, enables us to meet the specific needs of consumers across different geographies.

Opportunities in developed markets

In developed markets, the population is ageing, and in aggregate is growing more slowly than in emerging markets – in some countries it is shrinking. Overall, wealth is fairly static but is increasingly polarised as growth is skewed towards the most affluent. The opportunities in developed markets are therefore very different from emerging markets. Given the higher levels of disposable income and the importance of branding, in developed markets consumers are often prepared to pay more for high quality brands with heritage and provenance. Our key opportunities are to offer beer customers other products, particularly spirits, and, as tastes evolve, to encourage consumers to trade up within spirits brands.

Opportunities in emerging markets

Growth of beverage alcohol consumption in emerging markets is driven by strong, underlying consumer fundamentals. The number of people of legal purchasing age is growing worldwide, and is set to increase by over 450 million over the next decade. Wealth is increasing, with the middle class growing. This means more consumers are buying brands and they have more money to spend on them. There is a good opportunity for growth for spirits, as consumer tastes shift and disposable incomes rise.

Factors affecting consumer choices

While medium-term prospects for beverage alcohol are robust and positive for the reasons described above, in the short term there are particular challenges that face all consumer goods businesses.

 

32


Business description (continued)

 

Economic and political instability

Sudden changes to economic variables such as exchange rates and commodity prices, or changes in levels of political security, can reduce consumer confidence and spending power. Over the last year alone we have witnessed considerable economic, social and political upheaval in many places: huge currency devaluations in Venezuela; geo-political conflict in Russia and Ukraine; the Ebola outbreak; and terrorist threats in Nigeria and Kenya, to name some examples. The general operating environment will continue to be a turbulent and unpredictable one in which to compete.

Our approach is based on broad participation across geographies, categories and price tiers, which provides a natural hedge against individual market volatility, while tailored strategies for each market allow us to respond quickly to local dynamics. Operationally, we continue to focus on improving our risk management processes, while our 21-market operating model enables our markets to respond quickly to local events and trends. Our renewed focus on managing the business according to what is actually bought by consumers rather than what we sell to our customers will also help to improve the consistency of our performance across markets.

Increasing expectations of businesses and brands

Consumers today – particularly millennials – have increasing expectations of the businesses behind the brands they love. It is not enough to provide a great product and brand experience: companies must make a contribution that goes beyond economic benefits, to encompass environmental and social benefits as well.

This is reflected in the developing regulatory framework for listed companies, which are expected to be transparent about their key social and environmental issues, and, through reporting, to demonstrate progress. Going beyond what is mandatory has become the norm for global businesses, which are adopting various voluntary frameworks. These include the International Integrated Reporting Framework, published last year, the Global Reporting Initiative Guidelines, launched in 2000 and updated last year, and the United Nations Global Compact principles, established in 2006, all of which we follow in our reporting.

This high and growing level of regulation and scrutiny can be an advantage to companies with good corporate governance and the right approach to sustainability and responsibility.

Creating a positive role for alcohol in society

Diageo has always believed that creating a positive role for alcohol in society is about working in partnership with all the relevant stakeholders, through concerted industry initiatives. We are one of 13 global producers of beer, wine and spirits which, in 2013, launched a set of commitments designed to support Member States’ implementation of the World Health Organization’s (WHO) global strategy to reduce the harmful use of alcohol. They include a focus on reducing underage drinking, strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice, providing consumer information and responsible product innovation, reducing drink driving, and enlisting the support of retailers to reduce harmful drinking.

Diageo also believes that the most effective alcohol policies are evidence-based, account for drinking patterns, target at-risk groups, treat all forms of alcohol equally, and involve all stakeholders. Such policies include mandating a minimum legal purchasing age of not less than 18; a maximum blood alcohol concentration (BAC) level for drivers of no more than 0.08mg; and lower BACs for novice and commercial drivers. Also effective are high-visibility enforcement campaigns of drink-driving laws and alcohol interlock devices for convicted drink drivers.

Diageo advocates these policies while opposing measures that are not based on evidence, and are likely to have unintended consequences. For example the use of high taxes to control consumption can in some cases push consumers to unregulated alcohol markets. These are potentially dangerous for consumers – what little is known about this ‘unrecorded’ alcohol, which the WHO estimates accounts for 25% of alcohol consumed, suggests that some may be contaminated, some toxic, and a risk to public health.

Factors affecting the operational environment

The developments in reporting social and environmental issues noted above are a reflection of their importance to business performance. The interdependence of companies and their local environments, communities and economies is a growing phenomenon, which Diageo has long recognised through our sustainability and responsibility programmes. In December 2014 we launched our 2020 Sustainability & Responsibility targets, which focus on three imperatives: leadership in alcohol in society; building thriving communities; and reducing our environmental impact.

 

33


Business description (continued)

 

Climate change and water scarcity

Companies – particularly those that rely on agricultural raw materials – are increasingly being affected by a variety of environmental issues associated with climate change, such as extreme weather events, water scarcity and biodiversity loss.

For the alcohol industry, water scarcity demands particular attention given that water is the main ingredient in all alcoholic beverages. The World Bank expects water scarcity to affect 2.8 billion people directly by 2025, and the increasing importance of water as a global issue is recognised in our Water Blueprint, launched in April 2015, which defines our strategic approach to water stewardship across the value chain. The map below shows our sites located in water-stressed areas where our approach to water stewardship is particularly important.

Local communities and supply chains

Alcohol beverage companies contribute to the economic development of their communities in a variety of ways, whether through direct or indirect employment, taxes or community investment efforts. However, companies can further contribute by leveraging the economic impact of their entire value chain in the way they work with suppliers and customers – and doing so is an increasing expectation of the private sector by government and international development institutions. One powerful trend in the food and beverage industry is a focus on local sourcing in markets with an agricultural economy or the potential for one, and, in Africa, we have a target of sourcing 80% of agricultural materials locally (sourced within Africa and used by our African markets). This helps build trust with government and other stakeholders, can help secure supply, and it delivers wider benefits to the local community.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

34


Business description (continued)

 

HOW WE WILL DELIVER OUR PERFORMANCE AMBITION

Diageo’s performance drivers and Sustainability & Responsibility imperatives are key to achieving our Performance Ambition. Each of our 21 markets focuses on the priorities that are most relevant to driving growth and creating shared value in that market.

OUR SIX PERFORMANCE DRIVERS

1. Strengthen and accelerate growth of our premium core brands

Our premium core brands are sold in more than 180 countries around the world. They are enjoyed by consumers in the developed markets and have wide appeal in emerging markets. They include iconic brands like Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan and Baileys.

2. Win in reserve in every market

Our reserve or luxury portfolio accounts for 13% of our total net sales. Over the last six years we have transformed our luxury brand building capabilities and are now the industry leader in the super and ultra premium segments.

3. Innovate at scale to meet new consumer needs

Our ability to innovate is a competitive advantage. A proven driver of growth, it is critical to the performance in each of our markets. Since 2009, innovation has accounted for at least half of Diageo’s sales growth, growing double-digit each year.

4. Build and then constantly extend our advantage in route to consumer

Our global programme looks at how we can profitably extend where our brands appear and improve the quality of how they appear at every appropriate drinking or buying occasion, achieving higher rates of sale in an efficient way.

5. Drive out costs to invest in growth

Increasing productivity and efficiency within Diageo will improve profitability and allow us to invest back into the business to drive growth.

6. Ensure we have the talent to deliver our Performance Ambition

We employ bright, collaborative people at all levels in our business, and must continue to do so if we are to achieve our Performance Ambition. Ensuring that we have the best talent – now and in the future – is one of our biggest challenges and one of our greatest opportunities.

OUR THREE SUSTAINABILITY & RESPONSIBILITY IMPERATIVES

1. Leadership in alcohol in society

Creating a positive role for alcohol in society is our primary focus, and over the last decade we have supported hundreds of programmes to tackle harmful drinking and encourage responsibility. We will continue these efforts with our various stakeholder partners as well as focus on delivering the five Global Producers’ Commitments.

2. Building thriving communities

Our distilleries, breweries and wineries are at the heart of our communities, and we have a responsibility to create shared value throughout our supply chain. Our targets commit us to further partnerships with local farmers and agricultural communities to develop more sustainable supply chains and secure our raw material supply.

3. Reducing our environmental impact

Recognising that our impact on the environment is not limited to our own sites, our targets reflect the need to better manage water stewardship and carbon emissions across our whole supply chain. We will work increasingly with suppliers, striving to decouple the growth of our business from our impact on the environment.

 

35


Business description (continued)

 

Risk factors

Diageo believes the following to be the principal risks and uncertainties facing the group. If any of these risks occur, Diageo’s business, financial condition and performance could suffer and the trading price and liquidity of securities could decline.

In the ongoing uncertain economic environment, certain risks may gain more prominence either individually or when taken together. For example, demand for beverage alcohol products, in particular luxury or super premium products, may decrease with a reduction in consumer spending levels. Costs of operations may increase if inflation were to become prevalent, or upon an increase in the costs of raw materials. These conditions may also lead to intensified competition for market share, with potentially adverse effects on volume and prices. The financial and economic situation may have a negative impact on third parties with whom Diageo does, or may do, business. Any of these factors may affect the group’s performance, financial condition and liquidity. Diageo has taken and may take further steps to manage its business through this challenging economic environment and to position its business to benefit from economic recovery as and when that may occur in the markets in which Diageo operates, but there can be no assurance that the steps taken will have the intended results.

Diageo’s ability to fund its long term strategies may be adversely affected if there is an extended period of constraint in the capital markets, particularly the debt markets, at the same time that cash flows from Diageo’s business are under pressure. Such developments may adversely affect shareholder returns or share price. Additionally, continued volatility in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo’s reported results. Changes in the trustees’ valuations of the assets and liabilities of Diageo’s pension plans may also increase pension funding requirements.

Risks related to the global economy

Diageo’s business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic conditions or political or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates

Diageo may be adversely affected by political, economic or social developments in any of the countries where it has distribution networks, production facilities or marketing companies. Diageo’s business is dependent on general economic conditions in the United States, countries that form the European Union and other important markets.

If the economy in any of these markets does not recover as forecast, or if there is a significant deterioration in the economic conditions in any of Diageo’s important markets, including any resulting social unrest, reduction in consumer confidence and spending levels, customer destocking, the failure of customer, supplier or financial counterparties or a reduction in the availability of, or an increase in the cost of financing to, Diageo, it could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and performance. Any such economic developments may lead to reduced economic growth and, in turn, reduced demand for Diageo’s products, in Europe and other markets in which Diageo operates. This could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business.

Diageo is headquartered in the United Kingdom and has significant production and investment in Scotland. Following the result of the Scottish independence referendum in 2014 and the UK general election in 2015, legislation to grant more devolved powers to the Scottish parliament has been introduced. Diageo will monitor the passage of this Bill. Amendments granting additional devolved powers may be proposed, and these could result in a further period of political unceratinty that may adversely affect Diageo’s business. Regarding Britain’s place in Europe, by the end of 2017, the current government in the United Kingdom has undertaken to conduct a referendum on the UK’s continued membership of the European Union. The UK’s withdrawal from the EU would involve a sustained period of uncertainty and complexity which could have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability. In addition, Diageo’s operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to trading in numerous foreign countries, including political or economic upheaval and the imposition of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas or any restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and capital. Political and/or social unrest, potential health issues, natural disasters and terrorist threats and/or acts may also occur in various places around the world, which will have an impact on trade, tourism and travel. Many of these risks are heightened, or occur more frequently, in emerging markets. These disruptions can affect Diageo’s ability to import or export products and to repatriate funds, as well as affecting the levels of consumer demand (for example, in duty free outlets at airports or in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo’s levels of sales or profitability. A substantial portion of Diageo’s operations, representing approximately 43% of Diageo’s net sales for the year ended 30 June 2015, are carried out in emerging markets. Emerging markets are also generally exposed to relatively higher risk of liquidity constraints, inflation, devaluation, price volatility, currency convertibility and sovereign default. Due to Diageo’s specific exposures, any or all of the aforementioned factors may affect Diageo disproportionately or in a different manner as compared to its competitors.

 

36


Business description (continued)

 

Part of Diageo’s growth strategy includes expanding its business in certain countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo’s products in particular, has not historically been as great but where there are strong prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful and some of these markets represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

Risks related to the industry

Demand for Diageo’s products may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in consumer preferences and tastes and adverse impacts of a declining economy

Diageo’s collection of brands includes some of the world’s leading beverage alcohol brands as well as brands of local prominence. Maintaining Diageo’s competitive position depends on its continued ability to offer products that have a strong appeal to consumers. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors including changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations, changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather effects and a downturn in economic conditions, which may reduce consumers’ willingness to purchase premium branded products. Continued economic pressures could also lead to consumers selecting products at lower price points, whether Diageo’s or those of its competitors, which may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s profitability. The competitive position of Diageo’s brands could also be affected adversely by any failure to achieve consistent, reliable quality in the product or in service levels to customers.

In addition, the social acceptability of Diageo’s products may decline due to public concerns about alcohol consumption. These concerns could also result in regulatory action, litigation or customer complaints against companies in the industry and may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s profitability.

Growth in Diageo’s business has benefited from both the launch of new products and the creation of brand extensions and product innovation remains a significant element of Diageo’s growth plans. The launch and ongoing success of new products is inherently uncertain, especially as to their appeal to consumers. The failure to launch successfully a new product can give rise to inventory write-offs and other costs and can affect consumer perception and growth of an existing brand. There can be no assurance of Diageo’s continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products or of the profitable lifespan of newly or recently developed products.

Diageo is subject to litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry and other litigation

Companies in the beverage alcohol industry are, from time to time, exposed to class action or other litigation relating to alcohol advertising, product liability, alcohol abuse problems or health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. Diageo may also be subject to litigation arising from legacy and discontinued activities, as well as other litigation in the ordinary course of its operations. Diageo is further subject to the risk of litigation by tax, customs and other regulatory authorities, including with respect to the methodology for assessing importation value, transfer pricing or compliance matters. Changes in the political and economic climate have resulted in an increased focus on tax collection in recent years and tax authorities are showing an increased appetite to challenge the methodology used by multinational enterprises, even where it is compliant with international best practice guidelines. Any such litigation may result in damages, penalties or fines as well as reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, and as a result, Diageo’s business could be materially adversely affected. For additional information with respect to legal proceedings, see ‘Additional information for shareholders — Legal proceedings’ and note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect Diageo’s business or operations, and water scarcity or poor water quality could negatively impact Diageo’s production costs and capacity

There is a growing concern that carbon dioxide and other so-called ‘greenhouse’ gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. In the event that such climate change has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, Diageo may be subject to decreased availability or increased pricing for certain raw materials that are necessary for Diageo’s products, such as sugar, cereals, hops, agave and grapes. Water is the main ingredient in substantially all of Diageo’s products and it is also a limited resource in many parts of the world. As demand for water continues to increase, and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, Diageo may be affected by increasing production costs or capacity constraints, which could adversely affect Diageo’s operations and profitability.

 

37


Business description (continued)

 

An increase in the cost of raw materials or energy could affect Diageo’s profitability

The components that Diageo uses for the production of its beverage products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions, agricultural uncertainty and/or governmental controls. Commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in the cost of raw materials, glass bottles, flavours and other packaging materials and Diageo’s beverage products. Diageo may also be adversely affected by shortages of such materials or by increases in energy costs resulting in higher transportation, freight and other operating costs. Diageo may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, sales and operating profit.

Risks related to regulation

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities or limit its business activities

Diageo’s operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements relating to production, distribution, importation, marketing, advertising, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, product liability, labour, pensions, antitrust, compliance and control systems, and environmental issues. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental or regulatory policies and/or practices could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business. In particular, governmental bodies in countries where Diageo operates may impose new labelling, product or production requirements, limitations on the marketing, advertising and/or promotion activities used to market beverage alcohol, restrictions on retail outlets, restrictions on importation and distribution or other restrictions on the locations or occasions where beverage alcohol is sold which directly or indirectly limit the sales of Diageo products.

Regulatory authorities under whose laws Diageo operates may also have enforcement power that can subject the group to actions such as product recall, seizure of products or other sanctions which could have an adverse effect on Diageo sales or damage its reputation. Any changes to the regulatory environment in which Diageo operates could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities, which could adversely affect Diageo’s performance.

Beverage alcohol products are also subject to national excise, import duty and other duties in most countries around the world. An increase in any such duties could have a significant adverse effect on Diageo’s sales revenue or margin, both through reducing overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

Diageo’s reported after tax income is calculated based on extensive tax and accounting requirements in each of its relevant jurisdictions of operation. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), accounting policies and accounting standards could materially reduce Diageo’s reported after tax income.

Diageo is subject to increasing costs of monitoring and maintaining compliance with anti-corruption laws; and a breach of such laws or of Diageo’s related internal policies may have a material adverse effect on its business

Certain countries in which Diageo operates are reported to have high levels of corruption. There is increasing scrutiny and enforcement by regulators in many jurisdictions of anti-bribery laws including the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. This oversight has been enhanced by applicable regulations in the United States, which offer substantial financial rewards to whistleblowers for reporting information that leads to monetary fines.

While Diageo has implemented and maintains internal practices, procedures and controls designed to ensure compliance with anti-bribery legislation and routinely conducts investigations, either at its own initiative or in response to requests from regulators in connection with compliance with such internal controls, there is no guarantee that such procedures will be effective in preventing compliance failures at Diageo.

Any investigations and lawsuits, regardless of the ultimate outcome of the proceeding, are time consuming and expensive and can divert the time and effort of our personnel, including senior management, from our business. Adverse publicity, governmental scrutiny and legal and enforcement proceedings can also have a negative impact on our reputation and on the morale and performance of our employees. To the extent that violations of Diageo’s policies and procedures are found, possible regulatory sanctions and fines and other consequences may also be material.

 

38


Business description (continued)

 

Risks related to Diageo’s business

The value of Diageo’s brands and its net sales may be negatively affected by its failure to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation

The value of Diageo’s brands and its profitability depends heavily on its ability to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation. Adverse publicity, whether or not justified, may tarnish Diageo’s reputation and cause consumers to choose products offered by its competitors. Such adverse publicity could arise as a result of a perceived failure by Diageo to make adequate positive social contributions, including in relation to the level of taxes paid by Diageo, or by the failures of internal controls or compliance breaches leading to a breach of Diageo’s Code of Business Conduct, its other key policies or of the laws or regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

Diageo also maintains an online presence as part of its business operations. Diageo’s reputation may suffer if it is perceived to fail to appropriately restrict access to its online content or if it breaches any marketing regulation, code or policy. In addition, the proliferation of new methods of mass communication facilitated by the internet makes it easier for false or unfounded allegations to adversely affect Diageo’s brand image and reputation, which may in turn affect Diageo’s profitability.

Diageo faces competition that may reduce its market share and margins

Diageo faces substantial competition from several international companies as well as local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates and competes with drinks companies across a wide range of consumer drinking occasions. Within a number of categories, industry consolidation or realignment is still possible. Consolidation is also taking place among Diageo’s customers in many countries and increased competition by competitors or customers could lead to downward pressure on prices and/or a decline in Diageo’s market share in any of these categories, adversely affecting Diageo’s results and growth potential.

Diageo may not be able to derive the expected benefits from its strategy to focus on premium drinks or from its acquisitions or cost saving and restructuring programmes designed to enhance earnings

Diageo’s strategy is to focus on premium drinks and to grow its business through organic sales, operating profit growth and the acquisition of premium drinks brands that add value for shareholders.

There can be no assurance that Diageo’s strategic focus on premium drinks will result in opportunities for growth and improved margins.

It is possible that the pursuit of this strategic focus on premium drinks could give rise to further business combinations, acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures and/or partnerships (including any associated financing or the assumption of actual or potential liabilities, depending on the transaction contemplated). There can be no assurance that any transaction will be completed or that any such transaction would deliver the anticipated benefits, cost savings or synergies. The success of any transaction will depend in part on Diageo’s ability to successfully integrate new businesses with Diageo’s existing operations and realise the anticipated benefits. The current and ongoing issues in USL detailed in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements provide an example of integration challenges.

Similarly, there can be no assurance that the cost saving or restructuring programmes implemented by Diageo in order to improve efficiencies and deliver cost savings will deliver the expected benefits. Diageo continues to undertake change programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operations, including changes to organisational structures, business processes and business systems. Disruption caused to business processes as a result of such change which could impact Diageo operations and lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction. There may also be a a risk of impairment charges on goodwill or other intangible assets and failure to meet financial targets.

Contamination, counterfeiting or other events could harm the integrity of customer support for Diageo’s brands and adversely affect the sales of those brands

The success of Diageo’s brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of those brands, and contamination, whether arising accidentally, or through deliberate third party action, or other events that harm the integrity of or consumer support for those brands, could adversely affect their sales. Diageo purchases most of the raw materials for the production and packaging of its products from third party producers or on the open market. Diageo may be subject to liability if contaminants in those raw materials or defects in the distillation, fermentation or bottling process lead to low beverage quality or illness among, or injury to, Diageo’s consumers.

 

39


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo may recall products in the event of contamination or damage. A significant product liability judgement or a widespread product recall may negatively impact sales and profitability of the affected brand or all Diageo brands for a period of time depending on product availability, competitive reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, any resulting negative publicity could adversely affect Diageo’s reputation with existing and potential customers and its corporate and brand image.

Additionally, third parties may sell products which are either counterfeit versions of Diageo brands or inferior brands that look like Diageo brands, and consumers of Diageo brands could confuse Diageo products with them. A bad consumer experience with such a product could cause them to refrain from purchasing Diageo brands in the future and in turn could impair brand equity, adversely affecting Diageo’s business.

Diageo’s operating results may be adversely affected by increased costs or shortages of talent

Diageo’s operating results could be adversely affected by labour or skill shortages or increased labour costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs. Diageo’s success is dependent on the capability of its employees. There is no guarantee that Diageo will continue to be able to recruit, retain and develop the capabilities that it requires to deliver its strategy, for example in relation to sales, marketing and innovation capability within markets or in its senior management. The loss of senior management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel in the future could make it difficult to manage the business and could adversely affect Diageo’s operations and financial results.

Diageo’s operating results may be adversely affected by disruption to production facilities, business service centres or information systems

Diageo would be affected if there was a catastrophic failure of its major production facilities or business service centres. Diageo operates production facilities around the world. If there was a technical failure in Diageo production facilities, or fire or explosion at one of Diageo’s production facilities, it could result in damage to the facilities, plant or equipment, their surroundings and/or the local environment. Such an event could lead to a loss in production capacity, or could result in regulatory action, legal liability or damage to Diageo’s reputation.

Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally Scotch whisky and Canadian whisky, which may mature over periods of up to 30 years or more. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in Scotland, and the loss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any one of those aged product categories could result in a significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as it arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo’s maturing inventory or other assets, were such assets to be lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters or destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third parties. In addition, there is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption. A forecasting error could lead to Diageo being unable to meet future demand or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks. Any failure of information systems or Diageo’s data infrastructure could adversely impact Diageo’s ability to operate. As with all large systems, Diageo’s information systems could be penetrated by outside parties’ intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo’s business and/or lead to loss of assets or to outside parties having access to confidential information, including privileged data or strategic information of Diageo and its employees, customers and consumers, or to making such information public in a manner that harms Diageo’s reputation. The concentration of processes in business service centres also means that any sustained disruption to the facility or issue impacting the reliability of the information systems used could impact a large portion of Diageo’s business operations and in some circumstances, could result in property damage, breaches of regulations, litigation, legal liabilities and reparation costs.

Diageo’s operations and financial results may be adversely affected by movements in the value of its pension funds, fluctuations in exchange rates and fluctuations in interest rates

Diageo has significant pension funds. These funds may be affected by, among other things, the performance of assets owned by these plans, the underlying actuarial assumptions used to calculate the surplus or deficit in the plans, in particular the discount rate and long term inflation rates used to calculate the liabilities of the pension funds, and any changes in applicable laws and regulations. If there are significant declines in financial markets and/or deterioration in the value of fund assets or changes in discount rates or inflation rates, Diageo may need to make significant contributions to the pension funds in the future.

 

40


Business description (continued)

 

Furthermore, if the market values of the assets held by Diageo’s pension funds decline, or if the valuations of those assets by the pension trustees decline, pension expenses may increase which, as a result, could materially adversely affect Diageo’s financial position. There is no assurance that interest rates or inflation rates will remain constant or that pension fund assets can earn the assumed rate of return annually; Diageo’s actual experience may be significantly more negative than the assumptions used.

Diageo may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. In particular, any redenomination of the euro or its constituent parts could materially adversely affect Diageo. The results of operations of Diageo are accounted for in pounds sterling. Approximately 30% of Diageo’s net sales in the year ended 30 June 2015 were in US dollars, approximately 11% were in euros and approximately 16% were in sterling. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo’s reported results of operations from year to year. Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through an increased interest expense.

Diageo’s operations may be adversely affected by failure to maintain or renegotiate distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms

Diageo’s business has a number of distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements for brands owned by it or by other companies. These agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to renegotiate its rights on favourable terms when these agreements expire or that they will not be terminated. Failure to renew these agreements on favourable terms could have an adverse impact on Diageo’s sales and operating profit. In addition, Diageo’s sales and operating profit may be adversely affected by any disputes with distributors of its products or with suppliers of raw materials.

Diageo may not be able to protect its intellectual property rights

Given the importance of brand recognition to its business, Diageo has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property rights, including trademark registration and domain names. Diageo’s patents cover some of its process technology, including some aspects of its bottle marking technology. Diageo also uses security measures and agreements to protect its confidential information and trade secrets. However, Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe on or misappropriate its intellectual property rights in its brands or products. Moreover, some of the countries in which Diageo operates offer less intellectual property protection than Europe or North America. Given the attractiveness of Diageo’s brands to consumers, it is not uncommon for counterfeit products to be manufactured and traded. Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it takes to assist the authorities to prevent, detect and eliminate counterfeit products will be effective in preventing material loss of profits or erosion of brand equity resulting from lower quality or even dangerous counterfeit product reaching the market. If Diageo is unable to protect its intellectual property rights against infringement or misappropriation, this could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its business.

Risks related to Diageo’s securities

It may be difficult to effect service of US process and enforce US legal process against the directors of Diageo

Diageo is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of Diageo’s directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this document, reside outside of the United States, principally in the United Kingdom. A substantial portion of Diageo’s assets, and the assets of such persons, are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Diageo or these persons in order to enforce judgements of US courts against Diageo or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the US federal securities laws.

 

41


Business description (continued)

 

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This document contains ‘forward-looking’ statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. In particular, forward-looking statements include all statements that express forecasts, expectations, plans, outlook and projections with respect to future matters, including trends in results of operations, margins, growth rates, overall market trends, the impact of changes in interest or exchange rates, the availability or cost of financing to Diageo, anticipated cost savings or synergies, expected investments, the completion of Diageo’s strategic transactions and restructuring programmes, anticipated tax rates, expected cash payments, outcomes of litigation, anticipated deficit reductions in relation to pension schemes and general economic conditions. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside Diageo’s control.

These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    changes in political or economic conditions in countries and markets in which Diageo operates, including changes in levels of consumer spending, failure of customer, supplier and financial counterparties or imposition of import, investment or currency restrictions;

 

    changes in consumer preferences and tastes, demographic trends or perceptions about health related issues, or contamination, counterfeiting or other circumstances which could harm the integrity or sales of Diageo’s brands;

 

    developments in any litigation or other similar proceedings (including with tax, customs and other regulatory authorities) directed at the drinks and spirits industry generally or at Diageo in particular, or the impact of a product recall or product liability claim on Diageo’s profitability or reputation;

 

    the effects of climate change and regulations and other measures to address climate change including any resulting impact on the cost and supply of water;

 

    changes in the cost or supply of raw materials, labour and/or energy;

 

    legal and regulatory developments, including changes in regulations regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, labelling, packaging, consumption or advertising; changes in tax law, rates or requirements (including with respect to the impact of excise tax increases) or accounting standards; and changes in environmental laws, health regulations and the laws governing labour and pensions;

 

    the costs associated with monitoring and maintaining compliance with anti-corruption and other laws and regulations, and the costs associated with investigating alleged breaches of internal policies, laws or regulations, whether initiated internally or by external regulators, and any penalties or fines imposed as a result of any breaches;

 

    ability to maintain Diageo’s brand image and corporate reputation, and exposure to adverse publicity, whether or not justified, and any resulting impacts on Diageo’s reputation and the likelihood that consumers choose products offered by Diageo’s competitors;

 

    increased competitive product and pricing pressures and unanticipated actions by competitors that could impact Diageo’s market share, increase expenses and hinder growth potential;

 

    the effects of Diageo’s strategic focus on premium drinks, the effects of business combinations, partnerships, acquisitions or disposals, existing or future, and the ability to realise expected synergies and/or costs savings;

 

    Diageo’s ability to complete existing or future business combinations, restructuring programmes, acquisitions and disposals;

 

    contamination, counterfeiting or other events that could adversely affect the perception of Diageo’s brands;

 

    increased costs or shortages of talent;

 

42


Business description (continued)

 

    disruption to production facilities or business service centres, and systems change programmes, existing or future, and the ability to derive expected benefits from such programmes;

 

    changes in financial and equity markets, including significant interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and changes in the cost of capital, which may reduce or eliminate Diageo’s access to or increase the cost of financing or which may affect Diageo’s financial results and movements to the value of Diageo’s pension funds;

 

    renewal of supply, distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements (or related rights) and licences on favourable terms when they expire;

 

    technological developments that may affect the distribution of products or impede Diageo’s ability to protect its intellectual property rights.

All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above factors and by the principal risks set out in the ‘Risk factors’ section above. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in Diageo’s expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). All readers, wherever located, should take note of these disclosures.

This document includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns, or which others own and licence to Diageo for use. All rights reserved. © Diageo plc 2015.

The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or an invitation or inducement to engage in any other investment activities.

This document includes information about Diageo’s target debt rating. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organisation. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

 

43


Business review

Operating results 2015 compared with 2014

1. INCOME STATEMENT

Sales and net sales

For the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals see pages 50–51. See ‘Group Financial Review — Key Performance Indicators — Net sales growth’ on page 47 in respect of ‘organic’ movements.

Operating costs before exceptional items and operating profit

Operating costs before exceptional items comprise cost of sales, marketing and other operating expenses. For the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals see pages 50–51. See ‘Group Financial Review — Key Performance Indicators — Change in operating margin’ on page 47 in respect of ‘organic’ movements.

Net finance charges, taxation and associates and joint ventures

See ‘Group Financial Review — Key Performance Indicators — Earnings per share before exceptional items’ on page 48.

Post employment plans

See ‘Group Financial Review — Key Performance Indicators — Free cash flow’ on page 49.

Exceptional items, exchange and dividend

Exceptional items comprise exceptional operating items, non-operating items and discontinued operations. See ‘Group Financial Review — Exceptional items’ on pages 51-52.

2. ANALYSIS BY REPORTING SEGMENTS

North America — see page 54

Europe — see page 58

Africa— see page 62

Latin America and Caribbean — see page 65

Asia Pacific — see page 68

Corporate — see ‘Group Financial Review — Organic growth by region’ page 46

3. CATEGORY REVIEW — PAGES 72 TO 74

 

44


Business review (continued)

 

GROUP FINANCIAL REVIEW

“Our performance this year reflected both the volatile global consumer and economic environment and the actions we took to strengthen the business. Reported net sales were up with the integration of USL and organic net sales flat driven by currency related challenges in specific emerging markets and embedding our sell out discipline. Our focus on cost delivered savings and drove margin expansion, prioritising cash resulted in a marked cash flow improvement and we continued to invest for the future.”

Deirdre Mahlan,

Chief Financial Officer

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

 

Reported net sales up 5% with full consolidation of United Spirits

Free cash flow of £2bn up £0.7 bn

9% final dividend increase to give recommended full year dividend of 56.4 pence

Organic net sales flat

Organic operating margin up 24bps

Shipment volume down 1%

Depletion volume is estimated to be up 1%

Basic eps 95.0 pence up 6%

Eps before exceptional items 88.8 pence due to adverse exchange and associates, offset by underlying improvements

 

LOGO

 

 

(i) Excluding corporate net sales. (ii) Before exceptional items and corporate costs.

 

45


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Key performance indicators

        2015      2014  

Organic net sales growth

   %                  

Organic operating margin improvement

   basis points        24         77   

Earnings per share before exceptional items

   pence        88.8         95.5   

Free cash flow

   £ million        1,963         1,235   

Return on average invested capital (ROIC)(i)

   %        12.3         14.1   

 

                                                                 

Other financial information

        2015
reported
     2014
reported
 

Volume

   EUm        246.2         156.1   

Net sales

   £ million        10,813         10,258   

Marketing spend

   £ million        1,629         1,620   

Operating profit before exceptional items

   £ million        3,066         3,134   

Operating profit

   £ million        2,797         2,707   

Share of associates and joint ventures profit after tax

   £ million        175         252   

Non-operating items

   £ million        373         140   

Net finance charges

   £ million        412         388   

Reported tax rate

   %        15.9         16.5   

Reported tax rate before exceptional items

   %        18.3         18.2   

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

   £ million        2,381         2,248   

Basic earnings per share

   pence        95.0         89.7   

Recommended full year dividend

   pence        56.4         51.7   

 

                                                               

Organic growth by region

   Volume
%
    Net sales
%
    Marketing
spend
%
    Operating
profit(ii)
%
 

North America

     (3     (1     (4     (2

Europe

                   2        3   

Africa

     7        6        4        10   

Latin America and Caribbean

     (7     (1     6        (3

Asia Pacific

     (3     (2     (8     7   

Diageo(iii)

     (1            (1     1   

 

 

(i) The group has revised the calculation of ROIC by excluding the net assets and net profit attributable to non-controlling interests. Before this adjustment, in the year ended 30 June 2014 the ROIC reported was 13.7%.
(ii) Before exceptional items.
(iii) Includes Corporate. In the year ended 30 June 2015 Corporate reported net sales and net operating charges before exceptional items were £80 million (2014-£79 million) and £123 million (2014-£130 million), respectively. The reduction in net operating charges before exceptional items is largely due to cost savings and exchange.

 

46


Business review (continued)

 

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Net sales growth (£ million)

The full consolidation of USL, partly offset by adverse exchange delivered reported net sales growth of 5%. Organic net sales flat

 

LOGO 896 movement Organic 123 10,813 (337) 10,258 (127) 2014 2015 Reported Reported Acquisitions and Exchange Price/mix disposals(i) Volume

 

(i) Impact of acquisitions and disposals on 2014 and 2015. See page 51 for further details.

Reported net sales were up 5%, largely driven by the full consolidation of USL, which contributed £921 million of net sales. Currency weakness, other than the US dollar, had an adverse impact on net sales. Organic volume decline was largely driven by lower shipments in the United States, reduction in inventory levels in South East Asia and West LAC, and the impact of pricing in Venezuela and Brazil. While these price increases contributed to positive price, the main driver of organic price/mix was positive mix, led by growth of reserve and Crown Royal.

Change in operating margin (%)

Full consolidation of USL rebased operating margin by c200bps. Organic margin improved 24bps

 

LOGO 30.55% 52bps 28.35% 36bps (183)bps (61)bps(64)bps Organic 2014 movement(i) 2015 Reported Reported Acquisitions and disposals Marketing spend Exchange Other operating Gross margin expenses

 

(i) Exchange impacts in respect of profit on intergroup sales of products and the intergroup recharges have been re-allocated to the respective profit and loss lines for the purposes of calculating margin impacts only.

The full consolidation of USL lowered reported operating margin for the group. The organic improvement in margin was largely as a result of cost savings and efficiencies, which more than offset the impact of cost inflation and negative market mix.

 

47


Business review (continued)

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

Eps before exceptionals impacted by adverse exchange and decrease in associate profit

 

LOGO 95.5 1.6 1.4 1.5 88.8 (6.4) (3.1) (1.3) (0.4) profit Operating (4.8) 2014 2015 Reported Reported Operating profit excluding FX Tax Exchange on operating profit Non-controlling interests Associates and joint ventures Other including USL(i) Finance charges

 

(i) The impact of fully consolidating USL results is included in other. The movements for operating profit, finance charges, tax and non-controlling interests, all exclude USL.

Eps before exceptional items fell 6.7 pence largely as a result of adverse exchange movements and lower income from associates and joint ventures. Organic growth in operating profit had a positive impact on eps. Net finance charges excluding acquired debt in USL reduced due to lower interest rates which benefited eps. Basic eps was 95.0 pence (year ended 30 June 2014 — 89.7 pence), with exceptional items increasing eps by 6.2 pence (year ended 30 June 2014 — 5.8 pence unfavourable).

 

                                           

Movement in net finance charges

    £ million  

2014 Reported

  

    388   

Net interest charge decrease

  

    (48

Consolidation of net borrowings acquired in USL

  

    60   

Movement in other finance charges

  

    12   
    

 

 

 

2015 Reported

       412   
    

 

 

 
     2015     2014  

Average monthly net borrowings (£ million)

     10,459        9,174   

Effective interest rate(i)

     3.5     3.8

 

 

(i) For the calculation of the effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings. Average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

The increase in average net borrowings was principally the result of the acquisition of the controlling interest in USL, completed on 2 July 2014, and the consolidation of USL’s net borrowings. The effective interest rate decreased in the year ended 30 June 2015 as the negative impact of consolidating USL’s net borrowings was more than offset by lower interest rates on new debt issued and an increase in the proportion of floating rate debt through the use of swaps.

 

48


Business review (continued)

 

Free cash flow (£ million)

Positive working capital movement drove improvement in free cash flow

 

LOGO Operating 79 59 1,963 pro_t 734 (57) (7) 1,235 76 (156) 2014 2015 Reported Reported USL free cash Exchange Net capex fiow(i) Working movement Operating capital Interest and tax profit excluding movement Other operating exchange(ii) items(iii)

 

(i) USL free cash flow is shown separately and is excluded from the other line items shown above.
(ii) Operating profit adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation and amortisation.
(iii) Other operating items includes pension related payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures, movements in loans receivable and other investments, and payments in respect of the settlement of Thalidomide.

The increase in free cash flow was primarily driven by the positive working capital movement. This was largely due to lower debtors as a result of phasing of shipments, with days sales outstanding 6 days lower than last year. This compares with an increase in debtors in the prior year.

Return on average invested capital (%)(i)

The investment in USL has rebased ROIC. Adverse exchange and lower income from associates reduced ROIC in the year

 

LOGO 14.1% 0.2pps (1.1)pps 12.3% (0.4)pps (0.3)pps(0.2)pps 2014 2015 Reported(ii) Reported(iii) USL Exchange Other Operating profit Associates and after tax joint ventures including FX

 

(i) ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items.
(ii) The group has revised the calculation of ROIC by excluding the net assets and net profit attributable to non-controlling interests. Before this adjustment, in the year ended 30 June 2014 the ROIC was reported as 13.7%.
(iii) For the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became an associate on 4 July 2013 and a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

The additional investment in USL and full consolidation of its results reduced ROIC by 1.1pps. Exchange movements reduced operating profit, but the impact on ROIC was partially offset by exchange reducing invested capital. Lower income from associates reduced ROIC in the year.

 

49


Business review (continued)

 

INCOME STATEMENT

 

                                                                               
    2014
£ million
    Exchange
(a)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and disposals

(b)
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Sales

    13,980        (509     2,321        174        15,966   

Excise duties

    (3,722     172        (1,425     (178     (5,153
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

    10,258        (337     896        (4     10,813   

Cost of sales(i)

    (4,006     61        (666     26        (4,585
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    6,252        (276     230        22        6,228   

Marketing

    (1,620     47        (74     18        (1,629

Other operating expenses(i)

    (1,498     68        (85     (18     (1,533
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

    3,134        (161     71        22        3,066   

Exceptional operating items (c)

    (427           (269
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Operating profit

    2,707              2,797   

Non-operating items (c)

    140              373   

Net finance charges

    (388           (412
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures     252              175   
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

    2,711              2,933   

Taxation

    (447           (466
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

    2,264              2,467   

Discontinued operations (c)

    (83             
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit for the year

    2,181              2,467   
 

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Before exceptional operating items.

(a) Exchange

The impact of movements in exchange rates on reported figures is principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the euro, the Russian rouble and the US dollar.

In February 2015, the Central Bank of Venezuela opened a new mechanism (known as SIMADI) that allows private and public companies to trade foreign currency with fewer restrictions than other mechanisms in Venezuela. As a result, the group has used the SIMADI exchange rate to consolidate its Venezuelan operations for the year ended 30 June 2015. For the year ended 30 June 2014, the group applied the Sicad II exchange rate to consolidate its operations in Venezuela.

Applying the SIMADI consolidation rate of $1 = VEF197.30 (£1 = VEF309.76) compared to the Sicad II rate of $1 = VEF49.98 (£1 = VEF85.47) would have reduced net assets and cash and cash equivalents as at 1 July 2014 by £60 million and £52 million, respectively, and would have reduced the previously reported net sales and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2014 by £57 million and £36 million, respectively.

The effect of movements in exchange rate and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 2015 is set out in the table below.

 

                                           
     Year
ended
30 June
2015
     Year
ended
30 June
2014
 

Exchange rates

     

Translation  £1 =

     $1.57         $1.63   

Transaction £1 =

     $1.58         $1.59   

Translation  £1 =

     €1.31         €1.20   

Transaction £1 =

     €1.23         €1.26   

 

50


Business review (continued)

 

                     
     Gains/
(losses)
£ million
 

Translation impact

     (72

Transaction impact

     (89
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     (161

Net finance charges – translation impact

     (7

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

     8   

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on net other finance charges

     1   
  

 

 

 

Interest and other finance charges

     2   

Associates – translation impact

     (20
  

 

 

 

Profit before exceptional items and taxation

     (179
  

 

 

 

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

The impact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the full consolidation of United Spirits Limited (USL) from 2 July 2014 and the acquisition of the Mexican distribution rights of Don Julio, partially offset by the disposal of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited on 27 February 2015 and Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015. See page 123 for further details.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional operating charges of £269 million (2014 — £427 million) in the year ended 30 June 2015 comprise:

 

    £47 million (2014 — £98 million) in respect of the Global efficiency programme announced in January 2014;
    £35 million (2014 — £35 million) in respect of the Supply excellence restructuring programme;
    £41 million in respect of the impairment of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company; and
    £146 million in respect of settlement of several related disputes with the Korean customs authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable to imported products. Total payments to settle these disputes in the year were £74 million as £87 million was paid to the customs authorities prior to 30 June 2014, and was previously accounted for as a receivable from Korean customs.

In the year ended 30 June 2014 an exceptional impairment loss of £260 million in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and £4 million in respect of tangible fixed assets was charged to other operating expenses.

Non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2015 include a gain of £103 million (2014 — £140 million) following the acquisition of additional equity shares in USL which increased the group’s investment in USL from 25.02% to 54.78%, excluding the 2.38% interest owned by the USL Benefit Trust (2014 — 10.04% to 25.02%). On 2 July 2014 when USL became a subsidiary of the group a gain was recognised on the difference between the book value of the 25.02% investment and the fair value. The gain is net of a £79 million cumulative exchange loss recycled from other comprehensive income and £10 million transaction costs.

On 27 February 2015, the group completed the purchase of the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own (giving Diageo 100% ownership of the brand and production facility) and the Mexican distribution business of Don Julio. As a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £63 million arose, being the difference between the book value of the joint venture on the date of the transaction and the fair value. In addition, the group reacquired the production and distribution for Smirnoff and Popov in Mexico. As part of the transaction, Diageo also agreed to sell 100% of the equity share capital in The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited resulting in an exceptional gain of £174 million.

On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited to the Ennismore group resulting in an exceptional gain of £73 million.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 a provision of £30 million was charged to non-operating items in respect of a guarantee provided to a third party financial institution.

 

51


Business review (continued)

 

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (£91 million less tax of £8 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

Cash payments in the year ended 30 June 2015 for exceptional restructuring items, the legal settlement in Korea, the guarantee and thalidomide were £117 million (2014 — £104 million), £74 million (2014 — £nil), £30 million (2014 — £nil) and £19 million (2014 — £59 million), respectively.

Dividend

The directors recommend a final dividend of 34.9 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2014. The full dividend will therefore be 56.4 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2014. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 8 October 2015 to shareholders on the register on 14 August 2015. The ex-dividend date is 13 August 2015. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 14 October 2015. A dividend reinvestment plan is available to holders of ordinary shares in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 17 September 2015.

The recommended final dividend increase is 9%, in line with the increase in the interim dividend. This rate of increase recognises that while eps has declined, the decline was mainly driven by the impact of exchange movements in a year when free cash flow has improved strongly. Eps to dividend cover at 1.6 times is however now outside management’s coverage ratio, and the group will look to rebuild cover over time, maintaining dividend increases at a mid-single digit rate until it is back in range.

MOVEMENTS IN NET BORROWINGS AND EQUITY

 

                                           

Movement in net borrowings

   2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

     (8,850     (8,403

Free cash flow (a)

     1,963        1,235   

Acquisition and sale of businesses (b)

     (306     (534

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

     (8     (113

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (72     (88

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (d)

            (37

Net movements in bonds and other borrowings

     (315     (157

Equity dividends paid

     (1,341     (1,228

Other movements

     2        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (77     (921

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

     315        157   

Exchange differences (e)

     (7     349   

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

     (869       

Other non-cash items

     (39     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at the end of the year

     (9,527     (8,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) See page 49 for the analysis of free cash flow.

(b) On 2 July 2014 the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL for INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million). On 31 October 2014 the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group by USL resulted in a net cash receipt of £391 million. On 27 February 2015, Diageo paid $293 million (£192 million) for the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own and for the Mexican distribution rights for Don Julio. As part of the transaction, Diageo also agreed to sell the equity share capital in The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited. The net cash consideration received for Bushmills amounted to $709 million (£456 million).

In the year ended 30 June 2014 cash payments primarily comprised £474 million in respect of the acquisition of a 18.74% investment in USL.

 

52


Business review (continued)

 

(c) Net purchase of own shares comprised purchase of treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes of £75 million (2014 — £208 million) less receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £67 million (2014 — £95 million).

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2014 Diageo purchased the remaining 7% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd.

(e) Exchange differences primarily arose on US dollar and euro denominated borrowings partially offset by the favourable change on foreign exchange swaps and forwards.

 

                                           

Movement in equity

   2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Equity at the beginning of the year

     7,590        8,088   

Profit for the year

     2,467        2,181   

Exchange adjustments (a)

     (225     (1,133

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

     113        (167

Exchange recycled to the income statement (b)

     88          

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments (b)

     20        (85

Non-controlling interests acquired

     641        8   

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

            (37

Dividends to non-controlling interests

     (72     (88

Dividends paid

     (1,341     (1,228

Other reserve movements

     (25     51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity at the end of the year

     9,256        7,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Movement in the year ended 30 June 2015 primarily arose from the exchange loss on Turkish lira, Brazilian real and euro denominated net investments.

(b) Following the acquisition of majority equity stakes in USL, 50% equity interest in Don Julio and one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own exchange losses of £88 million were recycled to the income statement.

On the acquisition of USL on 2 July 2014 a 43.91% (£641 million) non-controlling interest was recognised. In the year ended 30 June 2014 a gain of £85 million, in respect of USL, was recycled to the income statement reflecting the step up from available-for-sale investment to associate.

Post employment plans

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £216 million from £475 million at 30 June 2014 to £259 million at 30 June 2015. The reduction was primarily due to strong asset return and a reduction in long term inflation rates partially offset by a decrease in returns from AA – rated corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on the liabilities of the post employment plans (United Kingdom reduced from 4.2% to 3.8% and Ireland from 3.0% to 2.6%). Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2016 are estimated to be approximately £180 million.

 

53


Business review (continued)

 

NORTH AMERICA

North America accounts for about a third of our net sales and around 45% of operating profit and is the largest market for premium drinks in the world. Continuing economic uncertainty has adversely impacted consumer spending in the region, but due to our leadership in innovation, strong route to consumer and solid marketing investment in key brands, we continue to be well positioned. We are promoting responsible drinking, and this year the US government approved our request to include serving fact information on beverage alcohol products.

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                             

Key financials

  2014
Reported
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2015
Reported
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

    3,444        97        (37     (49     3,455          

Marketing spend

    540        16        7        (21     542          
Operating profit before exceptional items     1,460        27        (2     (37     1,448        (1

Exceptional items

    (35           (28  
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

    1,425              1,420          
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Our markets

Our North America business comprises US Spirits and Wines, Diageo Guinness USA (DGUSA) and Diageo Canada, headquartered in Norwalk, Connecticut.

 

54


Business review (continued)

 

Route to market

Route to market in the United States is through the three-tier system and we distribute our products through more than 100 spirits and wines distributors and brokers, and more than 400 beer distributors. We have a unique route to market for our spirits and wine business in the United States, with more than 3,000 dedicated distributor sales people focused only on Diageo and Moët Hennessy spirits and wine brands. Diageo consolidates its US Spirits and Wines business into a single state-wide distributor in 41 states and the District of Columbia, representing more than 80% of the company’s US Spirits and Wines volume.

US Spirits and Wines business operates through five divisions in Open States where we sell to distributors who then sell to retailers, and through two divisions in Control States where mostly we sell to the state, which in turn sells to state or agency stores and on premise retailers. US Spirits and Wines sells the vast majority of the Californian and imported wines we own and represent, with the remaining small portion of sales coming from winery visitor centres and online sales.

DGUSA sells and markets brands including Guinness, Smirnoff Ice and Red Stripe. Beer distribution generally follows the three-tier open state regulations across the United States.

Diageo Canada distributes our collection of spirits, beer and wine brands across all Canadian provinces, which generally operate through a provincial control system. Diageo Canada operates through a single broker with a dedicated sales force handling our brands in the country.

National brand strategy, strategic accounts marketing and corporate functions are managed at the North America level. In North America, we market a total beverage alcohol portfolio.

Supply operations

We have 11 bottling, distilling, blending and maturation sites including operations in Plainfield, Illinois; Amherstburg, Ontario; Valleyfield, Quebec; Relay, Maryland; Gimli, Manitoba; Tullahoma, Tennessee; Louisville, Kentucky; and seven wineries and wine bottling operations in California. Focusing on continuously improving efficiency across our supply chain we made significant investments during the year and announced plans to cease bottling operations in Relay, Maryland.

Sustainability and responsibility

As our largest market, with many millions of consumers, our focus on responsible drinking in North America is particularly important, and we have built a reputation as a leading voice in the industry. After 12 years of advocating with a coalition of consumer and public health advocates, the US government recently allowed alcohol companies to include alcohol content and nutritional information per typical serve on packaging. In March we followed this by announcing our commitment to provide consumers around the world with this information – a first for any alcohol company. Another key issue for us is operational sustainability – our Californian vineyards and wineries are in a water-stressed area, and we have responded by creating ‘Blue Teams’ to scale up our focus on reducing water use in our operations and identifying opportunities in our wine growers’ supply chain.

Performance

In North America, US Spirits has delivered improved depletion performance through the year with the value of distributor depletions, up 3% in the first half, and up 4% for the full year. Shipments were broadly in line with depletions and therefore net sales were down 2% year on year as last year shipments were higher than depletions mainly driven by innovation launches. Beer net sales were in line with last year, ready to drink and wine were down slightly and in Canada net sales grew 2%. Volume growth of the reserve portfolio was the main driver of the 1.5pps of increased price/mix as price premiums against the competition, for brands such as Smirnoff and Captain Morgan, were narrowed. This led to lower achieved price year on year but did drive improved share positions. Our innovation agenda continued to lead the industry in North America and this year was a key driver of our net sales. Advertising spend was down as we drove procurement savings on media and agency fees in marketing while maintaining our share of voice. Adjusting for these savings, marketing as a percentage of net sales was roughly flat. Overheads were flat but operating margin declined 47 basis points driven by soft volume and lower net sales of spirits in the United States.

 

55


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement(i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

North America

     (3     (1       
      

US Spirits and Wines

     (3     (2     1   

DGUSA

     (3     (1     3   

Canada

     3        2        (4
      

Spirits(ii)

     (3     (1     1   

Beer

            (1     1   

Wine

     (2     (2     2   

Ready to drink

     (3     (1     (14
      

Global giants and local stars(ii):

      

Smirnoff

     (2     (3     (1

Captain Morgan

     (10     (12     (10

Johnnie Walker

     (8     (15     (12

Guinness

     2        2        4   

Baileys

     (5     (5     (3

Tanqueray

     (2     (2     1   

Crown Royal

     13        12        15   

Cîroc

     4        4        8   

Ketel One vodka

     (2     (2     1   

Bulleit

     32        36        41   

Don Julio

     5        9        13   

Buchanan’s

     17        18        23   

 

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for North America (4)%, US Spirits and Wines (5)%, spirits (3)% and ready to drink (25)% reflecting the termination of the transitional arrangements following the disposal of Jose Cuervo and Bushmills and the acquisition of the outstanding stake in Don Julio.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

56


Business review (continued)

 

KEY HIGHLIGHTS

 

  Net sales in US Spirits and Wines declined 2% while the value of distributor depletions was up 4%. Diageo’s North American whisk(e)y performance was very strong with the portfolio outpacing category growth and net sales up 13%. Crown Royal was the primary driver as Crown Royal Regal Apple, the top selling innovation according to Nielsen, gained share as it recruited new consumers to the brand, driving double digit top line growth for the trademark. Bulleit, the fastest growing unflavoured North American whisk(e)y, drove one third of that category’s growth with net sales up 35%. Both Bulleit Bourbon and Bulleit Rye led their respective segments through increased distribution, consumer experience marketing, and the engagement of key trade influencers. In scotch, Buchanan’s was the fastest growing brand in the United States, with net sales up over 20%. Buchanan’s resonates particularly well with the growing Hispanic population, and this year added sponsorship of the Latin Grammy Awards to its full suite of marketing activities. Johnnie Walker did not perform well, partly as a result of lapping the strong launch of Platinum and Gold Label Reserve last year but also due to a reduction in promotional activities for Red, Black, and Blue Label. Cîroc net sales growth of 4% was driven by the notable success of Cîroc Pineapple, the latest addition to the flavour range. Despite an improved performance trajectory, net sales of Smirnoff declined 4% as the flavour portfolio, confections in particular, continued to be a drag on performance. The launch of Captain Morgan White Flavours partially offset the effect of lapping the prior year’s launch of Captain Morgan White which, together with weakness on Original Spiced, drove double digit net sales decline for the brand. Net sales of tequila were up double digit, driven by 10% growth of Don Julio, which was supported by marketing campaigns focused on the heritage and craftsmanship of the brand, and the launch of new DeLeón variants, which broadened the price range and contributed to increased distribution of the brand.
  Guinness net sales were up 3% on the strong performance of Blonde American Lager. Guinness Draught was weak given competition in the craft beer segment, particularly in the on trade. Net sales of ready to drink declined slightly, bringing net sales of DGUSA down 1%. Stronger execution and competitive pricing on Smirnoff Ice stabilised the core and flavoured variants but the brand’s growth still lags the category.
  In Canada the new distribution system helped drive net sales growth of 2%. Spirits growth of 3% was driven by Johnnie Walker and vodka. Ready to drink net sales growth was principally due to Smirnoff variants, with beer down and wine down double digit. Tactical price reductions resulted in share improvement, with a marginally negative impact on price/mix.
  Marketing investment in North America reduced 4% driven by US Spirits and Wines, which delivered significant savings on media and agency fees and procurement efficiencies. Advertising remained focused on Cîroc, Crown Royal, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan, and Johnnie Walker, and increased on Don Julio and Bulleit to support new programmes. Marketing investment in DGUSA supported the launch of Guinness Blonde American Lager and in Canada, a 1% increase went behind innovation launches.

 

57


Business review (continued)

 

EUROPE

Diageo is the largest premium drinks business in Western Europe. Consumer marketing programmes are developed at a market level to drive consistency, efficiency and scale across all countries. In Russia and Eastern Europe we are driving our premium core, standard and value brands and reserve portfolio, whilst in Turkey, we use our local businesses’ strong route to consumer to drive accelerated growth in international premium spirits. In Europe, where competition for talent is particularly strong, our reputation as a trusted and respected company and for ground-breaking innovation, is key to our ability to attract and retain the people we need to deliver our Performance Ambition.

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                             

Key financials

   2014
Reported
(restated)(i)
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
     2015
Reported
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     2,814        (186     (13     2         2,617        (7

Marketing spend

     413        (30     (1     6         388        (6

Operating profit before exceptional items

     853        (67     (2     20         804        (6

Exceptional items

     (20            (20  
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Operating profit

     833               784        (6
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

 

(i) Restated following the change in the internal reporting structure to reflect changes made to management responsibilities. See page 124-125 for further details.

Our markets

Europe comprises Western Europe, Russia and Eastern Europe and Turkey. Western Europe is managed as a single market with country teams focusing on sales and customer marketing execution. It includes Great Britain, Ireland, Iberia, France, Germany and Diageo Guinness Continental Europe beer business. Eastern Europe includes Poland, Bulgaria, Romania and Israel.

On 1 July 2015, Russia became a standalone market while Eastern Europe was merged with Western Europe creating Diageo Europe. Turkey remained unchanged.

 

58


Business review (continued)

 

Route to market

In Great Britain we sell and market our products through Diageo GB (spirits, beer and ready to drink), Percy Fox & Co (wines) and Justerini & Brooks Retail (wines private clients). Products are distributed through independent wholesalers and directly to retailers. In the on trade, products are sold through major brewers, multiple retail groups and smaller regional independent brewers and wholesalers.

In the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland, Diageo sells and distributes directly to the on trade and the off trade via a telesales operation.

Across the remainder of Western Europe, we distribute our spirits brands primarily through our own distribution companies, except for France where products are sold through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy.

Diageo Guinness Continental Europe distributes our beer brands in mainland Europe, focusing in Germany, Russia and France, our largest mainland European beer markets.

In Russia and Poland we operate through wholly owned subsidiaries, while in other Eastern Europe countries we use third party distributors.

In Turkey, we sell our products via the distribution network of Mey İçki, our wholly owned subsidiary. Mey İçki distributes both local brands (raki, other spirits and wine) and Diageo’s global spirits brands.

Supply operations

The International Supply Centre (ISC) comprises the supply operations in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Italy. The group owns 29 whisky distilleries in Scotland, a Dublin based beer brewery and maturing and packaging facilities in Scotland, England, Ireland and Italy. The ISC ships whisk(e)y, vodka, gin, rum, beer, wine, cream liqueurs, and other spirit-based drinks to over 180 countries. Through our £1 billion investment in Scotch whisky production and inventory, announced in 2012, distilling capacity has increased by over 25%.

Raki, vodka and wine are produced in Turkey at a number of sites and Smirnov vodka is produced in Russia.

Sustainability and responsibility

People today increasingly want to work for companies that they believe make a positive social and environmental, as well as economic, contribution. Our leadership in responsible drinking, through programmes and partnerships, and our contribution to the communities in which we operate, support our reputation and ability to attract and retain employees. Our responsible drinking programme, NOFAS, aims to tackle foetal alcohol syndrome by training midwives and health professionals – to date we have reached around 300,000 pregnant women in the UK. In the last few years, we have launched our Learning for Life community programme in a number of European countries, including a major investment in Scotland, as part of a five-year effort targeted towards young people.

Performance

Europe’s performance reflected an improved momentum in Western Europe, growth in Turkey and a challenging environment in Russia. In Western Europe net sales were up 1%, as performance improved in more than half of our markets. Reserve brands delivered another strong performance with net sales up 20% and growing double digit even in the more challenging economies in Southern Europe. Innovation remained a key performance driver with net sales up 30% driven by successes such as ‘The Brewers Project’ which helped put Guinness back in growth in both Great Britain and Ireland. We continued to invest in our route to consumer, increasing the number of sales people by 30% and the number of outlets we cover by 60%. In Russia, which continued to be impacted by economic volatility, consumers traded down and customers reduced inventory levels while Diageo gained share in scotch and rum. Turkey net sales were up 3% driving premiumisation in the raki category and gained share in scotch and vodka. Total operating margin for the region improved 75bps largely driven by gross margin improvement in Turkey, and overhead cost reduction in Western Europe, which was partially reinvested in marketing spend and route to consumer.

 

59


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement(i)

%
    Organic
net sales
movement

%
    Reported
net sales
movement

%
 

Europe

                   (7
      

Western Europe

     1        1        (5

Russia and Eastern Europe

     (8     (9     (26

Turkey

            3        (5
      

Spirits(ii)

     (1     1        (8

Beer

     1        1        (4

Wine

            (1     (4

Ready to drink

     (6     (2     (5
      

Global giants and local stars(ii):

      

Guinness

     1        2        (2

Smirnoff

     (2     (4     (7

Johnnie Walker

     (5     (7     (15

Baileys

     (3     (4     (10

Captain Morgan

     9        10        1   

Yenì Raki

     (4     4        (6

JeB

     (1     (3     (10

 

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

60


Business review (continued)

 

KEY HIGHLIGHTS

 

  In Western Europe net sales were up 1%:

 

    In Great Britain net sales were up 3%, with spirits, beer, and ready to drink all in growth. Reserve net sales were up 43% driven by Cîroc and the successful launch of Haig Club. Captain Morgan net sales were up 15%, with investment focused on increased activation in outlets and Smirnoff was back in growth with net sales up 1%, supported by the new ‘We’re Open’ campaign. Beer net sales were up 2% driven by innovation on Guinness. Ready to drink net sales were up 7% supported by strong growth in pre-mix. The only weakness was in Baileys where net sales were down 2%, however Baileys Original was in growth.
    In Ireland net sales were down 1%, or flat after accounting for the transfer of wine sales to Diageo Wines Europe. Guinness sustained its positive momentum with net sales up 2%, supported by successful innovations launched through ‘The Brewers Project at St James’s Gate’. Net sales in spirits were down 2% as the category continued to be affected by last year’s duty increase.
    In Southern Europe net sales were down 1%. Net sales in Iberia were flat, after accounting for a transfer of sales of one customer to Africa Regional Markets, but showing positive momentum with growth from Tanqueray and Gordon’s in a vibrant gin category and declines in JeB and Cacique. Double digit growth of reserve was the main driver behind the 1% net sales growth in Italy, where Zacapa was up 10% and Cîroc more than trebled net sales. In Greece, performance was impacted by the deterioration of economic environment in the last quarter, which resulted in a 4% net sales decline.
    Net sales in Germany and Austria declined 2%. In Germany net sales were up 5%. Underlying performance was strong with net sales of Baileys, Captain Morgan and Johnnie Walker Red Label all up double digit. In Austria, net sales were down 53% against the buy in ahead of the excise duty increase in January 2014.
    Performance in Benelux continued to be impacted by the decision to realign prices in the first half on premium core brands which resulted in a net sales decline of 10%.
    In a challenging trading environment in France net sales increased 2% largely driven by growth in scotch, with Scotch malts up 6%, and the strong performance of Captain Morgan which, in its third year, more than doubled net sales.
    Net sales in Diageo Wines Europe were up 3% largely driven by the transfer of wine net sales from Diageo Ireland and the strong performance of [yellow tail].
  Performance in Russia and Eastern Europe continued to be impacted by the events in the region. In Russia, net sales declined 14%, driven by both destocking amongst distributors and consumers trading down. This impacted Johnnie Walker, however Diageo extended its leadership in whisky and rum, and gained share with brands such as White Horse, Black & White and Captain Morgan. In Poland, net sales of Johnnie Walker Red Label declined 15% and the brand lost share, as some competitors did not follow Diageo price increases to cover last year’s excise duty increase.
  In Turkey net sales grew 3% despite an excise duty increase in January and the earlier start to Ramadan. Net sales in raki were up 5% with Yenì Raki and the super premium variant Tekirdağ Raki premiumising the category. Good underlying performance of international spirits resulted in share gains for Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff and Baileys.
  Marketing investment in Europe increased 2% largely driven by Western Europe where spend was up 3%. The increased investment was focused on the biggest growth opportunities such as reserve and innovation to support the launches of Haig Club and the Guinness Brewers project.

 

61


Business review (continued)

 

AFRICA

In Africa our strategy is to grow Diageo’s leadership across beer and spirits by providing brand choice across a broad range of consumer motivations, profiles, and occasions. We are focused on growing beer faster than the market and accelerating the growth of spirits through continued investment in infrastructure and brands. Local sourcing is a key element of our strategy in Africa: it directly supports our commercial operations, while indirectly supporting our position by bringing wider benefits to society as a whole.

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                 

Key financials

   2014
Reported
(restated)(i)
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
     Organic
movement
£ million
     2015
Reported
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,430        (100             85         1,415        (1

Marketing spend

     152        (10             5         147        (3

Operating profit before exceptional items

     340        (52     1         29         318        (6

Exceptional items

     (23             (7  
  

 

 

           

 

 

   

Operating profit

     317                311        (2
  

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

(i) Restated following the change in the internal reporting structure to reflect changes made to management responsibilities. See page 124–125 for further details.

Our markets

The region comprises Nigeria, East Africa (Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda, Burundi, Rwanda and South Sudan), Africa Regional Markets (including Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Angola, Mozambique and a sorghum beer business in South Africa) and South Africa (all other products).

Route to market

In Africa our largest businesses are in Nigeria, where we own 54.3% of a listed company whose principal brands are Guinness, Harp and Malta, and in East Africa, where we own 50.03% of East African Breweries Limited (EABL). EABL produces and distributes beer and spirits brands to a range of consumers in Kenya and Uganda, and has a 51% equity interest in Serengeti Breweries Limited, Tanzania. Within Africa Regional Markets, we have wholly owned subsidiaries in Cameroon, Ethiopia, Mozambique and Réunion and majority owned subsidiaries in Ghana and the Seychelles. Angola is supplied via a third party distributor. In South Africa we sell spirits and sorghum beer through wholly owned subsidiaries and currently sell our beer, cider and ready to drink products through our 42.25% stake in DHN Drinks Ltd, a joint venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Ltd. On 28 July 2015, Diageo announced the agreement to dispose of its equity interest in DHN Drinks Ltd. Diageo has brewing arrangements with the Castel Group who license, brew and distribute Guinness in the Democratic Republic of Congo, Gambia, Gabon, Ivory Coast, Togo, Benin, Burkina Faso, Chad, Mali and Guinea. Diageo sells spirits through distributors in the majority of other sub-Saharan countries.

Supply operations

We have 14 breweries in Africa, including the brewery owned by Sedibeng in South Africa in which we own a 25% equity stake.

In addition, our beer and spirits brands are produced by third parties under licence in 20 other African countries. We also own five manufacturing facilities including blending, malting and cider plants.

 

62


Business review (continued)

 

Sustainability and responsibility

In Africa we create wealth both directly through our operations and indirectly through our broader network, particularly of agricultural suppliers. We source 70% of agricultural and packaging materials locally and we work with more than 50,000 local farmers for our agricultural inputs. Thirteen of our production sites in Africa are in water-stressed areas, so much of our focus is on managing water use in our operations effectively and enhancing access to clean water to surrounding communities through our pan-African Water of Life programme. Since we began the programme in 2006, we have brought safe drinking water to more than ten million people. The launch of our Water Blueprint strategy this year will help us focus further on water use in the supply chain, with one of our key targets being to equip our suppliers with the tools to protect water sources in water-stressed areas. We also support many responsible drinking programmes throughout the continent. We tackle issues like drink driving through programmes such as Dry Drive in South Africa, and underage consumption through the Red Card initiative in Uganda, and through advocating stronger legal purchase age laws in Ghana. Our training programmes have also created close to 40,000 responsible drinking ambassadors across Africa this year.

Performance

Good performances in both beer and spirits led to net sales up 6% in Africa. Investments in route to consumer together with innovation drove an 8% increase in beer and led to double digit growth in spirits. The mainstream beer market in Nigeria remained challenged as consumers moved towards more value products, impacting the performance of Guinness and Harp. However the national rollout of Orijin and renovation of Satzenbrau drove an increase in beer net sales of 9%. Investment in Guinness marketing has stabilised volume share in the brand. Good progress in route to consumer led to strong net sales growth in Ghana, and in Cameroon, strong marketing campaigns delivered net sales and share gains in Guinness. In South Africa, spirits growth was underpinned by the continued strong performances of Smirnoff 1818, which is now a two million case brand, and Johnnie Walker, while overall growth was impacted by a decline in ready to drink. Reserve brands grew 26% with double digit increases in South Africa, East Africa and Nigeria. Increased sales of mainstream brands, which have lower costs per case, together with procurement and supply efficiencies were partially offset by an increase in marketing spend and route to consumer investments leading to organic operating margin improvement of 75 basis points.

 

                                                                 

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement(i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Africa

     7        6        (1
      

Nigeria

     13        6        (3

East Africa

     7        9        6   

Africa Regional Markets

     14        15        1   

South Africa

     (2     (7     (12
      

Spirits(ii)

     17        13        7   

Beer

     4        8        (1

Ready to drink

     (34     (28     (33
      

Global giants and local stars(ii):

      

Guinness

     (5     (7     (15

Johnnie Walker

     3        7        2   

Smirnoff

     22        22        16   

Tusker

     (6     3        1   

Malta

     (8     (5     (17

Senator

     (11     (16     (20

Harp

     (40     (46     (50

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

63


Business review (continued)

 

KEY HIGHLIGHTS

 

  Nigeria delivered double digit volume growth driven primarily by the national rollout of Orijin, while net sales grew 6%. The weak consumer environment led to a move to value lager which resulted in a strong performance of Satzenbrau and a weak performance of Harp. Similarly net sales of Guinness declined although the brand’s performance improved in the second half and volume share stabilised. Spirits net sales were up 19% as inventory reductions on Johnnie Walker and Baileys were offset by the strong performance of local mainstream spirits.
  In East Africa, where net sales grew 9%, Guinness volume and net sales grew strong double digits supported by the ‘Made of More’ campaign. Innovation in value beer, in particular, Balozi lager in Kenya, a no added sugar offering, and in Tanzania Kibo Gold, positioned to capture consumers trading down, offset a decline in Senator due to excise duty changes in Kenya in the first half last year. In spirits, growth was led by mainstream spirits brands and good performances from Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff. Success in mainstream spirits was driven by Kane Extra and Liberty in Kenya, which benefited from improvements in route to consumer, including the introduction of motorcycles to increase sales coverage of mainstream outlets. Johnnie Walker net sales grew 60% driven by recruitment activities, while the launch of Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana also contributed to East Africa’s growth.
  In Africa Regional Markets, net sales grew strongly, up 15%. In Ghana, net sales grew 32%. Investment in route to consumer, together with price increases, led to 28% net sales growth of beer, and spirits grew strongly driven by the growth of Johnnie Walker and the introduction of Orijin Bitters. In Cameroon, net sales grew 10% driven by growth of Guinness, which benefited from increased awareness through the ‘Made of Black’ campaign, together with outperformance of Harp and growth of Johnnie Walker and Baileys. In Angola, spirits net sales doubled following route to consumer investments and the appointment of a new distributor. This led to strong performances from Johnnie Walker, White Horse, and Gordon’s gin. While the performance of Meta beer in Ethiopia was impacted by increased competitive pricing, this was mostly offset by strong net sales of Malta and the introduction of Zemen, a lower-price beer innovation, along with a good performance of spirits.
  Net sales in South Africa were down 7% driven by a decline in Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana, which lapped strong replenishment sales and high inventories in the last financial year. Spirits net sales increased 8% driven by Smirnoff 1818, with net sales up 27% based on competitive pricing and following a packaging upgrade. Net sales of Johnnie Walker increased 10% with marketing focused on the brand’s quality credentials. Its contribution to total scotch performance was partially offset by a weaker performance of JeB and Bell’s. Reserve brands continued to benefit from investments in route to consumer.
  Marketing investment in Africa increased 4%. In Nigeria spend on beer was refocused from Harp to support the growth of Orijin and value beers, while in East Africa, the decline in Senator volume also led to a reduction in spend. Spend increased behind vodka, notably Smirnoff 1818 in South Africa in support of pack innovations and promotional activity and investment behind Johnnie Walker grew in South Africa and East Africa. Ready to drink investment increased as Smirnoff Ice Double Black & Guarana launched in East Africa and Nigeria.

 

64


Business review (continued)

 

LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN

In Latin America and Caribbean the strategic priority is continued leadership in scotch, while broadening the category range to include vodka, rum, liqueurs and local spirits. We are continuing to invest in routes to market and in the range and depth of our portfolio of leading brands. We are also enhancing our supply structure to enable the business to provide the emerging middle class and an increasing number of wealthy consumers with the premium brands they aspire to. In this region’s changing regulatory landscape, our presence is supported by our reputation as a trusted and respected business, based on our stance on responsible drinking, and community development programmes like Learning for Life.

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                             

Key financials

   2014
Reported
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
     Organic
movement
£ million
    2015
Reported
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,144        (123     23         (11     1,033        (10

Marketing spend

     203        (22     3         10        194        (4

Operating profit before exceptional items

     328        (60     2         (7     263        (20

Exceptional items

     (14            (5  
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Operating profit

     314               258        (18
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Our markets

Our Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) business comprises Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB), Venezuela, Colombia, Mexico and West LAC (Central America and Caribbean, Argentina, Chile, Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia).

Route to market

We sell our products through a combination of our own subsidiary companies and third party distributors. In Brazil, sales are primarily made directly to international retailers and distributors. In addition to Diageo Brazil, Diageo owns 100% of Ypióca, a leading cachaça producer and distributor. In Uruguay, Diageo manages distribution both directly and through distributors.

All products in Venezuela are sold through dedicated third party distributors. In Colombia we sell directly to major grocers, serving all other accounts and channels through distributors.

In Mexico our brands are sold directly by Diageo, either through direct sales to international accounts or through wholesalers and distributors.

In selected markets in West LAC, we sell directly to consumers, while in key markets, such as Costa Rica and the Dominican Republic, we use exclusive distributors. In Jamaica, we own a 58% controlling interest in Desnoes & Geddes Limited, the Jamaican brewer of Red Stripe lager.

In Argentina, we sell directly to major grocers, and other businesses are managed through a combination of wholesalers and distributors outside of major grocers, to whom we sell directly.

 

65


Business review (continued)

 

Supply operations

The majority of brands sold in the region are manufactured in our International Supply Centre in Europe. However in recent years we have acquired a number of local manufacturers. This year we acquired the remaining 50% equity interest in Don Julio, giving full ownership of the brand and production facilities. In 2012 we acquired 100% of Ypióca in Brazil which produces cachaça and in 2011 we acquired a controlling interest in a company in Guatemala (Añejos de Altura) producing Zacapa. In addition, we have controlling interest in a brewery in Jamaica (Red Stripe), and the Navarro Correas winery in Mendoza, Argentina. We also partner with more than 12 brewers and over 20 co-pack partners to manufacture brands and package products under strict quality assurance protocols.

Sustainability and responsibility

In this region, we have built a name for ourselves as a company that is committed to the long term development of an industry that can bring economic and social value to society. Our responsible drinking programmes, such as Actuando Mejor in Mexico, and Drink Right in Jamaica, are making a tangible difference in reducing alcohol-related harm, and this year contributed to creating more than 240,000 responsible drinking ambassadors. Our flagship community reinvestment programme, Learning for Life, is providing skills and training to over 100,000 people across the region. Some of our sites in Brazil are located in water-stressed areas, and we are developing environmental programmes, for example through our Ypióca business, which are helping ease the pressure on this shared resource.

Performance

Good performances in the domestic markets in LAC were offset by a significant net sales decline in export channels due to currency volatility. The levels of stock held by these customers has reduced, which together with lower depletions, impacted growth in the region by five percentage points. Net sales in domestic markets increased 5% as we expanded our leading positions in scotch and broadened our business into other categories. In Brazil, performance has been affected by a weaker economy and a tougher competitive environment, but we have invested in route to consumer and recruited new consumers into our portfolio through innovation. In Venezuela, there was good growth in local spirits and scotch. Performance in Colombia benefited from investments in route to consumer and innovation, while our strength in scotch drove good net sales growth in Mexico. In Peru and Jamaica, we delivered good growth from our investments in route to consumer and, while net sales were down in Argentina, we moved quickly to offset import levies with local production driving share gains. While significant cost efficiencies were achieved, especially in Brazil, negative market mix and increased marketing investment led to a decrease of 41 basis points in organic operating margin.

 

                                                                 

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement(i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement

%
 

Latin America and Caribbean

     (7     (1     (10
      

PUB

     (8     (2     (12

Venezuela

     (38     41        (60

Colombia

     10        10        (2

Mexico

     14        13        19   

West LAC

     (5     (9     (12
      

Spirits(ii)

     (8     (3     (12

Beer

     5        17        11   

Wine

     1        17        (1

Ready to drink

     (7     9        (6
      

Global giants and local stars(ii):

      

Johnnie Walker

     (6     (5     (11

Smirnoff

     (12     5        (7

Baileys

     (4     8          

Buchanan’s

     (17     (12     (24

Old Parr

     (9     (10     (22

Ypióca

     (5     (3     (14

Black & White

     17        27        6   

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

66


Business review (continued)

 

KEY HIGHLIGHTS

 

  Net sales in Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) declined 2% as currency weakness and a slower Brazilian economy impacted consumer spending. In Brazil, volume declined mainly as a result of changes in the route to consumer and the harmonisation of interstate pricing, which led to a reduction in inventories held by distributors. In PUB, price increases and a reduction in commercial discounts led to 6pps of positive price/mix. Scotch net sales declined 2% driven by Johnnie Walker, which was down 9% as intense competitor promotional activity amplified the price premium of Johnnie Walker Red Label. In premium scotch, Old Parr and Johnnie Walker Double Black had strong net sales growth and share gains, and in standard scotch, White Horse grew net sales supported by a new media campaign. Smirnoff strengthened its leadership position in vodka, growing net sales 6% driven by price increases and the launch of Smirnoff Peach. Net sales of Ypióca were affected by the transfer from net sales to overheads of tax credits from local production incentives. On a like for like basis, net sales of Ypióca increased high single digit driven by price increases and continued strong performance in the North East.
  In Venezuela, while volume declined, net sales increased 41% to £32 million. Access to currency allowed for the importation of some scotch leading to strong comparative performances of Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s, and Ye Monks. Increased focus on developing local spirits led to strong performances of Cacique, which doubled net sales, despite glass supply constraints, and Gordon’s vodka net sales increased 185%.
  In Colombia, investments in the route to consumer increased share across key categories and drove 10% net sales growth. The launch of Old Parr Tribute and the introduction of Buchanan’s Special Reserve, together with double digit growth of Johnnie Walker, led to an 11% increase in the net sales of scotch. Innovations contributed to a 22% increase in Baileys net sales.
  In Mexico, the breadth of Diageo’s scotch portfolio was the main driver of a 13% increase in net sales. Selective price increases along with strong trade executions delivered growth across all price segments of scotch other than value. Johnnie Walker net sales increased 15% with growth across all variants and a particularly strong contribution from Johnnie Walker Red Label. Diageo gained share in the fast-growing but competitive standard scotch segment with the introduction of Black & White, which increased net sales over 80%. There was a good contribution to net sales growth from Smirnoff, since Diageo took direct control over marketing and distribution of the brand in December 2014.
  In West LAC, net sales were down 9%, driven by inventory reductions in the export channels where net sales declined 51%. This impacted the performance of Johnnie Walker, Old Parr, and Buchanan’s. In domestic markets, strong performances in Peru and Jamaica led to a 3% increase in net sales. In Peru, net sales increased 26% with scotch driving growth together with Baileys, while growth in Red Stripe, pack renovations on Guinness and the strong consumer appeal of Dragon Stout helped deliver 15% growth in net sales in Jamaica. Price realignments in Chile and Caribbean & Central America led to some negative price/mix but delivered share gains in key categories. In Argentina, restrictions on imports affected overall performance but a shift to locally bottled spirits including VAT 69, White Horse, and Smirnoff drove share gains.
  An increase in marketing investment of 6% supported broader participation within spirits. Spend on scotch was focused on increasing brand equity across price points in Mexico and on supporting the launch of Old Parr Tribute in Colombia. In Jamaica, investment also increased to support the growth of beer and there was growth in spend on Smirnoff to maintain its leadership position in Brazil and in Mexico as Diageo regained distribution of the brand.

 

67


Business review (continued)

 

ASIA PACIFIC

Our strategy in Asia Pacific, which encompasses both developed and emerging markets, is to operate across categories in international spirits, local spirits and beer. We focus on the highest growth categories and consumer opportunities, driving continued development of super and ultra premium scotch, and leveraging the emerging middle class opportunity through a combination of organic growth and selective acquisitions. In the financial year we acquired a controlling stake in United Spirits Limited (USL), positioning us as leaders in spirits in an attractive market, and giving us a significantly expanded operational footprint in India.

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                               

Key financials

   2014
Reported
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
     Organic
movement
£ million
    2015
Reported
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,347        (22     920         (32     2,213        64   

Marketing spend

     305        (1     65         (25     344        13   

Operating profit before exceptional items

     283        (13     66         20        356        26   

Exceptional items

     (276            (193  
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Operating profit

     7               163        2,229   
  

 

 

          

 

 

   

Our markets

Asia Pacific comprises South East Asia (Vietnam, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, Nepal and Sri Lanka), Greater China (China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau), India, Global Travel, Asia and Middle East, Australia and North Asia (Korea and Japan).

 

68


Business review (continued)

 

Route to market

In South East Asia, spirits and beer are sold through a combination of Diageo companies, joint venture arrangements, and third party distributors. In Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore, we have joint venture arrangements with Moët Hennessy, sharing administrative and distribution costs. Diageo has wholly owned subsidiaries in the Philippines and Vietnam. In Vietnam we also have a 45.56% equity stake in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company. In Malaysia, Diageo’s own and third party beers are brewed and distributed by a listed company, Guinness Anchor Berhad, in which we have an effective 25.5% equity interest. In Indonesia, Guinness is brewed by, and distributed through, third party arrangements.

In Greater China, part of our spirits business is conducted through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy. The remainder of our spirits are sold through a wholly owned subsidiary. In addition, we are the sole distributor of Shui Jing Fang, a super premium Chinese white spirit, through our controlling 39.71% equity stake in a listed company.

In India, we further extended our route to market through the integration of USL, the leading spirits company in India. Diageo consolidated USL from 2 July 2014 following the acquisition of an additional 26% investment in USL, becoming the largest shareholder with a 54.78% controlling stake.

In Australia, we produce and distribute the group’s products and in New Zealand we operate through third party distributors.

In North Asia, we have our own distribution company in South Korea, whilst in Japan, the majority of sales are through joint venture agreements with Moët Hennessy and Kirin.

Airport shops and airline customers are serviced through a dedicated Diageo sales and marketing organisation. In the Middle East, we sell our products through third party distributors.

Supply operations

We have distilleries at Chengdu in China that produce Chinese white spirit and in Bundaberg, Australia that produce rum.

USL owns 33 manufacturing facilities in India and Nepal, leases 10 further manufacturing facilities in India and 46 facilities are licensed to produce USL products. In addition, we have bottling plants in Korea and Australia with ready to drink manufacturing capabilities.

Sustainability and responsibility

Promoting responsible drinking has always been a particular focus for us, as it is in many parts of the world. We run programmes to address drink driving, to train bartenders and promotional staff on how to serve alcohol responsibly, and to raise awareness of alcohol and its effects. We also focus on empowering women through our Plan W programme. With the acquisition of USL, our supply footprint has increased significantly, almost doubling the number of sites we operate in water-stressed areas. We believe that our approach, set out in the Water Blueprint strategy, will bring benefits to local water sources, while our compliance and ethics and Zero Harm safety programmes are helping colleagues at USL improve in these areas.

Performance

Asia Pacific performance reflects inventory reductions in South East Asia, and disruptions in Indonesia due to new restrictions on the sale of beer and ready to drink in some channels. All other markets delivered growth, including China led by Chinese white spirits. Reserve sales were up 30%, led by Scotch malts, with particularly strong performance from The Singleton. Innovation responding to changing trends played an important role, with the launch of Haig Club, W ICE by Windsor in Korea, Guinness Zero in Indonesia, and new ready to drink offerings. We reduced marketing investment, largely in China and South East Asia, where the consumer environment was challenged. Performance, primarily the reduction in stock levels, in South East Asia resulted in a significant operating loss for that market. Our Chinese white spirits business regained profitability after a loss last year. This return to profitability, along with cost savings, resulted in an overall margin improvement for Asia Pacific of two percentage points. The full consolidation of USL added £921m of net sales and £53m of operating profit to reported performance for the region.

 

69


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement(i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Asia Pacific

     (3     (2     64   
      

South East Asia

     (24     (28     (28

Greater China

     3        15        17   

India

     5        3        1,732   

Global Travel, Asia and Middle East

     5        4        3   

Australia

     1        2        (5

North Asia

     1        1        (1
      

Spirits(ii)

     (3     (3     83   

Beer

     (13     (12     (16

Ready to drink

     (2     1        (5
      

Global giants and local stars(ii):

      

Johnnie Walker

     (10     (14     (14

Smirnoff

     (3     (7     (9

Guinness

     (13     (12     (16

Captain Morgan

            11        8   

Baileys

     (4     (13     (16

Windsor

     (10     (10     (8

Bundaberg

     (5     (7     (13

Shui Jing Fang

     275        239        245   

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Asia Pacific 622%, India 6347%, and spirits 710%, reflecting the full consolidation of USL.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

70


Business review (continued)

 

KEY HIGHLIGHTS

 

  In South East Asia, net sales declined 28% given an inventory level reduction in specific wholesale channels, with Johnnie Walker Red and Black Label most impacted. Performance in these channels was also impacted by transferring sales from some Indian travel retail customers to Global Travel Asia. New regulations in Indonesia caused major disruptions, and Guinness net sales declined 30%. In Thailand, price repositioning on Johnnie Walker Red Label and Smirnoff led to negative price/mix, however, Johnnie Walker Red Label volume was up double digit in the second half, while Smirnoff gained share.
  In Greater China, net sales were up 15%. Taiwan net sales increased 6%, driven by continued success of The Singleton, which was up significantly and has become the largest malt brand in Taiwan. Mainland China was up 26% including an 11pps benefit from an additional quarter of Shuijingfang to align financial year end timing. Shuijingfang grew significantly through innovation, strengthened route to consumer, and a soft prior year comparable. Shuijingfang also generated profit and drove margin improvement for Greater China, due to a significant reduction in the underlying business loss and benefiting from provision releases. While scotch in mainland China was down 17%, due to increased competition for on trade contracts and a reduction in wholesaler inventory levels, The Singleton and Haig Club drove growth and share gains.
  Despite shipment disruptions due to new food safety labelling requirements, Diageo India volume was up 5% and net sales up 3%, and all key priority brands grew depletions. Investment in Johnnie Walker and VAT 69 campaigns, and a Black & White packaging relaunch drove continued premiumisation. The Smirnoff Black launch helped increase Smirnoff share by 5pps over the past three months to 56% of vodka. The integration of Diageo and USL completed, and from June, USL started selling Diageo brands.
  Global Travel, Asia and Middle East net sales were up 4% including 6pps of benefit from transferring sales from some Indian travel retail customers from South East Asia. Middle East performance slowed in the second half due to geopolitical tensions and increased pricing pressure on scotch, with second half sales down 16%. Across GTME, Diageo brands gained share particularly in whisky, led by Johnnie Walker in Global Travel Asia, where premium and above variants drove the brand’s net sales growth.
  Net sales in Australia improved 2%, reversing a first half decline. Spirits were up 2%, driven by super premium scotch, spiced rum, and North American whisk(e)y. Captain Morgan net sales grew nearly 50% and it is now the second largest rum brand behind Bundaberg. While pricing pressure impacted Bundaberg and Smirnoff, depletions improved in the last quarter. Ready to drink growth continued in the second half driven by Captain Morgan variants and pack format innovations from several brands.
  North Asia net sales were up 1% with Japan up 10% and Korea down 2%, as second half performance slowed following an increase in import duties after a Customs settlement in January. In Korea, whisky contraction decelerated, and the launch of lower ABV offering W ICE by Windsor stabilised Windsor share in the fourth quarter. While Windsor was down, whisky sales in Korea benefited from strong growth of Johnnie Walker Blue and Black Label. Guinness was up 41%, driven by a campaign and price promotion. In Japan, performance improved due to scotch growth, with depletions up high single digit, and increased distribution and new flavours of Smirnoff Ice.
  Marketing investment decreased 8%, due to Johnnie Walker reductions, particularly in Black Label, in China and South East Asia. In China, investment declined in the competitive on trade and was reinvested in testing new at home and with meal off trade campaigns. In Thailand and the Philippines, Johnnie Walker investment focused on recruiting consumers and maintaining Gold and Blue Label sponsorships. Many markets also supported Haig Club’s launch.

 

71


Business review (continued)

 

CATEGORY REVIEW

 

LOGO

 

                                                                 

Key categories

   Organic
volume
movement(i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Spirits(ii)

     (2     (1     10   

Scotch

     (4     (5     (9

Vodka

            1        1   

North American whisk(e)y

     10        12        15   

Rum

     (3     (3     (6

Liqueurs

     (1     (4     (8

Gin

     4        5        3   

Tequila

     10        14        38   

Beer

     3        4        (2

Ready to drink

     (11     (4     (13

Wine

     (1     (1     (1

Total

     (1            5   

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for total 58%, spirits 72%, ready to drink (18)%, liqueurs (1)%, and tequila 25%, largely reflecting the full consolidation of USL, the acquisition of Don Julio and the termination of agency brand distribution agreements, including Jose Cuervo.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

72


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 
     Organic
volume
movement(i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Global giants

      

Johnnie Walker

     (6     (9     (12

Smirnoff

     (1     (2     (3

Captain Morgan

     (4     (6     (7

Baileys

     (4     (4     (8

Tanqueray

     6        5        5   

Guinness

     (2            (5

Local stars

      

Crown Royal

     13        12        15   

Yenì Raki

     (4     4        (6

JeB

     (2     (4     (9

Buchanan’s

     (9     (3     (12

Windsor

     (10     (10     (8

Old Parr

     (13     (14     (24

Bundaberg

     (5     (7     (13

Bell’s

     (3     (5     (14

White Horse

     (5     (7     (26

Ypióca

     (5     (3     (14

Cacique

     (37     3        (32

Shui Jing Fang

     268        235        241   

Reserve

      

Scotch malts

     11        16        12   

Cîroc

     6        6        9   

Ketel One vodka

     (3     (2     1   

Don Julio

     8        12        43   

Bulleit

     34        38        42   

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume, except for Don Julio where reported volume growth is 98%.
(1) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

  Global giants represent 39% of Diageo net sales
    Johnnie Walker, with nearly 70% of its net sales in the emerging markets, was impacted by currency weakness and inventory reductions in South East Asia and export channels in Latin America. In the United States, the brand lapped the shipment of two big innovations, Gold Label Reserve and Platinum Label in the prior year; Red and Black Label were negatively impacted by reduced promotional activities. In China, the government’s anti extravagance measures drove continued closure of traditional on trade outlets, leading to increased competition in the modern on trade negatively impacting the whole scotch category. Many other markets delivered strong performance, including Cameroon, Angola, Ghana, and East Africa with net sales up more than 50% and Mexico, Venezuela, and Colombia which all delivered double digit sales growth. In the developed markets in Asia Pacific, Johnnie Walker performed strongly and net sales grew high single digit.
    Smirnoff net sales declined 2%, largely driven by the United States, and the weakness in flavoured vodka there. The relaunch of the brand with the ‘Exclusively for Everybody’ marketing campaign, new packaging and targeted price promotions drove improved depletions momentum and share gains on Smirnoff Red. In Western Europe, a number of countries, notably Great Britain, delivered growth. Net sales were up in Latin America, with Brazil growing 8% following the national ‘Cheers to Real Life’ campaign launch. Smirnoff had a very strong year in South Africa with Smirnoff 1818 sales growing 27%.
    Captain Morgan net sales were down 6% due to the performance of the brand in the United States, where Captain Morgan held share in a flat rum category that is facing heightened competition from other categories. The decline in shipments was driven by weakness on Original Spiced Rum, and Captain Morgan White Rum which lapped its launch last year. The launch of Captain Morgan White Flavours partially offset the shipments decline on the core variants. Elsewhere, the brand’s performance continued to be strong with double digit growth in Great Britain, Germany, Southern Europe, Australia, India, and East Africa.

 

73


Business review (continued)

 

    Baileys net sales declined 4% having started the year with high inventory levels. It experienced softer depletions this year in the United States and Nigeria. In China, after weakness in the first half, specific interventions to drive consumer conversion resulted in stronger second half depletions, up mid single digit. In Western Europe performance was impacted by lapping the launch of Chocolat Luxe in the prior year, but the Baileys brand achieved share gains in the key markets of Great Britain and Germany. The brand continued to expand its footprint in emerging markets, with double digit growth in Colombia, West LAC, and Africa Regional Markets.
    Tanqueray gin benefited from a strong focus on increased visibility and distribution in the on trade, supported by the highly effective ‘Tonight We Tanqueray’ campaign. This drove strong double digit growth in Western Europe, particularly in Spain and Great Britain, with accelerating growth in Germany and Benelux. Net sales for the gin brand grew 6%, with Tanqueray No. TEN up double digit in every region.
    Guinness net sales were flat, reflecting a strong performance in both the United States and Western Europe, where the brand grew 3% and 2% respectively. This was achieved through a combination of acclaimed innovations such as Blonde American Lager and Dublin Porter that built on the Guinness brewing heritage, a drive to increase presence and distribution in bars, and a series of award winning marketing campaigns built under the ‘Made of More’ platform. In Nigeria, sales declined but performance improved over the course of the year and volume share stabilised. Sales declined in Indonesia due to adverse regulatory changes.
  Local stars represent 16% of Diageo net sales. Overall performance was good with net sales growth of 4%. In developed markets, there was double digit growth on certain premium brands that have resonance with particular consumer groups, such as Buchanan’s in the United States with the Hispanic community, and Crown Royal Regal Apple with millennial consumers in high energy occasions. In China, Shui Jing Fang showed significant growth due to innovation, a strengthened route to consumer, and a soft prior year comparable. In emerging markets more broadly, there was good performance from local and secondary imported brands as certain consumer segments traded down, particularly where local production protected pricing from currency volatility. The net result is that whilst premium imported brands such as Windsor and Old Parr have seen sales decline, there was strong growth on brands such as Yenì Raki in Turkey, Cacique in Venezuela and White Horse in Brazil.
  Reserve brands represent 13% of Diageo net sales, and continued to perform well with net sales growth of 8%. During the economic volatility of recent years, the wealthy consumer base that underpins reserve has been resilient. The slight deceleration in overall reserve growth was driven by lapping strong innovation shipments on Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Platinum Label in the United States. Ketel One vodka faced increased competitive pressure from both within and outside the category. Across the wider portfolio, performance was strong. Scotch malts grew double digit, led by The Singleton which was the fastest growing of the top 5 global malt whisky brands last year. The very strong performance of Bulleit continued with sales up 38%, benefiting from high advocacy amongst the bartender community. Zacapa rum and tequila Don Julio also delivered double digit growth globally, reflecting the quality and heritage of these products, and the strength of the reserve business model. Cîroc continues to expand its footprint outside of North America with strong growth in Western Europe, particularly Great Britain, where it rapidly gained share from the market leader and is now the number two ultra premium vodka.

Other Key Highlights

 

  Within whisk(e)y, scotch represents 24% of Diageo net sales and declined by 5%. Approximately 80% of this decline was due to inventory reductions in South East Asia and export channels in Latin America on Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s, and Old Parr. Other brands including Haig Club, The Singleton, and scotch malts globally, and Buchanan’s in the United States performed well, with many growing double digit.
  Also within whisk(e)y, North American whisk(e)y, which represents 7% of Diageo net sales, grew 12% this year with over 2pps of positive price/mix. This strong performance was driven by the successful launch of Crown Royal Regal Apple, the continued strong growth of Bulleit, and the acclaimed range of rare bourbons in the Orphan Barrel series.
  Vodka represents 12% of Diageo net sales and grew 1%. The growth of Cîroc in Europe and North America, as well as Smirnoff in Africa and Latin America was partially offset by the decline of Smirnoff in developed markets.
  Beer represents 18% of Diageo net sales, grew 4% and delivered 1.1pps of positive price/mix. Beer in Africa grew 8%, led by double digit growth in Africa Regional Markets. In Nigeria, the success of Orijin and Satzenbrau more than offset declines in Guinness and Harp. East Africa delivered double digit growth on Guinness and a good performance with Tusker. Performance of Guinness in developed markets was good, driven by the successful launch of Brewer’s Project innovations and Blonde American Lager.
  Ready to drink represents 5% of Diageo net sales and declined 4% this year. The main driver of this decline was in South Africa with Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana where the brand lapped a strong performance in the previous year and an increase in inventories ahead of its transition to DHN Drinks. Elsewhere there was growth in ready to drink, including East Africa, West LAC, and Australia. In Great Britain, ready to drink cans underpinned sales growth of 7% in the category.
  Wine represents 4% of Diageo sales and declined 1%. In the United States, a decline of 1% was driven by depletion softness as the business lapped one off programming in the prior year on core brands. In Europe, commercial challenges on Blossom Hill were offset by the strong performance of [yellow tail].

 

74


Business review (continued)

 

Operating results 2014 compared with 2013

GROUP FINANCIAL REVIEW

The following comments were made by Deirdre Mahlan, Chief Financial Officer, in Diageo’s Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2014:

“This year was tougher than anticipated with mixed regional performance as North America delivered top-line growth and significant margin expansion; Western Europe was stable and performance in emerging markets reflected economic weakness and market specific challenges. Despite this tougher environment we have gained share in a number of markets, invested for the future, expanded margins and simplified the organisation.”

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

 

  Net sales, up 0.4%, reflecting mixed performance; growth in North America, stability in Western Europe and weakness in emerging market economies.
  Fourth quarter net sales up 0.8%.
  Positive consumer trends in higher priced categories, Diageo’s reserve brands net sales were up 14% and targeted price increases drove 3pps of positive price/mix.
  Operating margin improved 0.8ppt.
  Procurement driven savings, worth 4% of total marketing spend, more than offset the cost of increased activity, contributing 0.2ppt of the total margin improvement.
  Eps before exceptionals was down 7.6p to 95.5 pence per share as foreign exchange movements reduced eps by 10 pence per share.
  Free cash flow was £1,235 million.
  Final dividend was 32.0 pence per share, up 9%.

 

LOGO

 

75


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Key performance indicators

        2014      2013  

Organic net sales growth

   %              5   

Organic operating margin improvement

   basis points      77         78   

Earnings per share before exceptional items

   pence      95.5         103.1   

Free cash flow

   £ million        1,235           1,452   

Return on average invested capital (i)

   %      14.1         16.5   

 

                                                                 

Other financial information

        2014
reported
     2013
reported
 

Volume

   EUm      156.1         164.2   

Net sales

   £ million      10,258         11,303   

Marketing spend

   £ million      1,620         1,769   

Operating profit before exceptional items

   £ million      3,134         3,479   

Operating profit

   £ million      2,707         3,380   

Reported tax rate

   %      16.5         16.6   

Reported tax rate before exceptional items

   %      18.2         17.4   

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

   £ million      2,248         2,452   

Basic earnings per share

   pence      89.7         98.0   

Recommended full year dividend

   pence      51.70         47.40   

 

                                                                                       
     Volume     Net sales     Marketing
spend
    Operating
profit (ii)
 

Organic growth by region

   %     %     %     %  

North America

     (1     3        2        8   

Europe

     (1     1        (1     1   

Africa

     (6            3        (2

Latin America and Caribbean

     (1     2        1        3   

Asia Pacific

     (5     (7     (7     (13

Diageo (iii)

     (2            (1     3   

 

(i) The group has revised the calculation of ROIC by excluding the net assets and net profit attributable to non-controlling interests. Before this adjustment, in the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 the ROIC reported were 13.7% and 16%, respectively.
(ii) Before exceptional items
(iii) Includes Corporate. In the year ended 30 June 2014 Corporate reported net sales and net operating charges of £79 million (2013 — £76 million) and £130 million (2013 — £151 million) respectively. The reduction in net operating charges primarily comprised lower costs in respect of global functions. For the reconciliation of reported to organic results, see pages 129-133.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Net sales growth (£ million)

Reported net sales were adversely impacted by foreign exchange, while sustained performance in North America offset emerging market weakness

 

LOGO 11,303 (290) (797) (235) (277) Organk movement 10,258 Acquisitions and disposals(a) Volume Exchange(a) Price/mix

 

(a) See notes on page 80.

Organic volume growth in reserve brands was largely offset by decline in beer and in scotch in emerging markets. The strong performance of reserve brands and selective price increases drove positive price/mix.

 

76


Business review (continued)

 

Change in operating margin

Focus on costs and driving efficiencies delivered 77bps of margin improvement

 

LOGO 30.78% 2013 Reported (0.15)ppt (0.10)ppt 0.16ppt Organic movement 0.71ppt (0.49)ppt 30.55% 2014 Reported F13 inorganic movements Gross margin Marketing spend Other operating expenses F14 inorganic movements

Significant supply chain savings and positive price/mix from growth of reserve brands was offset by cost inflation and under recovery of fixed costs in Africa due to weaker beer volume. The organic increase in operating margin was primarily driven by an increased focus on costs and efficiencies across the business and by procurement savings on marketing spend.

Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

Eps before exceptionals impacted by adverse foreign exchange

 

LOGO 103.1 2013 Reported (13.9) 1.4 2.8 0.7 1.6 (0.2) 95.5 2014 Reported Operating Profit Assocates and joint ventures(1) Net finance charges Taxation Non-controlling interests

 

(a) The group’s after tax share of the results of associates and joint ventures was £252 million for the year ended 30 June 2014 (2013 — £217 million), of which, Diageo’s 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £246 million (2013 — £230 million).

Reduction in eps due to lower operating profit was largely as a result of adverse foreign exchange movements. Increased income from associates and joint ventures and lower net finance charges partly mitigated the impact of reduced operating profit. The reduction in non-controlling interests was largely driven by the operating loss that has been reported by Shuijingfang.

Basic eps was 89.7 pence (2013 — 98.0 pence), with exceptionals reducing eps by 5.8 pence (2013 — 5.1 pence).

For movements in net finance charges see below:

 

                     

Movement in net finance charges

   £ million  

2013 Reported

     457   

Net interest charge

     (51

Post employment charges

     (26

Venezuela hyperinflation adjustment

     9   

Other finance charges

     (1
  

 

 

 

2014 Reported

     388   
  

 

 

 

 

77


Business review (continued)

 

                                           
     2014
      Reported
     2013
Reported
 

Average monthly net borrowings (£ million)

     9,174         8,267   

Effective interest rate (%)

     3.8         4.9   

For the calculation of the effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings. Average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

The increase in average net borrowings was principally a result of the acquisition of shares in USL, completed on 4 July 2013, and the one off pension contribution to the UK pension plan in the year ended 30 June 2013 and a €100 million (£85 million) contribution to the Irish pension plans in the year ended 30 June 2014. Despite the increase in debt, the interest charge decreased in the year driven by lower interest rates on new debt issues and proportionally higher commercial paper balances.

The positive impact on post employment charges was mainly driven by the reduction of the pension deficit as a result of the one off contributions mentioned above.

Free cash flow (£ million)

Lower pension contributions and capex partly offset the impact of reduced operating profit on cash flow

 

LOGO 1,452 2013 Reported (534) (45) 35 70 315 (58) 1,235 2014 Reported Operating profit(a) Working Capital movement Net capex Net interest and tax One off pension contributions Other movements (b)

 

(a) Operating profit adjusted for non cash items including depreciation and amortisation and excluding the thalidomide charge.
(b) Other movements include dividends received from associates and joint ventures, movements in loans receivable and other investments, pension contributions excluding one off contributions and the payment of £53 million in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand in the year.

The decrease in free cash flow was primarily driven by lower operating profit due to the adverse impact of exchange rate movements and restructuring exceptional charges during the year. The reduction attributable to the termination of the distribution agreement with Jose Cuervo was largely offset by organic growth. The negative working capital movement arose in respect of lower creditors driven by reductions in overhead spend, bonus accruals and phasing of marketing spend. One off contributions to pension plans in the year ended 30 June 2014 were lower than in the year ended 30 June 2013, resulting in a favourable cash movement.

 

78


Business review (continued)

 

Return on average invested capital (ROIC) (i)

Adverse foreign exchange movements and investment in USL led to a reduction in ROIC

 

LOGO Adverse foreign exchange movements and investment in USL led to a reduction in ROIC 16.5% (1.4)ppt 0.4ppt (0.2(ppt 0.4ppt (0.5)ppt (0.3)ppt (0.4)ppt 14.1% 2013 Reported(ii) (restated) 2014 Reported(ii),(iii) (restated) Operating profit after tax (excluding FX) Movement in tax rate Exchange movement on invested capital Investment in USL Working Capital Other Iincluding associates and joint ventures)

 

(i) ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items
(ii) The group has revised the calculation of ROIC by excluding the net assets and net profit attributable to non-controlling interests. Before this adjustment, in the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 the ROIC was reported as 13.7%, and 16%, respectively.
(iii) For the year ended 30 June 2014 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became an associate on 4 July 2013 and a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

Lower operating profit reduced ROIC by 1.4pps primarily due to adverse exchange movements. Average invested capital increased as a result of our acquisition of shares in USL. The negative movement in working capital is partly accounted for by increased maturing inventory.

INCOME STATEMENT

 

                                                                                              
     2013
£ million
    Exchange
(a)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and disposals
(b)
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Sales

     15,276        (1,082     (368     154        13,980   

Excise duties

     (3,973     285        78        (112     (3,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     11,303        (797     (290     42        10,258   

Cost of sales(i)

     (4,389     243        167        (27     (4,006
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,914        (554     (123     15        6,252   

Marketing

     (1,769     108        31        10        (1,620

Other operating expenses(i)

     (1,666     110        (8     66        (1,498
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     3,479        (336     (100     91        3,134   

Exceptional operating items (c)

     (99         (427
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Operating profit

     3,380            2,707   

Non-operating items (c)

     (83         140   

Net finance charges

     (457         (388

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     217            252   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     3,057            2,711   

Taxation

     (507         (447
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     2,550            2,264   

Discontinued operations (c)

                (83
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,550            2,181   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(i) Before exceptional operating items

 

79


Business review (continued)

 

(a) Exchange

The impact of exchange rates movements on reported figures was principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the US dollar, the Turkish lira and the South African rand.

In March 2014, the Central Bank of Venezuela opened the Second Ancillary Foreign Currency Administration System (Sicad II) that allows private and public companies to trade foreign currency at a higher exchange rate than the official exchange rate. As a result, the group has applied a consolidation rate of $1 = VEF49.98 (£1 = VEF85.47) for its Venezuelan operations for the year ended 30 June 2014. For the year ended 30 June 2013 a rate of $1 = VEF9 (£1 = VEF13.68) was used. The change in the exchange rate for the year ended 30 June 2014 reduced net sales by £358 million, operating profit by £229 million, cash and cash equivalents by £329 million and net assets by £378 million.

The estimated effect of exchange rate and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 2014 is set out in the table below.

 

                     
     Gains/
(losses)
£ million
 

Translation impact

     (182

Transaction impact

     (154
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     (336
  

 

 

 

Net finance charges — translation impact

     12   

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

     (6

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on net other finance charges

     (2
  

 

 

 

Interest and other finance charges

     4   

Associates — translation impact

     8   
  

 

 

 

Profit before exceptional items and taxation

     (324
  

 

 

 

 

                                           
     2014      2013  

Exchange rates

     

Translation   £1 =

     $1.63         $1.57   

Transaction  £1 =

     $1.59         $1.57   

Translation   £1 =

     €1.20         €1.21   

Transaction  £1 =

     €1.26         €1.18   

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

The impact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the termination of the distribution agreement with Jose Cuervo. See page 131 for further details.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional operating charges of £427 million (2013 — £99 million) in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised:

 

    £98 million (2013 — £nil) in respect of the Global efficiency programme announced in January 2014;
    £35 million (2013 — £25 million) in respect of the Supply excellence restructuring programme;
    £30 million (2013 — £44 million) for the restructuring of the group’s supply operations; and
    a brand and tangible asset impairment charge of £264 million in respect of Shui Jing Fang (2013 — £50 million in respect of the Cacique brand) as a result of the downturn in the baijiu category in China driven by the anti extravagance measures by the Chinese government. The related deferred tax liability of £65 million had been written back to taxation in the income statement and therefore the net charge was £199 million. As the group has a 39.7% controlling interest in Sichuan Shuijingfang Co., Ltd (Shuijingfang), the impact of this impairment on the group’s basic earnings per share is a reduction of 3.2 pence.

 

80


Business review (continued)

 

In the year ended 30 June 2013 exceptional operating items also included a gain of £20 million in respect of changes to future pension increases for the Diageo Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme.

Non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised a gain of £140 million following the acquisition of additional investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) which increased the group’s investment in USL from 10.04% to 25.02% on 4 July 2013 and triggered a change in accounting from available-for-sale investments to associates. As a result, the difference between the original cost of the investment and its fair value had been included in the income statement. In the year ended 30 June 2013 exceptional non-operating items comprised a loss of £83 million in respect of the Nuvo disposal.

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 represent a charge after taxation of £83 million (2013 — £nil) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

Cash payments in the year ended 30 June 2014 in respect of exceptional restructuring items and thalidomide were £104 million (2013 — £61 million) and £59 million (2013 — £23 million), respectively.

Dividend

The final dividend was 32.0 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2013. The full dividend was therefore 51.7 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2013. Following of the approval by shareholders the final dividend was paid on 2 October 2014 to shareholders on the register on 15 August 2014. Payment to US ADR holders was made on 7 October 2014.

MOVEMENTS IN NET BORROWINGS AND EQUITY

 

                                           

Movement in net borrowings

   2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

     (8,403     (7,573

Free cash flow (a)

     1,235        1,452   

Acquisition and sale of businesses (b)

     (534     (660

Proceeds from issue of share capital

     1          

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

     (113     (11

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (88     (100

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (d)

     (37     (200

Net (decrease)/increase in bonds (e)

     (93     1,231   

Net movements on other borrowings

     (64     7   

Equity dividends paid

     (1,228     (1,125
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (921     594   

Net decrease/(increase) in bonds and other borrowings

     157        (1,238

Exchange differences (f)

     349        (116

Other non-cash items

     (32     (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at the end of the year

     (8,850     (8,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) See page 78 for the analysis of free cash flow.

(b) Primarily includes cash payments of £474 million in respect of the acquisition of an additional 18.74% investment in USL. On 2 July 2014 the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL for INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million) taking its aggregate investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% of the shares owned by the USL Benefit Trust on behalf of USL). From 2 July 2014 the group accounts for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.91% non-controlling interest.

In the year ended 30 June 2013 cash payments principally included £284 million in respect of 100% equity stake in Ypióca Bebidas S.A. (Ypióca) and £274 million in respect of a 10.04% investment in USL.

 

81


Business review (continued)

 

(c) Net purchase of own shares comprised purchase of treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes of £208 million (2013 — £143 million) less receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £95 million (2013 — £132 million).

(d) Primarily comprises the purchase of the remaining 7% (2013 — purchase of 40%) equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd.

(e) In the year ended 30 June 2014 the group issued bonds of €1,700 million (£1,378 million) and repaid bonds of €1,150 million (£983 million) and $804 million (£488 million). In the year ended 30 June 2013, the group issued bonds of $3,250 million (£2,100 million) and repaid bonds of $1,350 million (£869 million).

(f) Primarily arose on US dollar and euro denominated borrowings offset by adverse exchange rate movement on cash and cash equivalents held in Venezuela.

 

                     

Movement in equity

   £ million  

Equity at 30 June 2013

     8,088   

Profit for the year

     2,181   

Exchange adjustments (a)

     (1,133

Net remeasurement of post employment plans (b)

     (167

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments (c)

     (85

Dividends to non-controlling interests

     (88

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

     (37

Dividends paid

     (1,228

Other reserve movements

     59   
  

 

 

 

Equity at 30 June 2014

     7,590   
  

 

 

 

 

(a) Primarily arose on the US dollar, the euro, the Turkish lira and the Venezuelan bolivar denominated intangible assets, investments and borrowings.

(b) Mainly driven by the decrease in discount rate assumptions used to calculate the net post employment liabilities partly offset by the actual return on the plan assets being higher than the discount rate.

(c) Comprises the net recycling of the cumulative fair market value adjustment on the group’s investment in USL due to the change in accounting from available-for-sale investment to associate.

Post employment deficit

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £66 million from £541 million at 30 June 2013 to £475 million at 30 June 2014. The decrease was primarily due to the cash contributions of £288 million (2013 — £591 million) made into the post employment plans, which included a one off €100 million (£85 million) payment into the Irish pension plans, partially offset by the net remeasurement of post employment plans.

 

82


Business review (continued)

 

SEGMENT REVIEW

NORTH AMERICA

Performance

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                 

Key financials

  2013
Reported
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2014
Reported
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

    3,723        (156     (231     108        3,444        (7

Marketing spend

    581        (27     (24     10        540        (7
Operating profit before exceptional items     1,478        (54     (71     107        1,460        (1

Exceptional items

                 (35  
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

    1,478              1,425        (4
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

North America, our biggest and most profitable region given our brand and market strength and its consistent strong performance, again delivered top line growth, driven by 5% growth in US Spirits and Wines, and margin expansion of 183bps as a result of gross margin expansion and cost reduction. Economic recovery in the US is uneven and this is reflected in the consumer trends seen in US spirits with overall spirits category growth slowing and premium and above price points driving category growth. Our growth reflects this with scotch, North American whisk(e)y and tequila leading the growth. Our strength in innovation has continued. Launches of super and ultra premium variants have accelerated growth of our reserve brands, which grew 14%, and innovations against our premium core brands have driven brand relevance and recruited new consumers. However, performance in vodka was weak as Smirnoff volume has been impacted as its price premium has been maintained for another year. In Canada the spirits market is softer than the US and net sales grew 1%. Our DGUSA business declined 7% mainly reflecting reduced focus on the pouches segment.

 

                                                                 
     Organic
volume
      movement (i)
%
    Organic
net sales
      movement
%
    Reported
net sales
      movement
%
 

Key markets and categories:

      

North America

     (1     3        (7
      

US Spirits and Wines

     (1     5        (7

DGUSA

     (5     (7     (11

Canada

     (2     1        (17
      

Spirits (ii)

     (1     4        (7

Beer

     (7     (5     (9

Wine

     (1     6        2   

Ready to drink

     (5     (9     (24
      

 

83


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 
     Organic
volume
      movement (i)
%
    Organic
net sales
      movement
%
    Reported
net sales
      movement
%
 

Global and local leaders (ii):

      

Johnnie Walker

            6        2   

Crown Royal

     (4            (4

Buchanan’s

     22        24        19   

Bulleit

     69        69        63   

Smirnoff

     (4     (2     (6

Ketel One vodka

     1        4          

Cîroc

     (3     (3     (7

Captain Morgan

     2        5          

Baileys

     (1     2        (3

Tanqueray

     (1     1        (3

Don Julio

     26        26        22   

Guinness

     (6     (3     (8

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for North America (8)%, US Spirits and Wines (9)%, Canada (4)%, spirits (8)% and ready to drink (7)%, reflecting the disposal of Nuvo and the termination of the Jose Cuervo distribution agreement.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Key highlights

 

  US Spirits and Wines. Diageo continued to lead the industry on price and mix but the volume performance was weaker, especially in the increasingly price sensitive standard vodka segment where the decline of Smirnoff was the main driver of overall volume down 1%. Price increases, which drove around 120bps of net sales growth, and the strong performance of reserve brands were the primary drivers of 6pps of positive price/mix. Reserve brands grew double digit fuelled by almost 50% growth of Johnnie Walker super and ultra premium variants following the successful launches of Johnnie Walker Platinum and Gold Reserve, as well as the introduction of limited edition variants and packs targeted at the gifting occasion. Strong growth of Don Julio and scotch malts, especially Lagavulin, Talisker and Oban, contributed to the performance of reserve brands as did Bulleit which grew net sales 69%. Innovation delivered incremental net sales, with flavour extensions in vodka, as well as the launch of Captain Morgan White in February, which has expanded the brand’s presence across the rum category and driven growth of the brand. Cîroc Amaretto performed strongly in the year, however, price pressure on the base variant resulted in an overall net sales decline of 3%. Buchanan’s, the fastest growing scotch brand in the United States, continued to grow double digit through its continued focus on the growing Hispanic consumer segment. Crown Royal net sales grew 1%, lapping growth of 18% in the year ended 30 June 2013 fuelled by the launch of Crown Royal Maple.
  DGUSA net sales declined 7%, primarily driven by continued decline of pouches, as the segment was defocused, and weakness in beer, while Smirnoff Red Ice performance improved. Renovation of Smirnoff Red Ice with new packaging, new flavor innovations and a new marketing campaign ‘Cheers to Us’ targeted at Hispanic and African American consumers, halted the brand’s decline with net sales broadly flat for the year and improved brand equity scores amongst all major consumer groups. Guinness performance reflects weak performance of Guinness Black Lager and slower growth in the on trade, particularly in the second half, with increased competition from the craft beer segment.
  In Canada, net sales grew 1% impacted by slowdown in the category. Reserve brands grew by over 40%, with Cîroc and scotch malts being the biggest contributors. Guinness grew net sales, largely driven by the launch of Guinness Black Lager with some growth also from the base variants.
  In the year ended 30 June 2013, marketing spend increased 10% with upweighted investment behind global and local leading brands. In the year ended 30 June 2014 spend was up and benefited from 3ppt of procurement efficiencies. Investment in the year was focused on supporting new launches, in particular Cîroc Amaretto and Captain Morgan White Rum, the re-invigoration of Guinness and the growth of Johnnie Walker focused on the ‘Keep Walking’ campaign as well as supporting growth of super and ultra premium variants. Guinness investment increased significantly in the year to support the ‘Basketball’ advertising as part of the global ‘Made of More’ platform and the digital and television campaign saluting US sport heroes leading up to the Winter Olympics.

 

84


Business review (continued)

 

EUROPE

Performance

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                 

Key financials

   2013
Reported
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement

£ million
    2014
Reported

£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     2,915        (77     (41     17        2,814        (3

Marketing spend

     431        (10     (5     (3     413        (4

Operating profit before exceptional items

     903        (49     (9     8        853        (6

Exceptional items

     (31           (20  
  

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

     872              833        (4
  

 

 

         

 

 

   

Western Europe still has weak economies and fragile consumer confidence but there has been steady improvement and our business has stabilised year on year, gaining share of spirits. There was modest growth in Great Britain, Benelux, France and the Nordics which counter-balanced the slowing declines in Southern Europe and Ireland. Germany was weaker due to higher trade investment and an increasingly price competitive off trade. Marketing was targeted more effectively, and we kept our investment as a percentage of net sales flat while prioritising higher growth and margin brands. We have focused on fewer, bigger pan-regional innovation launches with Baileys Chocolat Luxe, Smirnoff Gold, frozen pouches and premix, and our reserve business was strong with net sales up 15% driven by the scotch malts, Cîroc, Zacapa and Johnnie Walker. Operating margin expansion of nearly 20bps was driven by product optimisation and reductions in warehousing and logistic costs. Our route to consumer programme focused on efficiency, effectiveness and expansion, increasing the focus of our sales people, improving their capabilities and putting more feet on the street, which has given us a strong platform as we move into next year. Net sales growth in Russia and Eastern Europe slowed this year to 2%. Following a much improved performance in the second half, net sales for Turkey grew 5%.

 

                                                                                   
     Organic
volume
movement (i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Key markets and categories:

      

Europe

     (1     1        (3
      

Western Europe

                   (2

Russia and Eastern Europe

     (1     2        (7

Turkey

     (3     5        (12
      

Spirits (ii)

                   (5

Beer

     (5     (3     (3

Wine

     (3     (2     (10

Ready to drink

     1        5        4   
      

 

85


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                   
     Organic
volume
movement (i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Global and local leaders (ii):

      

Johnnie Walker

            (2     (4

JeB

     (8     (9     (10

Smirnoff

            (5     (6

Captain Morgan

     18        10        8   

Baileys

     (4     (2     (3

Guinness

     (4     (3     (2

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Europe (2)%, Western Europe (2)%, Russia and Eastern Europe (2)%, spirits (1)%, wine (9)% and ready to drink flat, reflecting the termination of some agency brand distribution agreements including Jose Cuervo.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Key highlights

 

  In Great Britain, in a relatively flat beverage alcohol market, net sales were up 2%. Baileys delivered a strong performance with top line growth of 8% on the back of a new advertising campaign and the launch of Chocolat Luxe which was one of the top five spirits sold on Amazon over the week of Christmas. Captain Morgan and Cîroc also performed well. Bell’s was weaker as it faced increasingly intense price pressure. Smirnoff net sales declined 3% given the weak vodka category but it gained volume share supported by the ‘Great Drinks Made Easy with Smirnoff’ campaign and the launch of Smirnoff Gold. Ready to drink was up double digit led by the success of premix, providing popular brands, such as Diageo’s Gordon’s and Pimm’s in more convenient formats.
  Following a significant increase in excise duties in the first half of the year, the market in Ireland remained challenging and net sales declined 4%. Spirits were impacted and net sales were down double digit. Roughly half of the decline was driven by weakness in agency beer brands. Guinness net sales declined 3%, but brand equity improved with the launch on television and YouTube of the ‘Basketball’ campaign, and the launch of an on trade footfall driver, the GUINNESS Plus app which provides consumers with in outlet experiences and discounts.
  In Southern Europe, which now represents 16% of Western Europe, net sales declined 3%. Greece and Italy net sales were down 7% and 5% respectively, as economic weakness continued to weigh on scotch and Smirnoff performance in both countries, and on Baileys performance in Italy. In Iberia the net sales decline moderated to 1%. Scotch net sales declined 8% as JeB was impacted by an increasingly price competitive off trade environment but the brand gained share in the second half of the year. This was partly offset by the performance of Tanqueray which was up 14% on the back of a double digit increase in media spend and Baileys, which was up 2%. Increased investment in the Spanish route to consumer was partially offset by cost saving initiatives.
  In France, in an environment of intensified price competition amongst major off trade retailers, net sales grew 1%. The strong performance of scotch malts, which were up 7% led by The Singleton, Cardhu and Talisker, and of Captain Morgan where net sales more than doubled, offset weakness in JeB.
  In Germany, following a number of years of double digit growth which has built Captain Morgan to be Diageo’s second biggest brand, performance was weaker this year as Baileys and Smirnoff continued to decline.
  Net sales in wine declined 2%, with innovations on Blossom Hill and strong growth of [yellow tail] partially offsetting soft Bordeaux En Primeur performance and the decision to exit unprofitable sales channels and distribution agreements.
  In Russia net sales grew 4%. While performance was impacted by reduced consumer confidence and higher excise taxes, Diageo grew share in whisk(e)y with growth of White Horse and double digit growth of Bushmills and Bell’s and in rum with strong growth of Captain Morgan.
  The impact of the crisis in Ukraine offset high single digit growth in the rest of Diageo’s distributor markets in Eastern Europe. In Poland we retained leadership of the scotch category in softer than expected market conditions.
  In Turkey following two years of decline, the raki category volume is stabilising and through price increases and premiumisation, the business’s raki net sales grew low single digit and contributed significantly to the markets positive price/mix. The scotch market has continued to show solid growth and scotch net sales grew double digit led by Johnnie Walker on the back of increased distribution and visibility in the off trade. Vodka net sales grew in the second half and recovered to flat for the full year with festivals and the new Apple Bite serve driving share gains and growth of Smirnoff.
  Marketing spend in Western Europe as a percentage of net sales was held at 15%. Spend in premium core, innovation and reserve were prioritised over lower margin local brands. In Russia and Eastern Europe and in Turkey, in response to marketing restrictions, investment was increasingly focused on commercial activations, driving improved visibility across trade channels, supporting new serves and bartender programmes to build brands.

 

86


Business review (continued)

 

AFRICA

Performance

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                                   

Key financials

   2013
Reported
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement

£ million
    2014
Reported

£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,564        (124     (3     (7     1,430        (9

Marketing spend

     162        (14            4        152        (6
Operating profit before exceptional items      400        (51     (1     (8     340        (15

Exceptional items

     (5           (23  
  

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

     395              317        (20
  

 

 

         

 

 

   

In a tough year and despite facing significant challenges, net sales were flat as the region responded to the specific market challenges that it faced. In Nigeria, where beer performance was weak, we adjusted prices and increased our presence in the growing value segment. Innovation was a key enabler for responding to changing consumer trends through new formats and brands and the region delivered the highest growth rate for innovation through the success of brands such as Snapp in Nigeria, Jebel in Kenya, Smirnoff Black Ice in Cameroon and Ghana. We have expanded our route to consumer, revitalised the Guinness brand across its key markets in Africa and reserve brands grew 34%. Under recovery of fixed costs in supply due to lower beer volumes and cost and salary inflation drove an overall reduction in organic operating margin, although significant procurement and supply chain savings partly mitigated this impact.

 

                                                                                   
     Organic
volume
movement (i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Key markets and categories:

      

Africa

     (6            (9
      

Nigeria

     (9     (9     (14

East Africa

     (12     2        (2

Africa Regional Markets

     (3     2        (8

South Africa

     4        12        (9
      

Spirits (ii)

     7        3        (10

Beer

     (16     (5     (11

Ready to drink

     46        36        23   
      

Global and local leaders (ii):

      

Johnnie Walker

     1        2        (6

JeB

     (4     (4     (16

Smirnoff

     (6     (5     (21

Captain Morgan

     2        4        (14

Baileys

     (9     (6     (12

Guinness

     (7     1        (5

 

87


Business review (continued)

 

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for South Africa 3%, and spirits 1%, reflecting the termination of the Jose Cuervo distribution agreement.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Key highlights

 

  Nigeria net sales declined 9% for the full year driven by beer, while spirits and ready to drink grew double digit. The beer market has become more price competitive, significantly impacting Harp, which lost share and some distribution. Although pricing was adjusted in the third quarter this was not fully passed through to consumers. Malta performance was similarly impacted by increased competition and pricing pressure. Despite these challenges, performance slightly improved in the second half, driven by growth of Guinness following reinvigoration of the brand, including a new pack, media campaign and trade promotion and the launch of Orijin, a new local spirit and ready to drink brand, which sold over 100k cases of the spirit format in the year.
  East Africa’s net sales grew and price increases taken across the beer portfolio led to strong price/mix. For the market’s two largest beer brands, Guinness and Tusker, double digit growth was driven by price increases, supported by increased investment behind strong marketing campaigns. Innovations such as Jebel and Senator Dark Extra, targeted at providing value for money offering to consumers, have driven growth. Balozi lager, launched in the year ended 30 June 2013 and priced just below mainstream beer, has also contributed to growth. This strong performance was partly offset by Senator keg in Kenya where the brand declined around 80% post the duty change.
  In Africa Regional Markets, net sales grew 2% with growth of beer partly offset by the decline in spirits largely as a result of distributor changes in Angola. Growth was led by Malta both in its existing markets, aided by a new pack, as well as its launch in Ethiopia, the growth of Meta in Ethiopia and the launch of Harp Premium and the recovery of Guinness in Cameroon. Following the changes in Angola, while spirits shipments declined overall, depletions and share continued to grow and performance improved in the second half.
  South Africa. Despite softness in the economy, share gains and price increases resulted in spirits net sales growth of 2%. Johnnie Walker grew double digit with growth across price segments supported by the ‘King of Flavours’ campaign and trade activation. This growth was partly offset by the decline of Smirnoff 1818 due to reduced inventory levels, although depletions and share of spirits grew and performance improved in the second half. South Africa’s strong net sales performance includes the sale of Smirnoff Ice Double Black & Guarana at cost to Diageo Heineken Namibia Drinks (DHN Drinks) to cover demand in excess of supply capacity following the strong performance of the brand. This capacity shortage has now been resolved.
  Marketing spend increased 3%, benefiting from procurement efficiencies.

 

88


Business review (continued)

 

LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN

Performance

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                 

Key financials

   2013
Reported
£ million
     Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement

£ million
     2014
Reported

£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,453         (328     (8     27         1,144        (21

Marketing spend

     233         (30     (2     2         203        (13
Operating profit before exceptional items      468         (151     2        9         328        (30

Exceptional items

                    (14  
  

 

 

           

 

 

   

Operating profit

     468                314        (33
  

 

 

           

 

 

   

Our Latin America and Caribbean business has delivered a good set of results despite mixed performance in individual countries. In West LAC, our biggest market, net sales were down 8% following a destocking in the border zones. Both Brazil and Colombia delivered solid performance, benefiting from changes in the route to consumer and, in Brazil, from synergy with Ypióca. In a challenging operating environment Venezuela net sales grew 78%, with slower growth in the second half as high inflation and currency devaluation has affected demand and the affordability of imported products. Mexico was weak as tax reforms and a general economic slowdown impacted consumers’ discretionary spend. While scotch remains the largest category in the region, growth came from the investment we made to widen participation to categories such as vodka, cachaça, liqueurs and to capture the growing affluent and emerging middle class. Despite the negative country mix from weakness in West LAC and Mexico, total operating margin for the region improved 18bps driven by strong price/mix, and a focus on overhead cost reductions.

 

89


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                   
     Organic
volume
movement (i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Key markets and categories:

      

Latin America and Caribbean

     (1     2        (21
      

PUB

     9        10        (4

Venezuela

     (17     78        (71

Colombia

     5        8        (7

Mexico

     (1     (4     (10

West LAC

     (9     (8     (15
      

Spirits (ii)

     (1     1        (23

Beer

     5        10        (3

Wine

     (19     2        (24

Ready to drink

     6        16        (11
      

Global and local leaders (ii):

      

Johnnie Walker

     (7     (4     (15

Buchanan’s

     (20     1        (32

Smirnoff

     12        18        (1

Baileys

            9        (6

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Venezuela (19)%, Colombia (3)%, Mexico (2)% and West LAC (10)% and spirits (2)%, reflecting the disposal of Nuvo and the termination of the distribution agreement with Jose Cuervo.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

90


Business review (continued)

 

Key highlights

 

  Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) reflected the strong performance of Brazil where improvements in route to consumer, synergy with Ypióca and a favourable comparison versus the year ended 30 June 2013 contributed to net sales growth in every category. Strong growth from Old Parr, White Horse and Black & White, and 5% net sales growth in Johnnie Walker, with half of the growth coming from super and ultra premium segments, drove 13% net sales increase in scotch and Diageo Brazil gained share in scotch. Ypióca again grew strongly with net sales up 21% on the back of the ‘Vamos Brazilizar’ campaign and the launch of new packaging to upgrade the brand perception. Vodka was back in growth with net sales increasing 15% driven by Smirnoff which gained share in the standard vodka segment. In the growing luxury segment, Cîroc and Ketel One vodka continued to perform strongly with net sales growing 41% and 25% respectively. The duty free zones of Paraguay and Uruguay were affected by currency weakness and net sales declined 13%.
  Diageo Venezuela net sales grew 78% with volume down 17%. High inflation and currency devaluation impacted consumer demand for scotch with volume declining 47%. Net sales in locally produced rum such as Pampero and Cacique grew 84% as consumers traded down from scotch to rum. Diageo Venezuela continued to gain share in scotch and rum, however it lost share in ready to drink due to supply constraints.
  In Colombia, net sales grew high single digit with changes in the route to consumer and a review of commercial terms driving a stronger performance in the second half. Old Parr and Buchanan’s contributed to over 60% of net sales growth supported by new marketing campaigns such as ‘The more you give, the more you have’. Ready to drink net sales grew 24% as it benefited from distribution gains driven by changes in the route to consumer.
  Diageo Mexico net sales declined 4% as tax reforms and a weaker economy affected consumer confidence. Buchanan’s net sales were down 11% as the brand was impacted by competition from the growing value segment and Johnnie Walker net sales were down 7% but gained share across all brand’s segments. In the fast growing value segment, Black & White nearly doubled in size, albeit from a small base, and grew share. Old Parr net sales were up 30% supported by the launch of Old Parr Silver, a non age declared variant of the main brand driving share gains. Baileys extended its lead in the liqueur category, supported by the successful Mother’s Day ‘Hija de mi Madre’ campaign.
  Net sales in West LAC were down 8%. Performance was largely driven by the destocking in the border zones where net sales declined 66%. Net sales in other countries which make up the market grew 8%, driven by double digit growth in Argentina, as local production of Smirnoff started in the first half and import restrictions on Johnnie Walker eased, and Jamaica which benefited from a new distribution joint venture.
  Marketing spend increased 1%, less than net sales, as Diageo Brazil reallocated some marketing spend into trade spend to secure in store visibility and benefit from the FIFA World Cup and expansion into new outlets. Increased investment behind reserve brands, mainly Cîroc, and non scotch categories such as rum, particularly in Mexico with the successful Captain Morgan’s ‘Morgan Fest’ campaign, Baileys and cachaça in Brazil was in line with the strategy to expand beyond scotch and capture the affluent and growing emerging middle class.

 

91


Business review (continued)

 

ASIA PACIFIC

Performance

 

LOGO

 

                                                                                                                 

Key financials

   2013
Reported
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement

£ million
    2014
Reported

£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,572        (112     (7     (106     1,347        (14

Marketing spend

     356        (27            (24     305        (14
Operating profit before exceptional items      381        (35     (19     (44     283        (26

Exceptional items

     (1           (276  
  

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

     380              7        (98
  

 

 

         

 

 

   

Performance in Asia Pacific was impacted by a weaker trading environment in China and South East Asia and this top line weakness and negative country mix impacted operating margin, which, despite a reduction in overheads, decreased 136bps. In China the effects of the government’s anti extravagance campaign severely impacted the on trade channel, and continued to affect performance of both our Chinese white spirits and scotch businesses, while South East Asia was impacted by tax increases and social unrest in Thailand and destocking in other markets and channels. Despite the challenging trading environment we gained share in scotch in both Thailand and China. Elsewhere, Korea, Japan, GTME, Taiwan and India delivered good growth and we gained share in scotch across the countries. Strong growth of scotch malts in Taiwan and successful innovation launches in super and ultra premium scotch segments contributed to another year of double digit growth of the reserve brands.

 

92


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 
     Organic
volume
movement (i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Key markets and categories:

      

Asia Pacific

     (5     (7     (14
      

South East Asia

     (25     (19     (25

Greater China

     (20     (31     (33

India

     22        42        8   

Global Travel Asia and Middle East

     18        19        15   

Australia hub

     (2     (3     (17

North Asia

     2        4        (2
      

Spirits (ii)

     (5     (11     (15

Beer

     (1     2        (9

Ready to drink

     1        (1     (14
      

Global and local leaders (ii):

      

Johnnie Walker

     (13     (11     (14

Windsor

     (5     1        1   

Smirnoff

     4        (3     (13

Baileys

     12        11        3   

Guinness

     (1     3        (9

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Greater China (21)% and Australia (3)% reflecting the termination of the distribution agreement with Jose Cuervo.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

 

93


Business review (continued)

 

Key highlights

 

  In South East Asia performance was largely driven by Thailand and destocking in other markets and channels as trade confidence was affected by pricing pressure, currency devaluation and economic uncertainty in the region. In Thailand tax increases and political unrest contributed to a weak consumer environment with net sales down 24%. In a declining scotch category Diageo gained 5.8pps volume share. In Indonesia net sales were up double digit driven by 7% growth of Guinness and strong performance in ready to drink.
  Greater China performance continued to be affected by the government’s anti extravagance measures. Shui Jing Fang net sales declined 78% as the brand suffered from pricing pressure from other leading brands. Net sales of Diageo’s international brands in China declined 14%, largely driven by weakness in scotch, down 20%, as Johnnie Walker Black Label net sales declined 28%. However, Johnnie Walker Black Label grew share 1.2pps as activation was increased into tier 2 and 3 cities. Reserve brands net sales grew 9%, driven by a strong growth in scotch malts. Baileys net sales grew double digit, as the brand continued to capture the trend of increasingly empowered female consumers with the support of the ‘Sisterhood Campaign’. In Taiwan, net sales grew 9% driven by strong growth from The Singleton, the fastest growing scotch malt in the market, and it gained 2pps of share.
  Diageo India continued to deliver strong double digit net sales growth as it benefited from having its brands sold through the sales agency agreement with USL. Strong performance by Johnnie Walker Black Label, VAT 69 and Black & White drove most of the growth in scotch, and share in scotch increased 1.9pps. Smirnoff net sales grew high single digit benefiting from its partnership with several music festivals.
  In Global Travel, Asia and Middle East (GTME) net sales were up 19% driven by the Middle East where despite political turmoil in the region, it delivered strong growth boosted by an increase in tourism, expansion in the region’s airports as well as improvements in Diageo’s route to consumer. Global Travel Asia returned to growth with net sales up 9% mainly driven by an increased focus on Johnnie Walker Blue Label which showcased the Dunhill partnership, including a limited edition pack, in many airports in the region.
  In Australia net sales declined 3%, largely driven by the decline in ready to drink, where net sales were down 5% as tax increases continued to impact pricing and demand in the category. Spirits net sales declined 1%, as Baileys, which benefited from the launch of Baileys Chocolat Luxe, and Captain Morgan grew, but not enough to offset a decline in Smirnoff and Bundaberg, which suffered from growth in spiced rum. Reserve brands net sales grew 30% mainly driven by the launch of Bundaberg 125th anniversary bottle and Ketel One vodka which almost doubled in size.
  In North Asia, net sales increased 4% driven by Windsor in Korea and strong growth from Smirnoff Ice in Japan. In Korea’s declining scotch category, Windsor volume was broadly flat and gained 1.7pps of volume share driven by strong performance of Windsor 12 and the launch of Windsor Black. The business increased its participation into other categories with Smirnoff net sales up 13%, as it benefited from sponsoring music festivals, and Guinness net sales increased 5%, supported by new in venue vending machines. In Japan, ready to drink net sales increased 20% driven by Smirnoff Ice and the launch as a permanent SKU of Smirnoff Ice Green Apple after a successful limited edition offer in the year ended 30 June 2013.
  Marketing spend decreased 7% in line with net sales, as a result of lower spend in international spirits in China and South East Asia. Investment behind innovation increased and new launches across the region included Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve limited edition in the Middle East, to celebrate the Dubai duty free 30th anniversary, the Bundaberg 125th anniversary bottle in Australia and the Johnnie Walker Blue Label and Dunhill partnership. Shui Jing Fang marketing spend was maintained and focused on new launches which target more attractive price points in the baijiu segment.

 

94


Business review (continued)

 

CATEGORY REVIEW

 

LOGO

 

                                                                 

Key markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement (i)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Spirits (ii)

     (1            (10

Whisk(e)y

     (4            (8

Johnnie Walker

     (6     (4     (9

Crown Royal

     (4     1        (3

JeB

     (7     (8     (11

Buchanan’s

     (13     6        (24

Windsor

     (5     1        1   

Bushmills

     8        7        4   

Bulleit

     66        69        62   

Vodka

     (1            (5

Smirnoff

     (1     (2     (7

Ketel One vodka

     3        6        2   

Cîroc

     2        2        (2

Rum

     9        7        (4

Captain Morgan

     6        6        1   

Liqueurs

     (2            (7

Baileys

     (2     1        (3

Tequila

     43        34        (71

Don Julio

     27        27        22   

Gin

     3        3        (1

Tanqueray

     4        6        3   

Beer

     (11     (3     (8

Guinness

     (5     (1     (5

Wine

     (4     1        (6

Ready to drink

     8        4        (11

Total

     (2            (9

 

(i) Organic equals reported movement for volume except for total (5)%, spirits (4)%, wine (8)%, ready to drink 5%, liqueurs (4)%, and tequila (86)%, largely reflecting the disposal of Nuvo and the termination of agency brand distribution agreements, including Jose Cuervo.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Spirits net sales were broadly flat, with growth in the United States offset by weakness in emerging markets, particularly Asia Pacific. Reserve brands delivered the strongest growth up 14%, with 5pps of positive price/mix.

 

95


Business review (continued)

 

Whisk(e)y, our largest spirits category, performed broadly in line with overall spirits, and again strong performance in North America offset weak performance in emerging markets. Consequently scotch net sales declined 1%, largely Johnnie Walker, given its strong presence in emerging markets.

 

    Johnnie Walker’s net sales decline was driven by Johnnie Walker Red and Black Label which were adversely impacted by market weakness in a number of emerging markets, particularly in South East Asia, West LAC and PUB. Reserve brands grew strongly, with 7pps of price mix, driven by successful innovation launches in the United States and pricing in Venezuela.

 

    Crown Royal in the United States grew, driven by the launch of Crown Royal XO and Crown Royal 75th Anniversary, which drove positive price/mix. Its growth was partly offset by the negative impact of lapping the launch of Crown Royal Maple Finished in the year ended 30 June 2013 and competition from flavoured whiskey brands. Marketing investment focused on the ‘Reign On’ campaign.

 

    JeB net sales declined 8%, primarily driven by increased price competition in the Spanish scotch market, and a weaker market in Mexico. This was partly offset by growth in South Africa, the brand’s third largest market, and in Korea. JeB Urban Honey, an innovation in the rapidly growing flavoured whisk(e)y segment, was launched.

 

    Buchanan’s grew net sales 6% on strong price/mix. Volume in Latin America and Caribbean, its biggest region was significantly impacted by; destocking in West LAC; softer consumer demand in Mexico; and weak volume growth in Venezuela. Net sales growth was driven by Venezuela and the United States where the brand continued to target Latin American consumers. In the United States Buchanan’s is now the #3 blended scotch brand, with 375k cases, driven by increased marketing behind the ‘A lo Grande’ campaign, sponsorships and trade activation.

 

    Windsor’s performance improved with net sales up 1%. In Korea, the brand’s primary market, net sales grew 3%, in a declining market. Windsor’s volume share gains were driven by the strong performance of Windsor 12 and the launch of a new super premium variant, Windsor Black, to drive incremental growth in the on trade.

 

    Bushmills net sales growth of 7% was driven by the music based ‘Bushmills Live’ platform and the honey flavour innovation, with Russia and Eastern Europe, Germany and GTME the strongest markets.

 

    Bulleit continued its strong trajectory, net sales grew 69% as the brand grew strongly in the United States and expanded in to new markets.

 

    Scotch Malts performed very strongly with net sales up 18% driven by the recently launched Talisker Storm and the Talisker Whisky Atlantic Challenge, and strong growth of The Singleton and Lagavulin, up 17% and 23% respectively.

Vodka net sales were broadly flat, with strong growth in reserve offsetting the decline in standard and value segments. In the United States volume declined in the value and standard price segments due to a challenging price environment and lapping of innovations of the year ended 30 June 2013. Growth in Latin America was strong, driven by Brazil and Argentina.

 

    Smirnoff net sales declined, driven by increasing price pressure in its largest markets. In the United States the brand held price in an increasingly price competitive segment, losing share. In Western Europe net sales also declined driven by poor performance in Germany, where the brand was impacted by pricing pressure from wholesalers, in Great Britain where we gained share in an increasingly price competitive market, and in Ireland where duty increases drove up retail prices. In contrast in Latin America, Smirnoff delivered strong growth in both Brazil and Argentina. There was also positive momentum from innovations, with strong performance from the Smirnoff Confectionary line in the United States, and the launch of the new signature serve Smirnoff Apple Bite and Smirnoff Gold in Western Europe.

 

    Ketel One vodka grew both net sales and volume, with 3pps of positive price/mix. In the United States, its largest market, net sales growth was driven by the launch of the ‘Vodka of Substance’ campaign and by brand ambassador and mentoring programmes supporting Ketel One’s strong on premise positioning. Outside of the United States, net sales grew over 40%, led by net sales in Australia almost doubling and strong performance in GTME and Western Europe.

 

 

96


Business review (continued)

 

    Over 85% of Cîroc’s net sales are from the United States, where strong performance and share gains driven by the launch of Cîroc Amaretto were not enough to offset a decline in the core brand which faced tough price competition. The brand was supported with increased investment to support the launch Cîroc Amaretto as well as the ‘Luck be a Lady’ campaign and the new NBA partnership. Outside of the United States Cîroc sustained its growth trajectory, with strong net sales growth in Western Europe, Brazil, GTME and launches into new markets.

Rum net sales grew 7% driven by Captain Morgan, Zacapa and Cacique.

 

    Captain Morgan performed strongly with net sales growing 6% driven by continued growth in the United States, its largest market, Great Britain, Russia and Eastern Europe and Australia. This was driven through the success of the ‘Keys to Adventure’ experiential events and the new ‘Live like the Captain’ campaign. Growth in the United States was driven by the successful launch of Captain Morgan White in February, 2014 which was supported by increased investment.

 

    Zacapa net sales grew 22%, driven by 37% growth in its largest region, Western Europe, with strong growth in Russia and Eastern Europe and North America. Investment focused on mentoring, trade activation and sampling, with a continuation in the roll out of the successful Zacapa Rooms, a luxury temporary lounge dedicated to tasting events for key influencers, media and consumers across Western Europe.

 

    Cacique net sales increased 16% driven by both volume growth and price increases in Venezuela as consumers switched to more affordable local spirits.

Liqueurs performance was driven by Baileys, which represents over 85% of the category.

 

    Baileys grew 1% and performance was broadly mixed across markets. In China the brand grew double digit as the ‘Sisterhood Campaign’ resonated strongly with female consumers. In Australia the brand benefited from the growth of Chocolat Luxe. In Latin America and Caribbean the roll out of the global campaign, and activation in Mexico focused on the Baileys and coffee serve, drove 9% net sales growth. In the United States the brand continued to grow net sales driven by the success of the launch of Baileys Vanilla Cinnamon and the ‘Stylish Shot’ campaign. In Western Europe however, net sales declined, with performance impacted by price increases in Germany and Benelux. This decline was partly offset by the successful launch of Baileys Chocolat Luxe, which drove share gains in Great Britain.

Tequila net sales grew 34% driven by strong performance of Don Julio, with strong growth and share gains in the United States, its primary market. This was driven by a significant increase in marketing spend to support new brand positioning and commercial activation around the summer programme, ‘Elevate your Summer’ and ‘Your Margarita Crafted’. Don Julio continued to perform strongly outside of the United States, growing net sales 34%, with particularly strong growth in Western Europe and Australia.

Gin net sales grew 3%, with strong growth in Western Europe, Africa, and Latin America partly offset by a decline in Asia Pacific.

 

    Tanqueray net sales grew 6% with growth in all regions supported by the extension of the ‘Tonight we Tanqueray’ campaign. There was strong performance across Western Europe, in particular Great Britain, Germany and Iberia where net sales grew and the brand gained share and also Latin America, driven by Brazil, Mexico and Colombia. In the United States, depletions performed well and Diageo grew share but shipments were impacted by higher stock levels at the start of the financial year.

Beer net sales declined 3%. In Nigeria consumers traded down to value beer resulting in share losses, duty changes had a negative impact on Senator keg in Kenya, and there were continued challenges in Ireland and Great Britain.

 

    Guinness net sales declined 1%, delivering 4pps of positive price/mix from price increases. The brand declined in Nigeria due to challenging market conditions, however performance improved in the second half driven by a number of activities including new packaging, a new media campaign and increased trade promotions. Guinness was down 5% in the United States, lapping the launch of Guinness Black Lager and down 3% in Western Europe where the on trade remains challenging. Guinness performed strongly in East Africa where price increases drove net sales growth of 19%, supported by an increase in marketing spend. Growth was also strong in Indonesia.

 

97


Business review (continued)

 

    Performance of local African beers was negatively impacted by the decline of Harp which was impacted by pricing pressure in Nigeria, and Senator keg which declined driven by October’s excise duty increase in Kenya. These challenges were in part offset by the growth of other local beer brands including Tusker which grew double digit driven by price increases and strong football related marketing programmes, and value beer brands such as Dubic and Satzenbrau in Nigeria and Balozi lager in Kenya which are benefiting from growth in the value segment.

Wine grew net sales 1% with growth largely driven by the United States, as a result of price increases and innovation.

Ready to drink grew 4% driven by South Africa, Great Britain, Venezuela, and Japan, partly offset by a decline in the United States and Australia. In South Africa, strong performance reflects the production and sale to DHN Drinks of Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana to resolve short term capacity issues. In Japan, net sales grew 20% with Smirnoff Ice, the leading bottled ready to drink, extending its leadership position with strong performance by core variants and innovation. Net sales declined in the United States driven by the continued decline of pouches and in Australia where our performance continued to be impacted by the market contraction.

 

98


Business review (continued)

 

Liquidity and capital resources

1. ANALYSIS OF CASH FLOW AND BALANCE SHEET

The primary source of the group’s liquidity over the last three financial years has been cash generated from operations. These funds have generally been used to pay interest, taxes and dividends, and to fund capital expenditure and acquisitions, and are expected to continue to fund future operating and capital needs.

a) 2015 compared with 2014

Movement in net borrowings — see page 52

Movement in equity — see page 53

Post employment deficit — see page 53

b) 2014 compared with 2013

Movement in net borrowings — see page 81

Movement in equity — see page 82

Post employment deficit — see page 82

2. ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS

a) Gross borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments) will mature as follows:

 

                                                                                   
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Within one year

     1,921        1,576        1,852   

Between one and three years

     2,607        1,894        2,220   

Between three and five years

     970        1,972        2,509   

Beyond five years

     4,340        3,772        3,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     9,838        9,214        10,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
b) During the year the following bonds were issued and repaid:                   
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Issued

      

€ denominated

     791        1,378          

US$ denominated

                   2,100   

Repaid

      

€ denominated

     (792     (983       

US$ denominated

     (330     (488     (869

£ denominated (i)

     (370              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (701     (93     1,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) A bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

 

99


Business review (continued)

 

c) The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Expiring within one year(i)

     688         1,535   

Expiring between one and two years

             632   

Expiring after two years

     1,541         1,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,229         3,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Of the facilities at 30 June 2014 $2,000 million (£1,170 million) was not drawn down and was cancelled on 2 July 2014.

The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper programmes.

There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect to its material short and long term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

3. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net borrowing to EBITDA leverage of 2.5 – 3.0x, this range for Diageo being currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the range of 2.5 – 3.0x. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. For this calculation net borrowings are adjusted by the pension deficit whilst EBITDA equals operating profit excluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

4. CAPITAL REPAYMENTS

Authorisation was given by shareholders on 18 September 2014 to purchase a maximum of 251,215,000 shares at a minimum price of 28 101/108 pence and a maximum price of higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting or on 17 December 2015, if earlier.

During the year ended 30 June 2015, the company purchased 4 million ordinary shares (including shares acquired through call option exercises), nominal value of £1 million (2014 – 14 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £4 million; 2013 — 8 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £2 million), representing approximately 0.1% (2014 — 0.5%; 2013 — 0.3%) of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares).

Shares were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to employees during the course of the year.

 

100


Business review (continued)

 

The monthly breakdown of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

                                                                 

Calendar month

   Number
of shares
purchased
     Average
price paid
pence
     Authorised
purchases
unutilised at
month end
 

September 2014(i)

     1,698,461         1781         249,516,539   

October 2014

     636,883         1766         248,879,656   

March 2015

     1,801,230         1864         247,078,426   
  

 

 

       

Total

     4,136,574         1815         247,078,426   
  

 

 

       

 

(i) Including 297,229 shares purchased at an average price of 1819 pence for the purpose of satisfying share awards made under the company’s share incentive plan.

 

1. The aggregate consideration paid for purchase of own shares was £75 million (excluding expenses) in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Contractual obligations and other commitments

 

                                                                                                             
     Payments due by period  

As at 30 June 2015

   Less than
1 year
£ million
     1-3 years
£ million
     3-5 years
£ million
     More than
5 years
£ million
     Total
£ million
 

Long term debt obligations

     1,400         2,556         968         4,365         9,289   

Interest obligations

     340         479         334         1,434         2,587   

Credit support obligations

     76                                 76   

Operating leases

     96         131         102         217         546   

Purchase obligations

     1,037         921         393         217         2,568   

Finance leases

     51         69         86         127         333   

Capital commitments

     112         2                         114   

Deferred consideration payable

     10         23         135                 168   

Post employment benefits(i)

     44         88         88         238         458   

Provisions and other non-current payables

     125         133         51         122         431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,291         4,402         2,157         6,720         16,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) For further information see note 13(d) to the consolidated financial statements.

Long term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings. Credit support obligations represent liabilities to counterparty banks in respect of cash received as collateral under credit support agreements. Purchase obligations include various long term purchase contracts entered into for the supply of raw materials, principally bulk whisk(e)y, grapes, cereals, cans and glass bottles. Contracts are used to guarantee the supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable a more accurate prediction of costs of raw materials in the future. Provisions and other non-current payables exclude £2 million in respect of vacant properties.

Corporate tax payable of £162 million and deferred tax liabilities are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of settlement cannot be reasonably estimated.

Management believe that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.

Post employment contractual obligations comprise committed deficit contributions but exclude future service cost contributions.

 

101


Business review (continued)

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Neither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material future effect on the group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

Risk management

The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency, interest rate risks, financial credit risk and commodity price risk are conducted within a framework of board approved policies and guidelines. The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains some insurable risk where external insurance is not considered to be an economic means of mitigating this risk. Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are established as deemed appropriate for the customer.

For a detailed analysis of the group’s exposure to foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity price, credit and liquidity risks see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 225-233.

Critical accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Diageo’s accounting policies are set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies, the directors are required to make estimates and subjective judgements that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported profit for the year. The directors base these on a combination of past experience and any other evidence that is relevant to the particular circumstance. The actual outcome could differ from those estimates. Of Diageo’s accounting policies, the directors consider that policies in relation to the following areas are particularly subject to estimates and the exercise of judgement.

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgements, are set out in detail in the relevant notes:

 

    Exceptional items — page 197
    Taxation — page 202
    Business combinations — page 206
    Brands, goodwill and other intangibles — page 209
    Post employment benefits — page 216
    Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings — page 240

New accounting standards

A number of accounting standards, amendments and interpretations have recently been issued by the IASB or IFRIC. Those that are of relevance to the group are discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 187 and 189.

 

102


Business review (continued)

 

SUSTAINABILITY & RESPONSIBILITY REVIEW

2015 has been a year of significant progress in our approach to sustainability and responsibility. With our 2015 targets expiring this year, and in light of external factors such as the UN’s new Sustainable Development Goals, we evaluated the strengths and weaknesses of our strategy against our track record of performance and the work we have done over the last few years in understanding the expectations and concerns of our stakeholders.

As a result, in December 2014, we launched new, ambitious targets for 2020 for our most material issues, which build on our achievements to date, and are aligned with the emerging UN Sustainable Development Goals. Our targets, which focus on leadership in alcohol in society, building thriving communities and reducing our environmental impact, are an essential part of how we will deliver our Performance Ambition (see page 35 for more information). Given their increasing importance to the business as a whole, this year we have added safety and carbon emissions to our 2014 non-financial key performance indicators, responsible drinking programmes, water efficiency and employee engagement.

Approach to United Spirits Limited (USL) data

Following the acquisition of USL, we are progressively integrating operating systems and practice. As a result, we have only included USL data in the following:

 

  Employee numbers and Values Survey data;

 

  Environmental data for water, carbon and waste

All other data excludes USL.

Looking ahead — focusing on impact

During the year, we appointed a new Sustainable Development Director to lead the team, embed our strategy, and develop sound metrics for our targets and a co-ordinated framework for meeting them everywhere we do business. This will involve a more sophisticated approach focused on impact rather than input. We need to improve how we measure what our programmes are delivering both within and outside our business.

We also need to understand better how everything we do is connected — our impact as a local employer providing jobs and paying taxes with our impact as a company selling alcoholic drinks in regulated markets; our impact as a manufacturer using shared natural resources and purchasing from local and global suppliers, with our impact as a marketer of iconic, much loved brands, for instance. To create one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer goods companies in the world, we need to understand the impact we have as a company, with the aim of ensuring that overall, our contribution is a positive one.

We have already begun this work with our new integrated water strategy, our Water Blueprint, launched in April 2015, which has given us a deeper understanding of the total impact of our water use and in which we have prioritised what we need to do to improve our stewardship of water.

 

103


Business review (continued)

 

Performance against 2015 targets

We will be reporting next year on how we are developing our approach beyond water and how we are performing against our new targets for 2020. In the meantime, in this report we are focusing on the progress we have made towards our 2015 targets and the challenges and opportunities that face us as we look towards 2020 and beyond. In recognition of our new targets, we are structuring this review around the three areas:

 

    Leadership in alcohol in society — which covers our existing target for responsible drinking programmes

 

    Reducing our environmental impact — which covers our existing targets for water, carbon emissions, waste and packaging

 

    Thriving communities — which covers our existing targets for our communities, and our indicators for our people and our supply chain.

We also continue to report on governance and ethics (see page 117), which underpin how we do business — in a responsible and ethical way — and which are essential for earning the trust and respect of everyone who comes into contact with Diageo.

1. LEADERSHIP IN ALCOHOL IN SOCIETY

PERFORMANCE AGAINST TARGETS

 

Responsible drinking programmes   
298 (i) (vs 373 in 2014)   

 

(i) In shifting our focus towards the global Producers’ Commitments, we supported fewer programmes this year, and in line with our 2020 target, we are prioritising impact, which involves supporting fewer but more effective programmes.

Our brands are made with pride, and made to be enjoyed – responsibly. Consumed moderately and responsibly by adults who choose to drink, alcohol can be part of a balanced lifestyle, and play a positive role in social occasions and celebrations.

The misuse of alcohol, however, can cause serious problems for individuals, communities and society. We care passionately about reducing alcohol-related harm through our own programmes and through partnership and collaboration with others – and we seek to provide consumers with the information and tools they need to make informed choices about drinking or not drinking.

Reducing alcohol-related harm

Diageo shares the goal set by the World Health Organization (WHO) of reducing alcohol-related harm by 10% across the world by 2025. We are also one of the 13 leading alcohol beverage companies acting on the Global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments to Reduce Harmful Drinking. These Commitments are the largest ever industry initiative to implement effective ways to address harmful drinking.

These Commitments identified five areas for action over five years from January 2013:

 

  (1) reducing underage drinking

 

  (2) strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice

 

  (3) providing consumer information and responsible product innovation

 

  (4) reducing drink driving

 

  (5) enlisting the support of retailers.

We believe that efforts to reduce the misuse of alcohol are most effective when government, civil society, individuals and families, as well as the industry, work together. Our approach is built around providing consumers with information; promoting rigorous company and industry standards for responsible marketing; supporting effective programmes and partnerships to tackle alcohol misuse; and advocating effective, evidence-based policy.

 

104


Business review (continued)

 

Providing consumer information

In March 2015, we announced our commitment to provide consumers with alcohol content and nutrition information per typical serve – a first for any alcohol company. We intend to provide this information through Diageo‘s responsible drinking website DRINKiQ.com, and/or on-pack in a majority of Diageo’s markets, subject to local regulatory approval.

Furthermore, the Diageo Alcohol Beverage Information Policy (DABIP) provides mandatory minimum standards for the information that must be included on labels and packaging, including at least one and up to three responsible drinking symbols, a link to DRINKiQ.com, alcohol content, a list of allergens, and recycling symbols. The DABIP mandatory elements will be in place on all Diageo-owned brands in all markets (where legally permitted) by the end of December 2017. Meanwhile, our DRINKiQ.com site, available in multiple languages, already includes a wealth of information about nutrition and responsible drinking.

Developing our approach for 2020

We are proud of the approach we have taken, over decades, to help tackle harmful drinking. In setting ourselves new targets for 2020 we aim to continue to go beyond industry-wide commitments. From this year, we will work in partnership to support programmes to address harmful drinking in our top 20 countries that can be evaluated for efficacy and impact, and will report on the results. We also aim to reach one million adults with training materials that enable them to champion responsible drinking.

Performance against 2015 targets

Industry performance against each of the five Global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments to Reduce Harmful Drinking is tracked through key performance indicators. In year two (2014) of the five-year programme, the industry has shown progress in key areas including underage drinking, reducing drink driving, and strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice to promote responsible drinking. Digital Guiding Principles which, building on many existing codes, set high standards for digital advertising, were launched in September 2014.

While this unified approach has undoubtedly increased our reach, there is still more work to be done. Our aim is to reduce the harmful use of alcohol through these programmes and by working closely with governments and civil society. A detailed progress report on year two of the Global Producers‘ Commitments will be published in autumn 2015 and can be found on www.producerscommitments.org.

 

                                                                          

Complaints about advertising upheld by industry bodies that report publicly

(2015)

   Industry
complaints
upheld
     Complaints
about Diageo
brands
 

Australia

   Alcohol Beverage Code      5         0   

Ireland

   Advertising Standards Authority for Ireland (ASAI)      1         0   

United Kingdom

   The Portman Group      4         1   
   Advertising Standards Authority (ASA)      35         1   

United States

   Distilled Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS)      2         0   

Responsible drinking programmes

Diageo supported 298 responsible drinking programmes in more than 50 countries, focused on reducing alcohol misuse by working with others to seek to raise awareness and change people’s attitudes and behaviour.

This is a reduction from the number of programmes we supported last year; it is driven by our stronger focus on implementing programmes in support of the Global Producers’ Commitments. Additionally, as stated in last year’s report and in line with our 2020 target to measure the impact of our programmes in our top 20 countries, we are prioritising programmes that show impact. This may mean we support fewer, but more effective programmes. Evaluation of our initiatives will help us improve.

Our approach in each country is based on the needs of local stakeholders, so the programmes are varied, but last year they included advertising campaigns that raised awareness of the risks of excessive drinking, funding the training of midwives about foetal alcohol syndrome, supporting the medical profession in identifying and helping problem drinkers, and initiatives with public and private partners to reduce drink driving, including free rides and enforcement campaigns. In line with our 2020 targets and our aim to focus on the impact of our programmes, we have started to publish evaluations of our initiatives on our website, www.diageo.com.

 

105


Business review (continued)

 

Responsible marketing

The Diageo Marketing Code and Digital Code are our mandatory minimum standards for responsible marketing, and we review them every 12-18 months to ensure they represent best practice.

Five industry bodies publicly report breaches of their self-regulatory codes. This year, Diageo was found to be in breach by the Advertising Standards Authority in the United Kingdom for a television commercial for Parrot Bay frozen pouches on the grounds of underage appeal, and by the Portman Group in the United Kingdom for a pre-filled 20cl counter-top unit because the phrase ‘mix it up tonight’ could be seen as an encouragement of immoderate consumption. The marketing material was immediately withdrawn.

Further details in the S&R Performance Addendum 2015.

Further details at www.diageo.com.

 

106


Business review (continued)

 

2. REDUCING OUR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

PERFORMANCE AGAINST 2015 TARGETS(i)

 

Improve water efficiency by 30%

10.4% (vs 2014)

   30.2% (vs 2007)

Reduce water wasted in water-stressed sites by 50%

33.4% (vs 2014)

   45.3% (vs 2007)

Reduce polluting power of wastewater by 60%

16.3% (vs 2014)

   3.1% (vs 2007)

Reduce carbon emissions equivalent by 50%

8.7% (vs 2014)

   33.3% (vs 2007)

Eliminate waste to landfill

48.5% (vs 2014)

   85.4% (vs 2007)

Reduce average packaging weight by 10%(ii)

1% (vs 2014)

   7% (vs 2009)

Increase average recycled content across all packaging to 42%(ii)

1.5% (vs 2014)

   39% (vs 2009)

Make all packaging 100% recyclable/reusable(ii)

0.01% (vs 2014)

   98.6% (vs 2009)

 

(i) Figures include USL, except for packaging-related data.
(ii) Packaging targets are measured against a 2009 baseline, rather than the 2007 baseline for other environmental metrics.

The success of our business is dependent on many natural resources, some of which are becoming increasingly constrained as rising demand and climate change place them under pressure. We are committed to minimising our environmental impact across our operations, and we are extending our environmental programmes into the broader supply chain. This will help ensure the sustainability and security of our supply chain, supporting the resilience and growth of our business.

Our environmental strategy embodies our aspiration to be a business which does not materially deplete natural resources, reduces our impact on climate change, causes no lasting damage to species, habitats, or biodiversity – and, where possible, improves the environment we operate in.

Setting our ambitions for 2020

In 2008, we set ourselves a series of challenging targets to achieve by 2015 in the areas of water, carbon emissions, and waste. These were primarily absolute targets which acknowledged that our existing impacts should be reduced in real terms compared to a 2007 baseline, regardless of the future size of the business. In 2009, we added commitments covering packaging.

These targets have catalysed significant improvements and have been the basis for sustained programmes of investment that will have long-lasting benefits for our business and the environment. We have made considerable progress and significantly reduced our environmental impact during a period when our total production and operational footprint have increased. The progress against the individual targets is detailed in the table above. We have not met all of our stretching targets, but we have made significant improvements, particularly in water efficiency, one of our most important resources, with much of the improvement delivered in water-stressed locations.

Our new and expanded targets for 2020 reflect our commitment to continuing and accelerating progress to reduce our environmental impacts, within our direct operations and in the wider supply chain, with a set of goals that genuinely stretch and challenge our business. These new targets expand our existing strategy and increase our focus on environmental impacts in our broader supply chain. They continue to prioritise water stewardship, including an additional target to replenish the amount of water used in our final product in water-stressed areas, and address carbon, waste, and packaging. We have also added targets on zero net deforestation, paper and board sourcing, and eliminating ozone-depleting refrigerants.

 

107


Business review (continued)

 

The importance of water

We and our stakeholders recognise that water stewardship is one of the most material aspects of our environmental strategy. The Diageo Water Blueprint, launched in April 2015, defines our strategic approach to water stewardship. Incorporating our 2020 targets, it is an integrated approach based on four core areas where we will increase our efforts: in the sourcing of raw materials; in our own operations; in the communities in which we operate; and through local and global advocacy for best practice in water stewardship.

We have expanded our strategy to encompass the company‘s broader global supply chain, which will enable us to better understand and manage Diageo‘s total impact on water, while focusing on water-stressed areas (see map on page 34). We will also continue to invest in infrastructure and sanitation that provides access to safe water to communities through our Water of Life programme (see pages 112-113).

Environmental performance

This year saw a period of particular growth through acquiring control of United Spirits Limited (USL) in India, which significantly expanded our operational footprint in India and increased our volume of production globally. The environmental data reported in this section includes USL, with the exception of packaging. The water efficiency and carbon emissions performance reported on pages 29 and 31 exclude USL.

Water stewardship

We recognise that we will only become one of the best performing, most trusted and respected companies in the world if we responsibly manage all our material environmental impacts, particularly water. The acquisition of USL reinforces this, given the increased number of water-stressed sites we now manage in India (see map on page 34).

This year we improved water use efficiency by 10.4% and reduced absolute water withdrawals by 2,876,000 cubic metres. In water-stressed locations, we have reduced water wasted by 33.4%. For example in Brazil, investing in optimising water use at our Paraipaba distillery significantly reduced total water withdrawals in this acutely water-stressed location. At our breweries in Kaasi, Ghana, and at our two sites in Nigeria, water use per litre brewed has improved by 29% and 4% respectively, through improving water management and new ways of working.

Water used for agricultural purposes on land under Diageo’s operational control extends to 622,150 cubic metres and is reported separately from water used in our direct operations. The majority of this irrigation water is in respect of sugar cane.

We also aim to reduce the polluting power of wastewater, measured in biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) grams. Overall we reduced BOD by 16.3% this year. Compared to our 2007 baseline, BOD load has reduced by 3.1% and, while not meeting our 2015 target, the multiple investments we have made in wastewater treatment facilities, including in Africa where we have reduced BOD by around 90% are reducing the polluting power of wastewater discharges. The application of cutting edge technology at our bioenergy plant at Cameronbridge Distillery in Scotland, which accounts for approximately 60% of our total BOD, has proven challenging, although compared to the previous year it did reduce BOD load by 16.6%. We will continue to invest to develop and refine the technology and we remain confident that it will deliver the multiple environmental benefits anticipated.

 

                                                                                       

Water efficiency by region, by year (l/l)(i), (ii), (iii)

   2007      2013      2014      2015  

North America

     6.7         6.5         5.3         5.1   

Europe

     7.9         6.7         7.0         6.7   

Africa

     9.6         6.4         5.9         5.5   

Latin America and Caribbean

     21.9         21.0         20.6         6.9   

Asia Pacific

     7.0         6.7         5.7         5.7   

Diageo (total)

     8.6         7.1         6.7         6.0 (iv) 

 

108


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Wastewater polluting power by region, by year (BOD/t)(i)

   2007      2013      2014      2015  

North America

     248         12         15         13   

Europe

     22,927         33,842         35,851         31,543   

Africa

     9,985         6,068         2,722         639   

Latin America and Caribbean

     565         11         10         33   

Asia Pacific

     46         482         482         489   

Corporate

     1         1         1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     33,772         40,416         39,081         32,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total under direct control

     32,947         40,161         38,848         32,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) 2007 baseline data and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2014 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.
(ii) In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.
(iii) Figures include USL.
(iv) As disclosed on page 29, Diageo total water efficiency by region excluding USL is also 6.0l/l.

Carbon emissions

We use the World Resources Institute/ World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol as a basis for reporting our carbon emissions, and we include all facilities over which we have operational control for the full fiscal year.

This year Diageo’s carbon emissions (CO2e) were reduced by 8.7% in absolute terms, or 68,400 tonnes (market/net), compared to the prior year. Since 2007 we have reduced absolute tonnes of CO2e by 33%. This falls short of our 50% target, largely as a result of the expansion of the business through acquisition and volume growth, particularly in distilling which is an energy-intensive process with consequent increases in carbon emissions. The reductions we have made represent the sum of several large investments, many small improvements, increases in green energy sourcing, and the application of new technology. We remain committed to the goal of a 50% reduction in carbon emissions, while also extending our ambitions to reduce our total supply chain emissions by 30%, both of which are included in our 2020 targets.

Diageo’s total direct and indirect carbon emissions (location/gross) for this year were 909,000 tonnesr (direct emissions 704,000 tonnes and indirect emissions 205,000 tonnes). In 2014, total direct and indirect carbon emissions (location/gross) were 982,000 tonnes (direct emissions 761,000 tonnes and indirect emissions 221,000 tonnes). The intensity ratio for this year was 236 grams per litre packaged (2014 — 254 grams per litre packaged).

This year, approximately 58.5% of electricity at our production sites came from low-carbon sources such as wind, hydro and nuclear (2014 — 56.1%). This includes, at some sites, generating our own electricity from renewable sources, including solar, biomass and biogas.

 

 

LOGO

 

109


Business review (continued)

 

(i) CO2e figures are calculated using the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol guidance available at the beginning of our financial year, the kWh/CO2e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation, or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.
(ii) 2007 baseline data, and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2014, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/ WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.
(iii) Figures include USL.

 

                                                                                       

Carbon emissions by weight by region (1,000 tonnes CO2 e)(i), (ii), (iii)

   2007      2013      2014      2015  

North America

     217         50         56         54   

Europe

     405         359         355         331   

Africa

     251         244         215         224   

Latin America and Caribbean

     34         20         22         20   

Asia Pacific

     151         149         129         79   

Corporate

     25         18         14         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     1,083         840         791         722 (iv) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) CO2e figures (market/net) are calculated using the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol guidance available at the beginning of our financial year, the kWh/CO2e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation, or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.
(ii) 2007 baseline data, and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2014, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.
(iii) Figures include USL.
(iv) As disclosed on page 31, Diageo total carbon emissions excluding USL are 652,000 tonnes CO2e.

Waste to landfill

This year, we reduced waste to landfill by 48.5% compared to 2014, and by 85% since 2007, against our challenging goal of eliminating it altogether. We have made progress through continuously improving how we segregate waste to enable recovery and reuse. We have also reduced the overall amount of material we use, found alternative uses for waste including in agriculture, recycling, and recovering waste for energy. Eliminating waste to landfill therefore remains one of our targets for 2020, although we recognise that it will become more technologically and economically challenging the closer we get to eliminating residual volumes in certain applications.

 

                                                                                                               

Total waste to landfill by region (tonnes)(i), (ii)

   2007      2013      2014      2015  

North America

     40,828         538         246         197   

Europe

     22,464         8,322         6,525         7,207   

Africa

     33,492         12,172         9,685         4,474   

Latin America and Caribbean

     4,930         919         870         724   

Asia Pacific

     8,268         15,625         13,765         2,978   

Corporate

     1,140         847         453         692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     111,122         38,423         31,544         16,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) 2007 baseline data and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2014 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.
(ii) Figures include USL.

In the United Kingdom, 99.5% of our electricity came from low-carbon sources.

For our work on carbon with suppliers, see page 116.

 

110


Business review (continued)

 

Sustainable packaging

The packaging that helps protect and market our brands has environmental impacts throughout a chain that stretches from our suppliers, through the retailer, to the consumer and beyond. Our Sustainable Packaging Guidelines are used by brands and support our ongoing programme to produce packaging with low environmental impact.

We are satisfied with our performance against our sustainable packaging targets, with a 1% reduction in average pack weight contributing to a cumulative 7% reduction since 2009; recycled content increasing by 1.5% to an overall average of 39%; and 98.6% of our packaging being reusable or recyclable. While we continue to challenge packaging across the portfolio, some highlights have included the removal of the glass handle from Smirnoff 1.75 litre glass bottles, and the ‘light-weighting’ of Bell’s whisky bottles. Higher cullet contents have been achieved with our glass suppliers in Europe, Brazil and North America.

Looking to 2020, we will continue and accelerate initiatives to maximise the recycled content in our packaging, optimise and reduce the weight of packs, and remove materials that cannot be recycled, or are difficult to recycle, including PVC, foil, mixed plastics, ceramics and some laminates. Where viable alternatives exist, we will remove materials such as inks and heavy metals that may pose a risk to the environment. We have added a new target for 2020 of zero net deforestation from paper and board sourcing.

3. BUILDING THRIVING COMMUNITIES

Diageo can only operate successfully if we work within a broad community of people, businesses and agencies to create shared value. We have a responsibility for, and a clear commercial interest in, ensuring that our people, our suppliers, the communities around our operations, and society at large all thrive as a result of Diageo’s business.

As a successful business, we create significant value directly within this broad community through our daily operations, providing jobs, sourcing ingredients, services and materials from suppliers, and paying local duties. But creating shared value in a lasting way extends beyond this – to addressing development challenges such as skills gaps or access to clean water, advocating high standards of governance, rewarding our people, and supporting farmers and other suppliers as they help us build a sustainable value chain.

A history of engagement

Contributing to the communities and societies we are part of is nothing new to Diageo – our history is rich with examples of community action dating back to Arthur Guinness’s work with Dublin’s poor in the 19th century, and we have always valued and rewarded our people and the agricultural supply chains that we rely on and support.

In recent years, however, we have increasingly looked at the potential for shared value across our entire value chain. We set targets for ourselves in the fields of community empowerment, employee engagement and diversity, and local sourcing, while looking to develop these further into an integrated whole.

Developing our approach for 2020

To get a better measure of our progress in building thriving communities, we will evaluate and report on the tangible outcomes of our actions. This will include our community programmes, which enable those who live and work in our communities, particularly women, to have the skills and resources to build a better future for themselves, as well as our initiatives to increase diversity and employee engagement among our people while ensuring they are safe at work.

We will also continue to strengthen our supply chains, through more partnerships with farmers, further targets for the local sourcing of agricultural raw materials in Africa, and continued commitment to improving labour standards and human rights in our supply chains, including our ongoing commitment to the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

 

111


Business review (continued)

 

Community empowerment

PERFORMANCE AGAINST TARGETS

 

Improve access to safe drinking water for one million people in Africa every year until 2015

600,000 (vs 1 million in 2014; total 10 million since 2008)

Train 100,000 people through our Learning for Life programme by 2016

7,417 (vs 14,000 in 2014)

Empower two million women through our Plan W programme by 2016

115,091 (vs 40,545 in 2014)

An essential part of our contribution to the wider communities that enable our business to flourish and grow is our investment in long-term, actively managed programmes that help serve critical local needs, such as access to clean water and developing skills and empowerment.

This year Diageo invested £15.5 million or 0.6% of operating profit to charitable projects that help serve critical local need (2014 — 0.6% of operating profit). From this year we will work towards our 2020 ambition of further evaluating the outcomes of the community programmes we engage in, and strengthening the connections between our individual initiatives and our overall strategy of creating shared value.

 

LOGO

 

(i) This excludes our legacy commitment to the Thalidomide Trust and the Thalidomide Foundation Ltd of £9.8 million which in prior years we included as part of our community investment data.
(ii) This is a sub-section of the total responsible drinking budget.
(iii) Category includes cause-related brand campaigns, local market giving and disaster relief.

Access to clean water

We have a long and proud tradition of investing in local communities through our Water of Life programme, which often involves participation by our employees and is increasingly focused on our supply chain. When we set our target in 2006, our overall

 

112


Business review (continued)

 

goal was to reach eight million people, which suggested we needed to reach one million people per year. Although this year we reached only 600,000, overall we have reached more than 10 million people through more than 230 projects in 18 countries, surpassing our initial aspiration by almost 25%. Our initiatives support boreholes, wells, rainwater harvesting, and domestic filtration devices.

Learning for Life

Learning for Life supports vocational and life-skills training which improve the prospects of individuals, families, communities and societies while strengthening our value chain through its emphasis on hospitality, retail, and entrepreneurship.

This year Diageo ran over 85 Learning for Life programmes in 32 countries, training 7,417 people, and bringing the total number of people trained to 109,894, exceeding our 2016 target by 9,894. Our impact studies in five countries in Latin America show that the programmes enabled 75% of participants to get jobs, including 44% with formal contracts, and to increase earnings four-fold. Overall, the studies show that the programmes have benefited over half a million people, when taking into account the effects on participants’ families. The young people involved also talk about the increased self-esteem and dignity they gained alongside valuable and recognised employment skills.

Plan W

Plan W is a sustainable development programme aiming to empower women and enable them to play a greater role in the economy by developing their hospitality and business enterprise skills. Since December 2012, Plan W has empowered 115,091 women, reaching 575,455 people indirectly across 15 countries, largely in Asia. While we continue to develop more projects, our aspiration to empower two million women across the world will only be achieved through broader partnerships and more global engagement than we have hitherto achieved. Alongside our internal diversity programme, we will explore how we can work with others to increase our reach.

The Diageo Foundation

The Foundation is a registered charity funded entirely by Diageo. It makes grants in support of projects or local charitable causes and disaster relief, particularly in regions where support from our employees and operations can be leveraged. This year, it funded 20 programmes in 11 markets including India and Ghana, and donated disaster relief to Sierra Leone and Nepal. This year we undertook a review of the Foundation to ensure it continues to support Diageo’s community development programmes effectively.

Our people

PERFORMANCE AGAINST TARGETS

 

Engagement score

75% (vs 73% in 2014)

Gender diversity in senior management

26% (vs 28% in 2014)

Reduction of actual lost-time accidents (LTAs)

10% (since 2014)

Our people are at the heart of our success and we want them to be able to deliver their best in a safe, welcoming environment.

Health and safety

Everyone has the right to work in a safe, healthy environment, and our global Zero Harm programme is designed to ensure that all our people go home safe, every day. Sadly, in December 2014, a colleague in South Africa was killed in a road traffic accident whilst driving back from a sales event.

Diageo has a Severe and Fatal Incident Prevention (SFIP) programme specifically designed to identify and eliminate or control severe and fatal risks in our operations. SFIP has significantly reduced the number of severe accidents, but it is always under review, and the circumstances of the tragic accident above have been investigated so that we can take measures to reduce the risk to our people further.

 

113


Business review (continued)

 

Our Zero Harm philosophy is aimed at eliminating workplace accidents, and we had set a stretching global target to deliver less than one lost-time accident (LTA) per 1,000 people by 2015. Since 2007 we have seen significant progress towards this target, although this year we did not meet our annual 40% rate reduction target thereby also missing the original aspiration for 2015. Our overall LTA rate has remained static at 1.66 year on year, driven primarily by accidents in our offices and sales functions. It is worth noting that the actual number of accidents has reduced by 10%, however a reduction in headcount means this improvement is not reflected in the rate.

Our overall LTA rate compares favourably with peer organisations, however our commitment to our safety purpose – that everyone goes home safe, every day, everywhere – means we will always seek to improve. In March 2015, Diageo recorded its first ever LTA-free month, something we will look to build on through the ongoing application of our Zero Harm strategy. In addition to continuing to identify and control risks, we will increase our focus on the behavioural aspects of safety and grow a safety culture rooted in prevention. LTAs now occur more frequently at offices than at other sites, and we are introducing new procedures to ensure safety in offices is addressed through Risk Management Committees. We are strengthening our Slips, Trips and Falls Prevention programme and we continue to strongly promote our responsible driving programmes.

 

                                                                                              

Lost-time accident frequency rate per 1,000 full-time employees(i)

   2011      2012      2013      2014     2015  

North America

     5.06         4.15         1.64         0.84        1.83   

Europe

     5.29         2.41         2.12         2.08        2.51   

Africa

     1.48         1.82         2.55         0.56        1.20   

Latin America and Caribbean

     3.42         1.44         10.88         4.7        0.66   

Asia Pacific

     1.41         0.0         1.26         1.62        1.21   

Diageo (total)

     3.73         2.14         2.97         1.66 (ii)      1.66   

 

 

(i) Number of accidents per 1,000 employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.
(ii) Updated to include Gleneagles Hotel and one additional LTA in North America which occurred at the end of the 2014 financial year but was not previously reported.

 

                                                                                                             

Number of days lost to accidents per 1,000 full-time employees

   2011      2012      2013      2014      2015  

Diageo (total)

     158.8         106.6         66.0         49.7         89.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fatalities

   2011      2012      2013      2014      2015  

Diageo (total)

     4         1         4         1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employee engagement

We communicate with employees on matters of importance to them and the company in a variety of ways, including through our digital channels. Our principal means of gathering employees’ views is our annual values-based survey, which helps us assess how well we are bringing our values to life, engaging our people and enabling them to perform. We want our people to be ‘engaged’: passionate about our strategy, connected to our values, and motivated to be and perform at their best. We support our employees through clear policies, competitive reward programmes, coaching and development opportunities, and health and wellbeing initiatives.

This year, 94% (25,022 out of the 26,710 able to participate) of our people participated in our online Annual Values Survey, with 75% identified as ‘engaged’. Our people confirmed that one of our core strengths continues to be our employees’ pride and strong sense of ownership in our business and our brands.

In our strategy for 2020, we have reinforced our commitment to employee engagement through new targets, including our ambition to be a top quartile performer on measures including employee satisfaction, pride, and loyalty.

Diversity

Our diversity and inclusion practices are a key competitive advantage to our business. We aim to inspire, support and empower women to take on greater leadership roles across the world. Currently, five of our 11 Board members are women, representing 45% of the directors.

 

114


Business review (continued)

 

We are committed to a diverse leadership and the promotion of local leaders. Currently, six of the 15 members of the Executive Committee are women, representing 40% of the committee; 26% of our senior management positions are held by women; and our 21 managing directors represent 16 different nationalities.

 

                                                                 

Average number of employees by region by gender(i)

   Men      Women      Total  

North America

     1,958         1,303         3,261   

Europe

     6,713         4,285         10,998   

Africa

     4,366         1,132         5,498   

Latin America and Caribbean

     1,834         1,115         2,949   

Asia Pacific

     8,808         1,848         10,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     23,679         9,683         33,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                                                                 

Average number of employees by role by gender

   Men      Women      Total  

Senior manager(ii)

     543         191         734   

Line manager(iii)

     3,938         1,719         5,657   

Supervised employee(iv)

     19,198         7,773         26,971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23,679         9,683         33,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                                                                                       

New hires by region by gender(i)

   Men      Women      Total      % of regional
headcount
 

North America

     229         161         390         12.0   

Europe

     846         683         1,529         13.9   

Africa

     631         226         857         15.6   

Latin America and Caribbean

     375         265         640         21.7   

Asia Pacific

     597         283         880         8.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Diageo (total)

     2,678         1,618         4,296         12.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Percentage of total new hires

     62.3         37.7         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

                                                                                       

Leavers by region by gender(i)

   Men      Women      Total      % of regional
headcount
 

North America

     239         190         429         13.2   

Europe

     848         604         1,452         13.2   

Africa

     409         109         518         9.4   

Latin America and Caribbean

     411         198         609         20.7   

Asia Pacific

     801         277         1,078         10.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Diageo (total)

     2,708         1,378         4,086         12.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Percentage of total leavers

     66.3         33.7         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(i) Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside.
(ii) Top leadership positions in Diageo, excluding Executive Committee.
(iii) All Diageo employees (non-senior managers), with one or more direct reports.
(iv) All Diageo employees (non-senior managers) who have no direct reports.

Human rights

In our workplaces and the communities in which we operate, we believe a serious commitment to respecting human rights is fundamental. We recognise that we are responsible for the impact of our operations on our employees, on workers in our supply chain, on consumers of our products, and on the communities in which we operate. Our policies and guidelines, including our Human Rights Policy, outline our approach to human rights, and we will continue to demonstrate our commitment through our actions.

 

115


Business review (continued)

 

We are a signatory to the UN Global Compact and the UN Women’s Empowerment Principles and, as part of our 2020 targets, we have committed to acting in accordance with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

We do not tolerate discrimination, harassment, bullying or abuse; we comply with wage and hour laws; we respect our employees’ decision to join or not join a trade union; and we do not tolerate forced or compulsory labour. We will not work with anyone, including any supplier, who does not adopt these values.

We aim to provide opportunities for a wide range of people including those with disabilities, fostering a culture that allows for a variety of lifestyles. Our training and education programme includes retraining, if needed, for people who have become disabled. Where possible, we encourage a flexible approach to working and emphasise the importance of treating individuals justly and in a non-discriminatory manner throughout the employment relationship, including recruitment, compensation, training, promotion, and transfers.

Our robust controls, compliance and ethics programme is described in the Governance and Ethics section on pages 117-119

Sustainable supply chains

PERFORMANCE AGAINST TARGETS

 

Percentage of potential high-risk supplier sites registered with SEDEX that were audited in 2015

19% (vs 17% in 2014)

Percentage of agricultural materials sourced locally across Africa in 2015

70% (vs 66% in 2014)

Our supply chains create value directly to local economies, and provide one of the most important ways in which we support and build capability among the communities in which we work. They are also an important part of our contribution to driving higher standards in sustainability and business ethics, bringing shared value to individuals, businesses and society.

A secure, stable supply chain is also critical to the long-term performance of our business. We have a clear interest in mitigating risk, and in supporting suppliers in strengthening their sustainability in ways that benefit them as well as us.

We source goods and services from a wide variety of businesses around the world, and our procurement systems depend on relationships with suppliers that are local, regional, and global. We expect all our suppliers to follow our Partnering with Suppliers Standard, which sets out our minimum social, ethical and environmental compliance standards, and we invite them to be our partners more widely in providing responsibly-sourced materials and services which have a positive impact on communities and the environment.

Responsible sourcing

Around 28,000 direct suppliers from more than 100 countries provide us with the raw materials, expertise, and other resources which help us make great brands. We aim to help them improve their sustainability performance by optimising due diligence.

We do this principally through SEDEX, a not-for-profit organisation that enables suppliers to share assessments and audits of ethical and responsible practices with multiple customers, and AIM-PROGRESS, a forum of over 40 leading consumer goods companies which promotes responsible sourcing practices and sustainable supply chains. We also have an internal Know Your Business Partner (KYBP) programme, which assesses third parties against the risk of bribery and corruption.

To date, 1,298 of Diageo’s potential high-risk supplier sites have registered with SEDEX, up from 1,193 last year. Of these, 1,170 have completed a SEDEX self-assessment questionnaire. More than 200 of these supplier sites were independently audited during the last three years; either commissioned by Diageo (34), or accessed through SEDEX and AIM-PROGRESS (219).

We have continued to make progress on our work with our supply chain on carbon emissions, in particular through the CDP (formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project) Supply Chain programme, a platform for engaging key suppliers on carbon emissions. Of the 154 suppliers we engaged last year, 92% responded to the CDP questionnaire, giving us further insights as we tackle our new 2020 target of reducing carbon emissions in our supply chain by 30%.

 

116


Business review (continued)

 

Our confidential whistleblowing service, SpeakUp, is open to our suppliers. This year Diageo received reports from two suppliers and vendors through SpeakUp.

Partnerships with farmers

Our brands have always had long-standing and value-sharing relationships with farmers, on whose raw materials we rely. We continue to work with local agricultural communities to support them and the long term supply of our ingredients, and where appropriate we help equip them with the knowledge, tools and specialist support to develop sustainable agriculture. This year we joined the Sustainable Agriculture Initiative (SAI) Platform, the food and beverage industry initiative that supports the development of sustainable agriculture around the world. In Africa, where we see significant potential for developing more sustainable farming practices, we have met our goal of sourcing 70% of agricultural materials locally by 2015 – locally being defined as materials sourced within Africa and used by our African markets. We have increased this target to 80% for 2020.

 

LOGO

 

(i) This year we have excluded grapes from bulk wine purchases to ensure our figures represent only raw materials we buy directly; grapes therefore represent 11% of raw materials by volume this year, compared with 14% in 2014.

 

LOGO

4. GOVERNANCE AND ETHICS

PERFORMANCE AGAINST TARGETS

 

Manager level and above employees completing Annual Certification of Compliance

100% (100% in 2014)

Employees leaving Diageo due to a breach of the Code of Business Conduct or other policies
109 (vs 146 in 2014)

 

117


Business review (continued)

 

People want to trust the company behind the brands that they love. Our reputation can only be sustained if every one of us is doing the right thing, every day, everywhere.

We are committed to conducting our business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which our business activities are subject. To help our employees make the right decisions at work, we have a sound corporate governance structure and a robust risk, controls and compliance programme, with our Code of Business Conduct (our Code) at the heart of our business.

Standards and procedures

This year we refreshed our Code (published in July 2015), which sets the standard for what is expected of everyone working at Diageo, and from which our other policies and standards flow. Each employee at manager level and above completes an Annual Certification of Compliance (ACC) to confirm their understanding of, and adherence to, our Code and any applicable policies, and to identify any areas of possible non-compliance. In 2015, the ACC was completed by all eligible managers – 9,271 of our employees, or approximately 40% of our people.

This year we also launched our breach management global standard, and refreshed our risk management global standard, as part of the continuing evolution of our risk management programme.

Global risk and compliance

The global risk and compliance team provides rigorous oversight of our risk management, internal control, and compliance and ethics programme across Diageo. Our overriding aim is to encourage integrity in every part of the business: we want employees to act with exemplary conduct in all their business interactions and truly embody our value of being proud of what we do.

Due care in delegating authority

As our business expands, it is important to ensure that we embed our standards and procedures in all new business units. We plan ahead and move quickly to ensure our new acquisitions are operating to the same standards as our existing businesses, and we are consistent in our stance on non-compliance issues. We are also committed to establishing good working relationships with our other business partners, including our suppliers, and ensuring that they adhere appropriately to our principles.

USL, which was integrated this year, updated their Code of Business Conduct & Ethics during the year. It sets out USL’s commitment to conducting business in accordance with our purpose and values, and 100% of USL executives were trained on how to apply it in their work. The Code has clearly defined policies on important areas such as responsible marketing, quality and food safety, anti-corruption, gifts and entertainment, and many more that are aligned with our values and our sustainability goals.

Risk management

Our risk management global standard requires all markets and functions to perform risk assessments at least annually to consider risks concerning human rights, bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering, and all other relevant laws and regulations, as well as our own Code, policies and standards, and to ensure that mitigation plans for their most significant risks have been established.

Training and communications

Each market has its own training plan for our Code and key policies, which they deliver through locally organised, risk-based training. To further embed ownership of this agenda with employees, some of our businesses go beyond basic training with annual engagement events such as the Pathway of Pride programme in Africa, Ethics Day in Asia Pacific, and Compliance Day in Great Britain.

When an employee joins Diageo, he or she must complete training about our Code within 30 days. The 4,296 employees who joined us this year were taken through a one-hour induction on compliance and ethics.

Monitoring, auditing, and reporting

We strive to have a culture in which employees feel comfortable raising concerns about potential breaches of our Code or policies. We expect anyone who comes across a breach to report it immediately, either through our confidential whistleblowing helpline SpeakUp, to their manager, or to a member of the global risk and compliance, human resources or legal teams. SpeakUp is also available to suppliers.

 

118


Business review (continued)

 

There were 703 suspected breaches reported this year, of which 324 were subsequently substantiated. Of the suspected breaches, 289 were reported through SpeakUp, compared with 299 in 2014. All identified breaches are taken very seriously and those that require action are investigated.

Our response to proven breaches varies depending on the severity of the matter, and we monitor breaches to identify trends or common areas where further action may be required. This year, 109 people exited the business as a result of breaches of our Code or policies.

 

LOGO

Enforcement and incentives

We aim to improve our culture through training, coaching and incentives. Annual performance appraisals give full consideration to both performance and behaviour, with an individual’s commitment to Diageo’s controls, compliance, and ethics agenda being considered under behaviour. Employees’ overall performance affects their pay increases, and, where relevant, their bonuses.

Controls

We have a strong internal control environment, and we have an annual programme to assess, test, and report on the effectiveness of internal controls across our company. Our controls cover all aspects of risk, ranging from financial to operational to reputational risk, and all markets and functions are required to certify annually whether their internal controls are operating effectively, and quickly remediate any weaknesses identified.

 

119


Business review (continued)

 

DEFINITIONS AND RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP MEASURES TO GAAP MEASURES

Diageo’s strategic planning process is based on the following non-GAAP measures. They are chosen for planning and reporting, and some of them are used for incentive purposes. The group’s management believes these measures provide valuable additional information for users of the financial statements in understanding the group’s performance. These non-GAAP measures should be viewed as complementary to, and not replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures and reported movements therein.

Volume

Volume is a non-GAAP measure that is measured on an equivalent units basis to nine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres, divide by 0.9; wine in nine-litre cases, divide by five; ready to drink in nine-litre cases, divide by ten and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases, divide by five.

Organic movements

In the discussion of the performance of the business, ‘organic’ information is presented using pounds sterling amounts on a constant currency basis, excluding the impact of exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals. Organic measures enable users to focus on the performance of the business which is common to both years and which represents those measures that local managers are most directly able to influence.

Calculation of organic movements

The organic movement percentage is the amount in the row headed ‘Organic movement’ in the tables below, expressed as a percentage of the amount in the row headed ‘2014 adjusted’. Organic operating margin is calculated by dividing operating profit before exceptional items by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.

(a) Exchange rates

‘Exchange’ in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to recalculate the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year’s exchange rates.

Exchange impacts in respect of the external hedging of intergroup sales of products and the intergroup recharging of third party services are allocated to the geographical segment to which they relate. Residual exchange impacts are reported in Corporate.

Exchange impacts in respect of profit on intergroup sales of products and the intergroup recharges are reported in ‘other operating expenses’.

 

120


Business review (continued)

 

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

For acquisitions in the current year, the post acquisition results are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior year, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior year but are included in the organic movement calculation from the anniversary of the acquisition date in the current year. The acquisition row also eliminates the impact of transaction costs that have been charged to operating profit in the current or prior year in respect of acquisitions that, in management’s judgement, are expected to complete.

Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed of, or terminated, in the current or prior year, the group, in the organic movement calculations, excludes the results for that business from the current and prior year. In the calculation of operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those which, in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate but are excluded from the organic movement calculations.

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                    
     North
America
million
    Europe
million
    Africa
million
     Latin America
and

Caribbean
million
    Asia
Pacific
million
    Corporate
million
     Total
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

                

2014 reported (restated)

     49.3        44.6        24.4         23.0        14.8                156.1   

Disposals(ii)

     (0.9     (0.7                                   (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     48.4        43.9        24.4         23.0        14.8                154.5   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     0.3        0.4                0.3        92.7                93.7   

Organic movement

     (1.4     (0.2     1.8         (1.7     (0.5             (2.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2015 reported

     47.3        44.1        26.2         21.6        107.0                246.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     (3            7         (7     (3     n/a         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

121


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                                               
     North
America
£ million
    Europe
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Sales

              

2014 reported (restated)

     3,915        4,935        1,846        1,404        1,801        79        13,980   

Exchange(i)

     115        (307     (123     (152     (39     (3     (509

Disposals(ii)

     (75     (63     (1     (1     (2     (45     (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     3,955        4,565        1,722        1,251        1,760        31        13,284   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     28        45               29        2,358        48        2,508   

Organic movement

     (74     73        146        17        11        1        174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

     3,909        4,683        1,868        1,297        4,129        80        15,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     (2     2        8        1        1        3        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

              

2014 reported (restated)

     3,444        2,814        1,430        1,144        1,347        79        10,258   

Exchange(i)

     97        (186     (100     (123     (22     (3     (337

Disposals(ii)

     (62     (44     (1     (1     (2     (45     (155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     3,479        2,584        1,329        1,020        1,323        31        9,766   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     25        31        1        24        922        48        1,051   

Organic movement

     (49     2        85        (11     (32     1        (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

     3,455        2,617        1,415        1,033        2,213        80        10,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     (1            6        (1     (2     3          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketing

              

2014 reported (restated)

     540        413        152        203        305        7        1,620   

Exchange(i)

     16        (30     (10     (22     (1            (47

Disposals(ii)

     (4     (5                          (3     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     552        378        142        181        304        4        1,561   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     11        4               3        65        3        86   

Organic movement

     (21     6        5        10        (25     7        (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

     542        388        147        194        344        14        1,629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     (4     2        4        6        (8     175        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

              

2014 reported (restated)

     1,460        853        340        328        283        (130     3,134   

Exchange(i)

     27        (67     (52     (60     (13     4        (161

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     (2     (15            (1     18        2        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     1,485        771        288        267        288        (124     2,975   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

            13        1        3        48        4        69   

Organic movement

     (37     20        29        (7     20        (3     22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 reported

     1,448        804        318        263        356        (123     3,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     (2     3        10        (3     7        (2     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

              

2015

     42.2     30.6     22.4     25.8     23.9     n/a        30.7

2014

     42.7     29.8     21.7     26.2     21.8     n/a        30.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

     (47     75        75        (41     209        n/a        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 50 and page 191.
(2) Percentages and margin improvement are calculated on rounded figures.
(3) For the further details of the restatement please see page 124.

 

122


Business review (continued)

 

Notes: Information in respect of the organic movement calculations

(i) The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the euro, the Russian rouble and the US dollar.
(ii) In the year ended 30 June 2015 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

 

                                                                                                             
     Volume
equ.units million
    Sales
£ million
    Net sales
£ million
    Marketing
£ million
    Operating
profit
£ million
 

Year ended 30 June 2014

          

Acquisitions

          

Transaction costs

                                 12   

Integration costs

                                 12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                                 24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

Jose Cuervo

     (0.7     (54     (44            9   

Bushmills

     (0.8     (79     (60     (10     (28

Gleneagles

            (45     (45     (2     (2

Other disposals

     (0.1     (9     (6            (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1.6     (187     (155     (12     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     (1.6     (187     (155     (12     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2015

          

Acquisitions

          

United Spirits Limited

     92.7        2,356        921        65        53   

DeLeón

            5        5        8        (8

Don Julio

     0.3        28        23        3        6   

Transaction costs

                                 (1

Integration costs

                                 (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     93.0        2,389        949        76        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

Bushmills

     0.7        66        50        8        22   

Gleneagles

            48        48        2        4   

Other disposals

            5        4                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0.7        119        102        10        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     93.7        2,508        1,051        86        69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

123


Business review (continued)

 

Revised segmental information for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013

In the year ended 30 June 2015 Diageo changed its internal reporting structure to reflect changes made to management responsibilities. As a result of this change, Diageo reports the following geographical segments both for management reporting purposes and in the external financial statements: North America; Europe; Africa; Latin America and Caribbean; Asia Pacific and Corporate. The reconciliation to previously reported figures for volume, net sales, marketing and operating profit before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 are as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                   
     2014      2013  
     As reported
million
     Reclass
million
    Restated
million
     As reported
million
     Reclass
million
    Restated
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

               

North America

     49.3                49.3         53.6                53.6   

Europe

             44.6        44.6                 45.4        45.4   

Western Europe

     33.0         (33.0             33.6         (33.6       

Africa

             24.4        24.4                 26.1        26.1   

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

     36.0         (36.0             37.9         (37.9       

Latin America and Caribbean

     23.0                23.0         23.3                23.3   

Asia Pacific

     14.8                14.8         15.8                15.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     156.1                156.1         164.2                164.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2014      2013  
     As reported
£ million
     Reclass
£ million
    Restated
£ million
     As reported
£ million
     Reclass
£ million
    Restated
£ million
 

Sales

               

North America

     3,915                3,915         4,262                4,262   

Europe

             4,935        4,935                 5,074        5,074   

Western Europe

     3,644         (3,644             3,669         (3,669       

Africa

             1,846        1,846                 2,014        2,014   

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

     3,137         (3,137             3,419         (3,419       

Latin America and Caribbean

     1,404                1,404         1,741                1,741   

Asia Pacific

     1,801                1,801         2,109                2,109   

Corporate

     79                79         76                76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,980                13,980         15,276                15,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2014      2013  
     As reported
£ million
     Reclass
£ million
    Restated
£ million
     As reported
£ million
     Reclass
£ million
    Restated
£ million
 

Net sales

               

North America

     3,444                3,444         3,723                3,723   

Europe

             2,814        2,814                 2,915        2,915   

Western Europe

     2,169         (2,169             2,203         (2,203       

Africa

             1,430        1,430                 1,564        1,564   

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

     2,075         (2,075             2,276         (2,276       

Latin America and Caribbean

     1,144                1,144         1,453                1,453   

Asia Pacific

     1,347                1,347         1,572                1,572   

Corporate

     79                79         76                76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,258                10,258         11,303                11,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

124


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                                                                   
     2014     2013  
     As reported
£ million
    Reclass
£ million
    Restated
£ million
    As reported
£ million
    Reclass
£ million
    Restated
£ million
 

Marketing

            

North America

     540               540        581               581   

Europe

            413        413               431        431   

Western Europe

     323        (323            328        (328       

Africa

            152        152               162        162   

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

     242        (242            265        (265       

Latin America and Caribbean

     203               203        233               233   

Asia Pacific

     305               305        356               356   

Corporate

     7               7        6               6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,620               1,620        1,769               1,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2014     2013  
     As reported
£ million
    Reclass
£ million
    Restated
£ million
    As reported
£ million
    Reclass
£ million
    Restated
£ million
 

Operating profit before exceptional items

            

North America

     1,460               1,460        1,478               1,478   

Europe

            853        853               903        903   

Western Europe

     639        (639            650        (650       

Africa

            340        340               400        400   

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

     554        (554            653        (653       

Latin America and Caribbean

     328               328        468               468   

Asia Pacific

     283               283        381               381   

Corporate

     (130            (130     (151            (151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,134               3,134        3,479               3,479   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

Earnings per share before exceptional items is calculated by dividing profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company before exceptional items by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

Earnings per share before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 are set out in the table below.

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     2,381        2,248   

Exceptional operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     268        261   

Non-operating items

     (373     (140

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items

     (51     (58

Discontinued operations

            83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,225        2,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares in issue (million)

     2,505        2,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

     88.8        95.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

125


Business review (continued)

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net cash received/paid for loans receivable and other investments and the net cash cost paid for property, plant and equipment and computer software that are included in net cash flow from investing activities.

The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group’s management, are in respect of the acquisition and sale of businesses.

The group’s management regards the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant, machinery and technology is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas acquisitions and sales of businesses are discretionary.

Where appropriate, separate explanations are given for the impacts of acquisitions and sale of businesses, dividends paid and the purchase of own shares, each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.

Free cash flow reconciliations for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 are set out in the below table.

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Net cash from operating activities

     2,551        1,790   

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     52        80   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     (638     (642

Movements in loans and other investments

     (2     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

     1,963        1,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

Return on average total invested capital is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base and is calculated to aid evaluation of the performance of the business.

The profit used in assessing the return on average total invested capital reflects operating profit before exceptional items attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent company plus share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures after applying the tax rate before exceptional items for the year. Average total invested capital is calculated using the average derived from the consolidated balance sheets at the beginning, middle and end of the year. Average capital employed comprises average net assets attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company for the year, excluding post employment benefit net liabilities (net of deferred tax) and average net borrowings. This average capital employed is then aggregated with the average restructuring and integration costs net of tax, and goodwill written off to reserves at 1 July 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, to obtain the average total invested capital.

 

126


Business review (continued)

 

Calculations for the return on average total invested capital for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 are set out in the table below.

 

     2015
£ million
    2014
(restated)(i)
£ million
 

Operating profit

     2,797        2,707   

Exceptional operating items

     269        427   

Profit for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

     (87     (58

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     175        252   

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 18.3% (2014 – 18.2%)

     (577     (606
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,577        2,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average net assets (excluding net post employment liabilities)

     8,910        8,300   

Average non-controlling interests

     (1,240     (924

Average net borrowings

     9,682        8,783   

Average integration and restructuring costs (net of tax)

     1,604        1,498   

Goodwill at 1 July 2004

     1,562        1,562   

Adjustment in respect of acquisition of USL(ii)

     493        114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total invested capital

     21,011        19,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

     12.3     14.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) The group has revised the calculation of ROIC by excluding the net assets and net profit attributable to non-controlling interests. Before this adjustment, in the year ended 30 June 2014 the ROIC was reported as 13.7%.
(ii) For the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became an associate on 4 July 2013 and a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

Tax rate before exceptional items

Tax rate before exceptional items is calculated by dividing the total tax charge on continuing operations before tax charges and credits, classified as or in respect of exceptional items, by profit before taxation adjusted to exclude the impact of exceptional operating and non-operating items, expressed as a percentage. The measure is used by management to assess the rate of tax applied to the group’s continuing operations before tax on exceptional items.

The tax rates from continuing operations before exceptional and after exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 are set out in the table below.

 

     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Tax before exceptional items (a)

     517        546   

Tax in respect of exceptional items

     (51     (99
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations (b)

     466        447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation and exceptional items (c)

     2,829        2,998   

Non-operating items

     373        140   

Exceptional operating items

     (269     (427
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation (d)

     2,933        2,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items (a/c)

     18.3     18.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate from continuing operations after exceptional items (b/d)

     15.9     16.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

127


Business review (continued)

 

Other definitions

Volume share is a brand’s retail volume expressed as a percentage of the retail volume of all brands in its segment.

Value share is a brand’s retail sales expressed as a percentage of the retail sales of all brands in its segment. Unless otherwise stated, share refers to value share.

Depletion is the estimated volume of the first onward sales from our direct customers, measured on an equivalent basis.

Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales exceeds the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants/ markets or as price changes are implemented.

References to emerging markets include Russia, Eastern Europe, Turkey, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, and Asia Pacific (excluding Australia, Korea and Japan).

References to reserve brands include Johnnie Walker Blue Label, Johnnie Walker Green Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label 18 year old, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Platinum Label 18 year old, John Walker & Sons Collection, Johnnie Walker The Gold Route, Johnnie Walker The Royal Route, and other Johnnie Walker super premium brands; The Singleton, Cardhu, Talisker, Lagavulin and other malt brands; Buchanan’s Special Reserve, Buchanan’s Red Seal; Bulleit Bourbon, Bulleit Rye; Tanqueray No. TEN, Tanqueray Malacca; Cîroc, Ketel One vodka; Don Julio, Zacapa, Bundaberg SDlx, Shui Jing Fang, Haig Club whisky and DeLeón Tequila.

References to global giants include the following brand families: Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan, Baileys, Tanqueray and Guinness. Local stars spirits excluding ready to drink include, but are not limited to, Bell’s, Buchanan’s, Bundaberg, Bulleit, Cacique, Crown Royal, Don Julio, JeB, Old Parr, Yenì Raki, Ketel One vodka, scotch malts, White Horse, Windsor and Ypióca.

References to ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as pre-mix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.

References to beer include non-alcoholic products such as Guinness Malta and Orijin, a flavoured mixed drink.

 

128


Business review (continued)

 

Reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures — 2014 compared with 2013

Organic movements

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2014 were as follows:

 

                                                                                                               
    North
America
million
    Europe
million
    Africa
million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
million
    Asia
Pacific
million
    Corporate
million
    Total
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

             

2013 reported (restated)

    53.6        45.4        26.1        23.3        15.8               164.2   

Disposals(ii)

    (4.3     (0.5     (0.1     (0.2     (0.2            (5.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

    49.3        44.9        26.0        23.1        15.6               158.9   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

    0.7        0.1               0.1                      0.9   

Organic movement

    (0.7     (0.4     (1.6     (0.2     (0.8            (3.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 reported

    49.3        44.6        24.4        23.0        14.8               156.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    (1     (1     (6     (1     (5     n/a        (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    North
America
£ million
    Europe
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Sales

             

2013 reported (restated)

    4,262        5,074        2,014        1,741        2,109        76        15,276   

Exchange(i)

    (176     (178     (172     (389     (167            (1,082

Disposals(ii)

    (336     (68     (4     (11     (11            (430
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

    3,750        4,828        1,838        1,341        1,931        76        13,764   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

    52        9               1                      62   

Organic movement

    113        98        8        62        (130     3        154   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 reported

    3,915        4,935        1,846        1,404        1,801        79        13,980   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    3        2               5        (7     4        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

             

2013 reported (restated)

    3,723        2,915        1,564        1,453        1,572        76        11,303   

Exchange(i)

    (156     (77     (124     (328     (112            (797

Disposals(ii)

    (272     (48     (3     (9     (7            (339
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

    3,295        2,790        1,437        1,116        1,453        76        10,167   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

    41        7               1                      49   

Organic movement

    108        17        (7     27        (106     3        42   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 reported

    3,444        2,814        1,430        1,144        1,347        79        10,258   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    3        1               2        (7     4          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

129


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                                               
     North
America
£ million
    Europe
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Marketing

              

2013 reported (restated)

     581        431        162        233        356        6        1,769   

Exchange(i)

     (27     (10     (14     (30     (27            (108

Disposals(ii)

     (27     (5            (2                   (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

     527        416        148        201        329        6        1,627   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     3                                           3   

Organic movement

     10        (3     4        2        (24     1        (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 reported

     540        413        152        203        305        7        1,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     2        (1     3        1        (7     17        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

              

2013 reported (restated)

     1,478        903        400        468        381        (151     3,479   

Exchange(i)

     (54     (49     (51     (151     (35     4        (336

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     (59     (6     (1     2        (1            (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

     1,365        848        348        319        345        (147     3,078   

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

     (12     (3                   (18     (2     (35

Organic movement

     107        8        (8     9        (44     19        91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 reported

     1,460        853        340        328        283        (130     3,134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     8        1        (2     3        (13     13        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

              

2014

     43.26     30.50     23.78     28.70     22.35     n/a        31.04

2013

     41.43     30.39     24.22     28.58     23.74     n/a        30.27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

     183        11        (44     11        (140     n/a        77   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 79 and page 191.
(2) Percentages and margin improvement are calculated on rounded figures.

Notes: Information relating to the organic movement calculations

(i) The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the US dollar, the Turkish lira and the South African rand.
(ii) In the year ended 30 June 2014 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

 

130


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                                             
     Volume equ.
units million
    Sales
£ million
    Net sales
£ million
    Marketing
£ million
    Operating
profit
£ million
 

Year ended 30 June 2013

          

Acquisitions

                                 4   

Transaction costs

                                 4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Integration costs

                                 8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

Jose Cuervo

     (4.7     (379     (295     (29     (72

Nuvo

     (0.2     (14     (13     (5     3   

Other disposals

     (0.4     (37     (31            (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (5.3     (430     (339     (34     (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     (5.3     (430     (339     (34     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2014

          

Acquisitions

          

DeLeón

                          3        (3

Transaction costs

                                 (13

Integration costs

                                 (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                          3        (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

Jose Cuervo

     0.7        53        42               (9

Other disposals

     0.2        9        7               2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0.9        62        49               (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     0.9        62        49        3        (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

Earnings per share before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 were as follows:

 

                                                       
     2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     2,248        2,452   

Exceptional operating items

     261        99   

Non-operating items

     (140     83   

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items

     (58     (55

Discontinued operations

     83          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,394        2,579   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares in issue (million)

     2,506        2,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

     95.5        103.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

131


Business review (continued)

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow reconciliation for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 were as follows:

 

                                                       
     2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Net cash from operating activities

     1,790        2,033   

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     80        39   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     (642     (636

Movements in loans and other investments

     7        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

     1,235        1,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

Calculations for the return on average total invested capital for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 were as follows:

 

                                                 
     2014
(restated) (i)
£ million
    2013
(restated) (i)
£ million
 

Operating profit

     2,707        3,380   

Exceptional operating items

     427        99   

Profit for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

     (58     (98

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     252        217   

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 18.2% (2013 — 17.4%)

     (606     (626
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,722        2,972   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average net assets (excluding post employment liabilities)

     8,300        8,183   

Average non-controlling interests

     (924     (1,120

Average net borrowings

     8,783        7,956   

Average integration and restructuring costs (net of tax)

     1,498        1,413   

Goodwill at 1 July 2004

     1,562        1,562   

Adjusted in respect of acquisition of USL (ii)

     114          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total invested capital

     19,333        17,994   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

     14.1     16.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) The group has revised the calculation of ROIC by excluding the net assets and net profit attributable to non-controlling interests. Before this adjustment, in the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 the ROIC was reported as 13.7%, and 16%, respectively.
(ii) For the year ended 30 June 2014 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became an associate on 4 July 2013.

Tax rate before exceptional items

The tax rates from continuing operations before and after exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 were calculated as follows:

 

                                           
     2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Tax before exceptional items

     546        562   

Tax in respect of exceptional items

     (99     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

     447        507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation and exceptional items

     2,998        3,239   

Exceptional non-operating items

     140        (83

Exceptional operating items

     (427     (99
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,711        3,057   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

     18.2     17.4

Tax rate from continuing operation after exceptional items

     16.5     16.6

 

132


Business review (continued)

 

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2013

Organic movement calculations for net sales, operating profit before exceptional items and operating margin for the group for the year ended 30 June 2013 were as follows:

 

                     
     £ million  

Net sales

  

2012 reported

     10,639   

Exchange

     (60

Disposals

     (355
  

 

 

 

2012 adjusted

     10,224   

Acquisitions and disposals

     569   

Organic movement

     510   
  

 

 

 

2013 reported

     11,303   
  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     5   
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

  

2012 reported

     3,148   

Exchange

     (4

Acquisitions and disposals

     (18
  

 

 

 

2012 adjusted

     3,126   

Acquisitions and disposals

     113   

Organic movement

     240   
  

 

 

 

2013 reported

     3,479   
  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     8   
  

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

  

2013

     31.36

2012

     30.58
  

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

     78   
  

 

 

 

 

133


Governance

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMPANY SECRETARY

DR FRANZ B HUMER (69)

Chairman, Non-Executive Director (3)*

Nationality: Swiss/Austrian

Appointed Chairman July 2008 (Appointed Non-Executive Director April 2005)

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, CitiGroup Inc. and Chugai Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd

Previous relevant experience: Chairman, INSEAD Board of Directors; Chairman, F. Hoffman-La Roche Ltd; Chief Operating Director, Glaxo Holdings plc

IVAN MENEZES (56)

Chief Executive, Executive Director (2)*

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Executive July 2013 (Appointed Executive Director July 2012)

Current external appointments: Member of the Council, Scotch Whisky Association; Non-Executive Director, Coach Inc; Member of the Global Advisory Board, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University

Previous Diageo roles: Chief Operating Officer; President, North America; Chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific; Chairman, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean; senior management positions, Guinness and then Diageo

Previous relevant experience: marketing and strategy roles, Nestlé, Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. and Whirlpool

DEIRDRE MAHLAN (53)

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Director (2)

Nationality: American

Appointed Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director October 2010. She will become the next President, Diageo North America

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Experian plc; Member, Main Committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors

Previous Diageo roles: Deputy Chief Financial Officer; Head of Tax and Treasury

Previous relevant experience: senior finance positions, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, Inc.; Senior manager, PricewaterhouseCoopers

LORD DAVIES OF ABERSOCH (62)

Senior Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)*

Nationality: British

Appointed Senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee October 2011 (Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2010)

Current external appointments: Partner and Chairman, Corsair Capital LLC; Chairman, Jack Wills, Chime Communications PLC; Chair of Trustees, Royal Academy of Arts; Vice Chairman, LetterOne Holdings S.A

Previous relevant experience: Minister for Trade, Investment and Small Business for the UK Government; Group Chief Executive, Standard Chartered PLC

PEGGY B BRUZELIUS (65)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: Swedish

Appointed Non-Executive Director April 2009

Current external appointments: Chairman, Lancelot Asset Management; Non-Executive Director, Akzo Nobel NV, Axfood AB, Lundin Petroleum AB and Skandia Liv AB

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Husgvarna AB, Syngenta AG, Scania AB; Managing Director, ABB Financial Services AB; Vice Chairman, Electrolux AB; Executive Vice President, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB

 

134


Governance (continued)

 

LAURENCE M DANON (59)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: French

Appointed Non-Executive Director January 2006. She will retire from the Diageo Board at the 2015 AGM

Current external appointments: Senior Advisor, Natixis Partners; Non-Executive Director, TF1

Previous relevant experience: Chairman, Leonardo & Co. SAS; Non-Executive Director, Experian Group Limited, Groupe BPCE, Lafuma SA, Plastic Omnium SA and Rhodia SA; served with the French Ministry for Industry and Energy; senior managements posts, Total Fina Elf; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, France Printemps; Chairman, Executive Board of Edmond de Rothschild Corporate Finance

HO KWONPING (62)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: Singaporean

Appointed Non-Executive Director October 2012

Current external appointments: Executive Chairman and Founder, Banyan Tree Holdings Limited; Chairman, Laguna Resorts & Hotels Public Company Limited, Thai Wah Food Products Public Company Limited and Singapore Management University; Member, International Council and East Asia Council of INSEAD and Global Advisory Board of Moelis & Company; Governor, London Business School; Chairman of School Advisory Committee, School of Hotel and Tourism Management of the Hong Kong Polytechnic University

Previous relevant experience: Chairman, MediaCorp Pte. Ltd, Non-Executive Director, Singapore Airlines Limited, Standard Chartered PLC and Singapore Power Limited

BETSY D HOLDEN (59)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: American

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2009

Current external appointments: Senior Advisor, McKinsey & Company; Non-Executive Director, Time Inc and Western Union Company; Member of the Board of Trustees, Duke University; Member of the Executive Committee, Kellogg School of Management Global Advisory Board

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Catamaran Corporation, Tribune Company and MediaBank LLC; President, Global Marketing and Category Development and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Kraft Foods, Inc; Member of the North American Advisory Board, Schneider Electric

NICOLA S MENDELSOHN (43)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2014

Current external appointments: Vice president, Facebook EMEA; Director, Women’s Prize for Fiction; Co-Chair, Creative Industries Council

Previous relevant experience: Executive Chairman, Karmarama; Deputy Chairman, Grey London; Board Director, BBH and Fragrance Foundation; President, Institute of Practitioners in Advertising; Board Member, CEW; Trustee, White Ribbon Alliance; Chair of the Corporate Board, Women’s Aid

PHILIP G SCOTT (61)

Non-Executive Director (1)*,(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee October 2007

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc; President, Institute and Faculty of Actuaries; Chief Financial Officer, Aviva plc

 

135


Governance (continued)

 

ALAN JH STEWART (55)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2014

Current external appointments: Chief Financial Officer, Tesco plc

Previous relevant experience: Chief Financial Officer, Marks & Spencer and AWAS; Non-Executive Director, Games Workshop plc; Group Finance Director, WH Smith plc; Chief Executive, Thomas Cook UK

PAUL D TUNNACLIFFE (53)

Company Secretary

Nationality: British

Appointed Company Secretary January 2008

Previous relevant experience: Company Secretary, Hanson PLC

Emma Walmsley has been appointed as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 1 January 2016. She will seek election at the 2016 AGM.

 

Key to committees

(1) Audit

(2) Executive (comprising senior management)

(3) Nomination

(4) Remuneration

* Chairman of committee

 

136


Governance (continued)

 

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

NICK BLAZQUEZ (54)

President, Diageo Africa and Asia Pacific

Nationality: British

Appointed President, Diageo Africa & Asia Pacific September 2014

Previous Diageo roles: President, Diageo Africa, Eurasia and Pacific; President, Africa, Turkey, Russia, Central & Eastern Europe, Global Sales; President, Africa; Managing Director, Diageo Africa and Diageo Asia Key Markets

Previous relevant experience: managerial positions, United Distillers

DAVID CUTTER (47)

President, Global Supply and Procurement

Nationality: Australian

Appointed President, Global Supply and Procurement July 2014

Previous Diageo roles: Supply Director, International Supply Centre; President, Supply Americas; Supply Director, Asia Pacific

Previous relevant experience: leadership roles, Frito-Lay and SC Johnson

Current external appointments: Member of the Council, Scotch Whisky Association

SAM FISCHER (47)

President, Diageo Greater China and Asia

Nationality: Australian

Appointed President, Diageo Greater China and Asia September 2014

Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, Diageo Greater China; Managing Director of South East Asia, Diageo Asia Pacific; General Manager, Diageo IndoChina and Vietnam

Previous relevant experience: Senior management roles across Central Europe and Indochina, Colgate Palmolive

ALBERTO GAVAZZI (49)

President, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean

Nationality: Brazilian/Italian

Appointed President, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, West Latin America and Caribbean; Global Category Director Whiskey, Gins and Reserve Brands; General Manager Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay; Vice President Consumer Marketing, Chicago; Marketing Director, Brazil

Previous relevant experience: Colgate-Palmolive; Unilever PLC

JOHN KENNEDY (50)

President, Diageo Europe, Russia and Turkey

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Diageo Europe, Russia and Turkey July 2015

Previous Diageo roles: President, Europe; President, Western Europe; Chief Operating Officer, Western Europe; Marketing Director, Australia; General Manager for Innovation, North America; President and Chief Executive Officer, Diageo Canada; Managing Director, Diageo Ireland

Previous relevant experience: brand management roles, GlaxoSmithKline and Quaker Oats

ANAND KRIPALU (56)

CEO, United Spirits Limited

Nationality: Indian

Appointed CEO, United Spirits Limited September 2014

Previous Diageo roles: CEO-designate, United Spirits Limited

Previous relevant experience: various management roles, Mondelēz International, Cadbury and Unilever

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Marico

 

137


Governance (continued)

 

CHARLOTTE LAMBKIN (43)

Corporate Relations Director

Nationality: British

Appointed Corporate Relations Director January 2014

Previous relevant experience: Group Communications Director, BAE Systems; Director, Bell Pottinger Corporate & Financial

ANNA MANZ (42)

Group Strategy Director

Nationality: British

Appointed Group Strategy Director July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Regional Finance Director, Diageo Asia Pacific; Group Treasurer; Finance Director, Global Marketing, Sales and Innovation; Finance Director Ireland; Vice President Finance, Diageo North America

Previous relevant experience: Unilever PLC and ICI PLC

SIOBHAN MORIARTY (53)

General Counsel

Nationality: Irish

Appointed General Counsel July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: General Counsel Designate; Corporate M&A Counsel; Regional Counsel Ireland; General Counsel Europe

Previous relevant experience: various positions in law firm private practice, Dublin and London

JOHN O’KEEFFE (43)

President, Diageo Africa

Nationality: Irish

Appointed President, Diageo Africa July 2015

Previous Diageo roles: CEO and Managing Director, Guinness Nigeria; Global Head of Innovation and Beer and Baileys; various management and marketing positions, Diageo

SYL SALLER (58)

Chief Marketing Officer

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Marketing Officer July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Global Innovation Director; Marketing Director, Diageo Great Britain

Previous relevant experience: brand management and marketing roles, Allied Domecq PLC, Gillette Company and Holson Burnes Group, Inc; Non-Executive Director, Dominos Pizza Group plc

LARRY SCHWARTZ (62)

President, Diageo North America

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Diageo North America March 2012. He will retire from Diageo at the end of the calendar year

Previous Diageo roles: President, Diageo USA; President, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons

Previous relevant experience: senior management positions, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons

LEANNE WOOD (42)

Human Resources Director

Nationality: British

Appointed Human Resources Director July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Global Talent and Organisational Effectiveness Director; Human Resources Director, Africa; Human Resources Director, Ireland; Human Resources Director, Asia Venture Markets

Previous relevant experience: strategy and finance positions, Allied Domecq PLC and LEK Consulting

Andy Fennell, formerly President Diageo Africa, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 30 June 2015. Gilbert Ghostine, formerly President Diageo India and Greater China and Chief Development Officer, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 30 September 2014.

 

138


Governance (continued)

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Letter from the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Company Secretary

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, we are pleased to present the corporate governance report for the year ended 30 June 2015.

The purpose of this report is to explain how Diageo is directed and controlled by your Board and to summarise the corporate governance activity that has taken place during the year.

In addition to its overall responsibility for corporate governance, the Board’s duties include setting the company’s strategy and values and overseeing and supporting management in their day to day running of the business. We continue to believe that your Board demonstrates the appropriate behaviours and has the diversity, skills, independence and knowledge of the business to enable it to successfully discharge its duties.

The principal corporate governance rules applying to Diageo (as a UK company listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE)) for the year ended 30 June 2015 are contained in The UK Corporate Governance Code as updated and published by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in September 2012 (the Code) and the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules, which require us to describe, in our Annual Report, our corporate governance from two points of view: the first dealing generally with our application of the Code’s main principles and the second dealing specifically with non-compliance with any of the Code’s provisions. The two descriptions together are designed to give shareholders a picture of governance arrangements in relation to the Code as a criterion of good practice.

Throughout the year, Diageo has complied with all relevant provisions set out in the Code, which is publicly available under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’ at the website of the FRC, www.frc.org.uk.

Diageo must also comply with corporate governance rules contained in the FCA Disclosure and Transparency Rules as well as certain related provisions in the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).

As well as being subject to UK legislation and practice, as a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), Diageo is subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), as it applies to foreign private issuers, is continually monitored. As Diageo follows UK corporate governance practice, differences from the NYSE corporate governance standards are summarised in Diageo’s 20-F filing and on our website at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Dr Franz B Humer

Chairman

Paul D Tunnacliffe

Company Secretary

 

139


Governance (continued)

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Membership of the Board and Board Committees

The Chairman, Senior Non-Executive Director and other members of the Board, Audit Committee, Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee are as set out in this Annual Report in the biographies of Directors and members of the Executive Committee.

There is a clear separation of the roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive. The Chairman, Dr Franz B Humer, is responsible for the running of the Board and for ensuring all Directors are fully informed of matters, sufficient to make informed judgements. As Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes has responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the company and the group. He is supported in this role by the Executive Committee.

The Non-Executive Directors, all of whom the Board has determined are independent, are experienced and influential individuals from a range of industries, backgrounds and countries. No individual or group dominates the Board’s decision-making processes.

A summary of the terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors is available at
www.diageo.com/en-row/ ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Activities and duties of the Board

The Board manages overall control of the company’s affairs with reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board for decision. The schedule was last reviewed in July 2015 and is available at
www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

The Board has agreed an approach and adopted guidelines for dealing with conflicts of interest and responsibility for authorising conflicts of interest is included in the schedule of matters reserved for the Board. The Board confirmed that it was aware of no situations that may or did give rise to conflicts with the interests of the company other than those that may arise from Directors’ other appointments as disclosed in their biographies.

In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for Directors to seek both independent advice and the advice and services of the Company Secretary who is responsible for advising the Board, through the Chairman, on all governance matters. The Non-Executive Directors meet without the Chairman present, and also meet with the Chairman without management present, on a regular basis.

The terms of reference of Board Committees are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Induction, training and business engagement

There is a formal induction programme for new Directors, which was followed during the year for Nicola Mendelsohn and Alan Stewart. This included meeting with Executive Committee members and other senior executives individually and visiting the Supply operations in Scotland and the customer collaboration centre in the UK.

Following the initial induction for Non-Executive Directors, a continuing understanding of the business is developed through appropriate business engagements. Visits to customers, engagements with employees, and brand events were arranged during the year.

In addition, Executive Committee members and other senior executives are invited, as appropriate, to Board and strategy meetings to make presentations on their areas of responsibility.

All Directors are also provided with the opportunity, and encouraged, to attend regular training to ensure they are kept up to date on relevant legal developments or changes and best practice and changing commercial and other risks.

 

140


Governance (continued)

 

Performance evaluation

As reported last year, an externally facilitated evaluation of the Board’s effectiveness, including the effectiveness of the Audit, the Remuneration and the Nomination Committees, continued into the subsequent financial year. The external facilitator, Wickland Westcott, has no other connection with the company.

A report was prepared and presented, with the conclusion that the Board and its Committees continued to operate effectively, meeting the requirements and spirit of the Code. The climate within the Board, its capability and the diversity of Board members, were seen as significant factors which contributed to the Board’s effectiveness during the year.

There were, nevertheless, areas identified as being of a particular focus: the relationship between the Board and the new executive team, with an aim for the Board to continue to support and mentor the team; ensuring sufficient time was allocated to undertake scenario planning, to generate insight and advantage; the understanding of and the deepening of the Board’s relationships with the Company’s shareholders; and on emerging market volatility, particularly the markets where there is the potential of significant external volatility or risks.

Without being complacent, the Board was considered to be in good shape to deal with these and support management in its aspirations to deliver the Performance Ambition.

A similar, internal, exercise building on this evaluation and covering the evaluation of the Board and its Committees started during the year and has continued into the subsequent financial year. A report will be prepared for the Board for consideration at its next meeting. The results of the evaluation will be reported in next year’s report.

The Chairman has confirmed that the Non-Executive Directors standing for re-election at this year’s AGM continue to perform effectively, both individually and collectively as a Board, and that each demonstrate commitment to their roles. The senior Non-Executive Director led a performance evaluation of the Chairman. Feedback was discussed in a meeting with the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and then privately with the Chairman.

It is the Board’s intention to continue to review annually its performance and that of its committees and individual directors.

Nomination Committee

Role of the Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee is responsible for keeping under review the composition of the Board and succession to it, and succession planning for senior leadership positions. It makes recommendations to the Board concerning appointments to the Board.

Any new Directors are appointed by the Board and, in accordance with the company’s articles of association, they must be elected at the next AGM to continue in office. All existing Directors retire by rotation every year.

Activities of the Nomination Committee

The principal activities of the Nomination Committee during the year were: the consideration of potential new Non-Executive Directors, in light of the review of the structure and composition of the Board; the review of individual Director performance; a review of the Executive Committee membership and succession planning for it and for senior leadership positions, in addition to a review of diversity within the group.

In respect of the appointment of Emma Walmsley the recruitment process included the development of a candidate profile and the engagement of a professional search agency (which has no other connection with the Company) specialising in the recruitment of high calibre Non-Executive Directors. Reports on potential appointees were provided to the committee, which, after careful consideration, made a recommendation to the Board.

Diversity

Diageo supports diversity within its Board of Directors, including gender diversity. Further information is given in the section of this Annual Report on sustainability & responsibility, our people.

 

141


Governance (continued)

 

Remuneration Committee

Role of the Remuneration Committee

The role of the Remuneration Committee and details of how the company applies the principles of the Code in respect of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the directors’ remuneration report.

The Chairman and the Chief Executive may, by invitation, attend Remuneration Committee meetings, except when their own remuneration is discussed. No Director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTION AND CONTROL

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee, appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive, supports him in discharging his responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the company and the group.

It consists of the individuals responsible for the key components of the business: North America, Europe, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, Asia Pacific, International Supply Centre and the global functions.

The Executive Committee focuses its time and agenda to align with the Performance Ambition and how to achieve the performance imperatives. Performance metrics have been developed to measure progress and a further designated focus is on the company’s reputation. In support, monthly performance delivery calls, involving the senior leadership group, focus on progress against the six performance drivers.

To support the market visits made by the presidents in the ordinary course of their business, a small group led by the Chief Executive makes regular market visits focused on the execution of strategy and designed to assist in continuing the development of strategy and in the delivery of performance against the Performance Ambition.

Committees appointed by the Chief Executive and intended to have an ongoing remit, including the Audit & Risk Committee, Finance Committee and Filings Assurance Committee are shown (with their remits) at
www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Filings Assurance Committee

The Filings Assurance Committee of the company, which is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and includes the Chief Executive, is responsible for implementing and monitoring the processes which are designed to ensure that the company complies with relevant UK, US and other regulatory reporting and filing provisions, including those imposed by the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or derived from it. As at the end of the period covered by the Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2015, the Filings Assurance Committee of the company, with the participation of the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined as those controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports of the company is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of the date of the evaluation, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the management of the company, including the company’s Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

 

142


Governance (continued)

 

Additional information

Internal control and risk management

An ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and up to the date the financial statements were approved and accords with the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council in October 2005, ‘Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code’, also known as the Turnbull guidance (as amended by the Flint review).

The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company’s systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing their effectiveness. The Board confirms that, through the activities of the Audit Committee described below, it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk management.

During the year, in line with the Code, the Board considered the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and reviewed the existing internal statement of risk appetite (which was considered and recommended to the Board by both the Audit & Risk Committee and the Audit Committee).

The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and the group’s process for preparation of consolidated accounts. Further, a review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein.

Compliance and ethics programme

Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities are subject. We hold ourselves to the principles in our Code of Business Conduct, which is embedded through a comprehensive training and education programme for all employees. Our Code of Business Conduct, which was reviewed and updated during the year in preparation for launch in the next financial year, and other Diageo global policies are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

In accordance with the requirements of SOX (and related SEC rules), Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering its Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer, presidents and other identifiable persons in the group, including those performing senior accounting and controller functions. No amendments to, or waivers in respect of, the code of ethics were made during the year. The full text of the code of ethics is available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Both the Audit & Risk Committee and the Audit Committee regularly review the strategy and operation of the compliance and ethics programme through the year.

Further information is given in the section of this Annual Report on sustainability & responsibility, governance & ethics.

Relations with shareholders

The Board’s primary contact with institutional shareholders is through the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer are supported by the investor relations department, who are in regular contact with institutional shareholders and sell-side analysts. A monthly investor relations report, including coverage of the company by sell-side analysts, is circulated to the Board.

The Board also ensures that all Directors develop an understanding of the views of major institutional shareholders through an independent survey of shareholder opinion. In addition, major shareholders are invited to raise any company matters of interest to them at meetings with the chairman and the chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Reports on any meetings are made to the Board.

Private shareholders are invited to write to the chairman or any other Director and express their views on any issues of concern at any time and the AGM provides an opportunity for private shareholders to put their questions in person.

 

143


Governance (continued)

 

Political donations

The group has not given any money for political purposes in the United Kingdom and made no donations to EU political organisations and incurred no EU political expenditure during the year. The group made contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.5 million during the year (2014 – £0.4 million).

These contributions were made, almost exclusively, to federal and state candidates and committees in North America (consistent with applicable laws), where it is common practice to make political contributions. No particular political persuasion was supported and contributions were made with the aim of promoting a better understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as well as a generally improved business environment.

Going concern

The Directors confirm that, after making appropriate enquiries, they have reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. Further information on going concern is given in this Annual Report under note 1 Accounting information and policies – going concern.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over the group’s financial reporting.

Diageo’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the EU and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of any unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) based on the framework in ‘Internal Control – Integrated Framework’, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as at 30 June 2015, internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the group’s consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of the group’s internal control over financial reporting, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which is included on page 247 of this document.

Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

 

144


Governance (continued)

 

Responsibility statement

Each of the Directors, whose names are set out in the Board of Directors and Executive Committee section of this Annual Report, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

 

the Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2015, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s performance, business model and strategy;

 

the consolidated financial statements contained in the Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2015, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted for use in the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the group; and

 

the management report represented by the Directors’ report contained in the Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2015 includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the group faces.

The responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors on 29 July 2015.

New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules

Under applicable SEC rules and the NYSE’s corporate governance rules for listed companies, Diageo must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under NYSE listing standards.

Diageo believes the following to be the significant areas in which there are differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies. This information is also provided on the company’s website at www.diageo.com.

 

    Basis of regulation: UK listed companies are required to include in their annual report a narrative statement of (i) how they have applied the principles of the Code and (ii) whether or not they have complied with the best practice provisions of the Code. NYSE listed companies must adopt and disclose their corporate governance guidelines. Diageo complied throughout the year with the best practice provisions of the Code.

 

    Director independence: the Code requires at least half the Board (excluding the Chairman) to be independent Non-Executive Directors, as determined by affirmatively concluding that a Director is independent in character and judgement and determining whether there are relationships and cicumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the Director’s judgement. The Code requires the Board to state its reasons if it determines that a director is independent notwithstanding the existence of relationships or circumstances which may appear relevant to its determination. NYSE rules require a majority of independent directors, according to the NYSE’s own ‘brightline’ tests and an affirmative determination by the Board that the Director has no material relationship with the listed company. Diageo’s Board has determined that, in its judgement and without taking into account the NYSE brightline tests, all of the Non-Executive Directors (excluding the Chairman) are independent. As such, currently eight of Diageo’s eleven directors are independent.

 

    Chairman and Chief Executive: the Code requires these roles to be separate. There is no corresponding requirement for US companies. Diageo has a separate chairman and chief executive.

 

    Non-Executive Director meetings: NYSE rules require Non-Management Directors to meet regularly without management and independent directors to meet separately at least once a year. The Code requires Non-Executive Directors to meet without the Chairman present at least annually to appraise the Chairman’s performance. During the year, Diageo’s Chairman and Non-Executive Directors met six times as a group without Executive Directors being present, and the independent Directors met once without the Chairman.

 

145


Governance (continued)

 

    Board committees: Diageo has a number of Board committees that are similar in purpose and constitution to those required by NYSE rules. Diageo’s Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees consist entirely of independent Non-Executive Directors (save that the chairman of the Nomination Committee, Dr Humer, is not independent). Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee, which develops and recommends a set of corporate governance principles and is composed entirely of independent directors. The terms of reference for Diageo’s Nomination Committee, which comply with the Code, do not contain such a requirement. In accordance with the requirements of the Code, Diageo discloses in its Annual Report the results and means of evaluation of the Board, its Committees and the Directors, and it provides extensive information regarding the Directors’ compensation in the Directors’ remuneration report.

 

    Code of ethics: NYSE rules require a Code of Business Conduct and ethics to be adopted for directors, officers and employees and disclosure of any waivers for executive directors or officers. Diageo has adopted a code of business conduct for all directors, officers and employees, as well as a code of ethics for Senior Officers in accordance with the requirements of SOX. Currently, no waivers have been granted to directors or executive officers.

 

    Compliance certification: NYSE rules require chief executives to certify to the NYSE their awareness of any NYSE corporate governance violations. Diageo is exempt from this as a foreign private issuer but is required to notify the NYSE if any executive officer becomes aware of any non-compliance with NYSE corporate governance standards. No such notification was necessary during the period covered by this report.

Directors’ attendance record at the AGM, scheduled Board meetings and Board committee meetings, for the year ended 30 June 2015 was as set out in the table below. For Board and Board committee meetings, attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number that each Director was eligible to attend.

 

                                                                                                             
     Annual
General Meeting
2014
     Board
(maximum 6)(iii)
     Audit
Committee
(maximum 4)
    Nomination
Committee
(maximum 3)
    Remuneration
Committee
(maximum 6)

Dr Franz B Humer

     ü         6/6         4/4 (i)      3/3         6/6(i)

Ivan Menezes

     ü         6/6         2/2 (ii)      3/3 (i)        6/6(ii)

Deirdre Mahlan

     ü         6/6         4/4 (i)      n/a          1/1(ii)

Lord Davies

     ü         6/6         4/4        3/3      6/6

Peggy Bruzelius

     ü         5/6         3/4        3/3      5/6

Laurence Danon

     ü         6/6         4/4        3/3      6/6

Betsy Holden

     ü         6/6         4/4        3/3      6/6

Ho KwonPing

     ü         6/6         4/4        3/3      5/6

Nicola Mendelsohn

     ×         4/5         3/3        1/2      4/5

Philip Scott

     ü         6/6         4/4        3/3      6/6

Alan Stewart

     ü         4/5         2/3        2/2      4/5

 

(i) Attended by invitation.
(ii) Attended by invitation, for part only.
(iii) Two non-scheduled Board calls were held during the year, in relation to financial matters.

Where Non-Executive Directors were unable to attend a meeting they gave their views to the Chairman of the respective meetings ahead of the meetings being held. Nicola Mendelsohn was unable to attend the 2014 AGM as a result of another engagement which was arranged prior to her appointment.

Sub-Committee meetings of the Audit Committee were also held involving P G Scott, P B Bruzelius and A JH Stewart.

 

146


Governance (continued)

 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

Letter from the Chairman of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present its report for the year ended 30 June 2015.

The purpose of this report is to describe how the Committee has carried out its responsibilities during the year.

In overview, the role of the Audit Committee is to monitor and review: the integrity of the company’s financial statements; internal control and risk management; audit and risk programmes; business conduct and ethics; ‘whistleblowing’; and the appointment of the external auditor.

A key project undertaken by the Committee during the year was the tender for the external audit, as flagged in my report last year. The tender has been completed and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) were selected. The appointment of PwC will take effect for Diageo’s financial year ending 30 June 2016, subject to approval at the company’s September 2015 AGM. KPMG has been the group’s auditor since 1997 and, on behalf of the Audit Committee, I take this opportunity to thank KPMG for their unstinting professionalism and for the insight that they have brought and the value that they have added to the business during their tenure.

The Committee took note of the publication in September 2014 of an updated version of the UK Corporate Governance Code (Code) and the requirement for a ‘viability statement’ contained therein. As stipulated, we propose to apply the requirements of the updated Code for Diageo’s year ending 30 June 2016 and we have begun the thought process and preparation to enable us to do so. Again in September 2014, the Financial Reporting Council published its ‘Guidance on Risk management, Internal Control and related Financial and Business Reporting’ (replacing the current ‘Turnbull’ and other guidance). This is also applicable to Diageo’s financial year ending in 2016 and the Committee will oversee the necessary compliance.

In discharging its duties, the Audit Committee seeks to balance independent oversight of the matters within its remit with providing support and guidance to management. I remain confident that the Committee, supported by members of senior management and the external auditors, has carried out its duties in the year under review, effectively and to a high standard.

Philip G Scott

Chairman of the Audit Committee

 

147


Governance (continued)

 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

Role of the Audit Committee

The responsibilities of the Audit Committee include:

 

    monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, including a review of the significant financial reporting judgements contained in them;
    reviewing the effectiveness of the group’s internal control and risk management and of control over financial reporting;
    monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the global audit and risk function, including reviewing the programme of work undertaken by that function;
    reviewing the group’s policies and practices concerning business conduct and ethics, including whistleblowing;
    overseeing the group’s overall approach to securing compliance with laws, regulations and company policies in areas of risk; and
    monitoring and reviewing the company’s relationship with the external auditor, including its independence and management’s response to any major external audit recommendations.

The formal role of the Audit Committee is set out in its terms of reference, which are available at
www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance. Key elements of the role of the committee and work carried out during the year are set out as follows.

Financial statements

During the year, the Audit Committee met four times (and a sub-committee met twice) and reviewed the annual reports and associated preliminary year end results announcement, focusing on key areas of judgement and complexity, critical accounting policies, provisioning and any changes required in these areas or policies. In addition, the Audit Committee reviewed the interim results announcement, which included the interim financial statements and the company’s interim management results and dealt with the tender for the external audit.

The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and the group’s process for preparation of consolidated accounts. A review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management (through the work of its filings assurance committee (FAC)) to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein. The Audit Committee reviewed the work of the FAC and a report on the conclusions of the FAC process was provided to the Audit Committee by the Chief Financial Officer.

Significant issues and judgements that were considered in respect of the 2015 financial statements were as follows. These include the matters relating to risks disclosed in the UK external auditor’s report.

 

  Disclosure on the quality of the earnings and one off items included in cash flow. The committee agreed that sufficient disclosure was made in the financial statements.
  The committee determined that exceptional items are appropriately classified considering their size and nature, and sufficient disclosure is provided in the financial statements (see note 4).
  Review of carrying value of assets – in particular intangible assets. The committee agreed that an impairment charge of £41 million be made against the group’s equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company (a Vietnamese spirit company) but that, otherwise, the fair value of the company’s assets was in excess of their carrying value (see notes 6 and 10).
  Exchange rate used to translate operations in Venezuela. The committee determined that the appropriate rate used for the year ended 30 June 2015 was the SIMADI rate of $1 = VEF197.3 (£1 = VEF309.76) compared with $1 = VEF49.98 (£1 = VEF85.47) for the year ended 30 June 2014 (see note 1).
  Following the completion of the tender offer on 2 July 2014, United Spirits Limited (USL) is accounted for as a subsidiary with a 43.91% non-controlling interest. The fair valuation of assets and liabilities has been finalised during the year ended 30 June 2015. The committee agreed on the appropriateness of the acquisition fair values recognised (see note 9).
  Review of legal cases and contingent liabilities. The committee agreed that adequate provision and disclosure have been made for all material litigation and disputes, based on the currently most likely outcomes, including: litigation in Colombia; a customs dispute in Korea; the guarantee agreement with Standard Chartered in respect of Watson Limited; the USL internal inquiry and related matters; the SEC inquiry; and other legal, customs and tax proceedings (see note 18).
  Assumptions used in respect of post employment plans. Having considered advice from external actuaries and assumptions used by companies with comparator plans, the committee agreed that the assumptions used to calculate the income statement and balance sheet assets and liabilities for post employment plans were appropriate (see note 13).

 

148


Governance (continued)

 

As part of its review of the Annual Report, the Committee considered whether the report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’. On the basis of this work, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that it could make the required statement that the Annual Report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’.

Internal control and risk management; audit and risk programme; business conduct and ethics (including ‘whistleblowing’)

At each of its meetings, the Audit Committee reviewed detailed reports from the heads of the Global Risk & Compliance (GRC) and Global Audit & Risk (GAR) teams (including coverage of the areas mentioned in the title of this section) and had sight of the minutes of meetings of management’s Audit & Risk Committee. A key focus for the work of both GRC and GAR during the year and their reporting to the committee, continued to be a review of recent acquisitions. The Committee in turn were thus able to keep under review the development of the controls and compliance framework in acquired companies, bearing in mind the appropriate level for those that were associates during the year rather than wholly owned subsidiaries. The committee also received regular updates from the group general counsel on significant litigation and from the head of tax on the group’s tax profile and key issues.

The GRC reporting included a consideration of key risks and related mitigations, including those set out in the section of this Annual Report dealing with principal risks. Based on this activity during the year, the Audit Committee made a recommendation to the Board covering the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and its internal statement of risk appetite (this was considered also by the Audit & Risk Committee). The Board agreed this recommendation.

Through the activities of the Audit Committee described in this report and its related recommendations to the Board, the Board confirms that it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk management.

External auditor

During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed the external audit strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the interim results and its audit of the consolidated financial statements.

The Audit Committee reviews annually the appointment of the auditor (taking into account the auditor’s effectiveness and independence and all appropriate guidelines) and makes a recommendation to the Board accordingly. Any decision to open the external audit to tender is taken on the recommendation of the Audit Committee. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the company’s current choice of external auditor.

The Audit Committee assessed the ongoing effectiveness and quality of the external auditor and audit process on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review with the finance team and other senior executives. The outcome of the assessment was positive.

The group has a policy on auditor independence and on the use of the external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually, most recently in July 2015. The review took into consideration the new regulations on non-audit services. Under this policy, the provision of any non-audit service must be approved by the Audit Committee, unless the proposed service is both expected to cost less than £250,000 and also falls within one of a number of service categories which the Audit Committee has pre-approved. All services relevant to taxation require Audit Committee approval. Fees paid to the auditor for audit, audit related and other services are analysed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The nature and level of all services provided by the external auditor is a factor taken into account by the Audit Committee when it reviews annually the independence of the external auditor.

Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

During the year, in light of the requirements of the Code and other recent changes to the regulatory framework, the Committee undertook a tender for the external audit. KPMG (initially through KPMG Audit Plc up to fiscal 2013 and through KPMG LLP for fiscal 2014 and 2015) had been the Group’s auditor since 1997 and the audit had last been tendered in 1999. Since that time, there had been four different lead audit partners, in accordance with regulatory requirements and KPMG’s own guidance on independence, with the most recent change being for the year ended 30 June 2013. The result of the tender was that, on the recommendation of the Committee, the Board selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC). Subject to approval at the company’s AGM on 23 September 2015, the appointment of PwC as auditor will take effect for Diageo’s financial year ending 30 June 2016.

During the years ended:

 

    30 June 2013, and the subsequent period through 16 March 2015, and
    30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015, and the subsequent period through August 11, 2015

 

149


Governance (continued)

 

(1) neither KPMG Audit plc (the former KPMG auditing entity, as explained in the 2014 Form 20-F) nor KPMG LLP (together, “KPMG”), respectively, has issued any reports on the financial statements of the company or on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting that contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were the auditors’ reports of KPMG qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, (2) there has not been any disagreement over any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreement if not resolved to KPMG’s satisfaction would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its auditors’ reports, or any “reportable event” as described in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.

The company has provided each KPMG entity with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and has requested that each of them furnish the company with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) stating whether it agrees with such disclosure and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. Copies of KPMG’s letters, dated 11 August 2015, in which such firms stated that they agree with such disclosure, are filed herewith as Exhibits 15.3 and 15.4.

‘Financial expert’ and other attendees

For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule under SOX, section 407, the Board has determined that Philip Scott is independent and may be regarded as an Audit Committee financial expert.

The Chairman, the Chief Financial Officer, the group general counsel, the group financial controller, the head of GAR, the GRC director, the group chief accountant and the external auditor regularly attend meetings of the committee.

The Audit Committee met privately with the external auditor and with the head of global audit and risk as appropriate.

Training and deep dives

During the year, the Audit Committee had risk review and training sessions, presented by senior executives, on: brand assurance; Eurozone risk; catastrophic risk; and an update on cyber risk. In addition, as part of a Board meeting, committee members had a training session on the group’s new Risk Management Standard. The Committee concluded at the time that it was satisfied with the company’s position on these matters but they would be kept under review.

 

150


Governance (continued)

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Annual statement by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2015. This report complies with the UK executive remuneration reporting guidelines and contains:

 

    The Directors’ remuneration policy, as approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014;
    The annual remuneration report, describing how the remuneration policy has been put into practice over the year ended 30 June 2015;
    There have been no changes to the Directors’ remuneration policy, as approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM, and it is reproduced in full for both ease of reference and to provide context to the decisions taken by the Committee during the year. The annual remuneration report will be put forward for your consideration and approval by advisory vote at the AGM on 23 September 2015.

Diageo’s remuneration principles

The principles underpinning executive remuneration remain fundamentally unchanged, with sustainable performance and long term value creation for shareholders at the heart of our remuneration policies and practices:

 

    Delivery of business strategy: Short and long term incentive plans for Executive Directors and senior managers reward the achievement of Diageo’s business strategy and performance goals.
    Consistent performance: The focus is on the delivery of performance in a consistent and responsible way which also creates long term value for our shareholders. Alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders remains a key principle, with Executive Directors required to acquire and hold Diageo shares over the long term.
    Performance-related compensation: Reward components offer a balanced mix of short and long term incentives conditional upon achieving stretching performance targets. Performance measures such as organic net sales, organic operating margin, cash efficiency, relative total shareholder return (TSR) and earnings per share (eps) growth are key drivers of growth for the business that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.
    Competitive total remuneration: Reward levels are framed in the context of total remuneration packages paid by relevant global comparators. In competition with similar global companies, the ability to recruit and retain the best talent from all over the world is critical to Diageo’s continued business success.
    Simplicity and transparency: The Committee seeks to embed simplicity and transparency in the design and delivery of executive reward programmes. Performance targets clearly align with the company’s short and long term goals.

Focus and highlights in 2015

The Committee continued its focus on:

 

    Understanding and responding to shareholder feedback and fostering continuous open dialogue;
    Reviewing and assessing the ongoing appropriateness of the current remuneration policy, executive plan design and target stretch; and
    Ensuring that remuneration arrangements continue to attract and retain the highest quality global talent with a clear link between performance and reward.

The Committee undertook a comprehensive review of total remuneration for Executive Directors and Executive Committee members ahead of the 2015 annual salary review, and, supported by Kepler Associates (a brand of Mercer), were satisfied that the shape and levels of our remuneration practice are appropriately positioned against those of comparator companies of similar size and global scope.

During the year, the Committee also reviewed the Chairman’s fee and, at the Chairman’s request, recommended no increase, as was the case at the last review in December 2013. As agreed with the Chairman, the next review is scheduled for December 2016, subject to the Chairman’s letter of appointment.

The Committee has also approved the extension of the clawback provisions that currently apply to Executive Directors for their annual and long term incentives to the other members of the Executive Committee, in addition to the existing malus provisions that apply to everyone under the Diageo Long Term Incentive Plan.

 

151


Governance (continued)

 

Reward in 2015 at a glance

As a reflection of the company’s performance against very stretching performance targets in the context of challenging market conditions (see key performance indicators on pages 28-31), total variable pay to the Executive Directors in respect of the year ended 30 June 2015 is lower than in respect of the year ended 30 June 2014.

 

Base salary    No increase for the Chief Executive or the Chief Financial Officer in October 2015
Allowances and benefits    Unchanged from last year
Retirement benefits    Unchanged from last year
Annual incentive    Pay-out below target, delivering 28% and 29% of maximum opportunity for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer respectively
Long term incentives    33% vesting of performance shares and nil vesting of share options

Over the period 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2015 (the performance period for this year’s long term incentive plan), Diageo’s share price grew by 11%, from 1658 pence to 1841 pence, and the company paid a total dividend of 147.5 pence per share. Dividend distribution to shareholders in the year ended 30 June 2015 was increased by 9% compared to the previous year.

Planned for 2016

Looking ahead to the year ending 30 June 2016, we will continue to operate executive remuneration arrangements in line with the approved remuneration policy and to maintain an active and positive dialogue with shareholders and their advisory bodies. We anticipate putting the policy to shareholder vote next at the 2017 AGM.

The Committee has refined the design of the Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) to apply for the year ending 30 June 2016. To drive a sustained improvement in the efficient conversion of profits into cash, the weighting on operating cash conversion will be increased from 25% to 30% of the maximum opportunity and there will be a subsequent reduction in the weighting on net sales growth and profit growth from 30% and 35% respectively to 25% on each. These changes create a greater focus on the generation of cash whilst maintaining a significant incentive to increase net sales and profit. The remaining 20% will be based on individual business objectives (IBOs) to ensure focus on the delivery of defined quantitative measures relating to the individual’s key areas of responsibility.

The Committee has also reviewed the performance measures under the Diageo Long Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) with the result that the operating margin measure will be replaced by a measure based on cumulative free cash flow. The intention is that this will incentivise management to deliver efficiency in capital expenditure and working capital, which will in turn create greater value for shareholders. This change will take effect for awards made from September 2015 onwards. The weightings will be retained at one third of the performance share element of the DLTIP based on cumulative free cash flow alongside one third on net sales value (NSV) growth and one third on TSR. For share options, the measure that will continue to apply is adjusted eps growth.

As you read our remuneration policy and report on the following pages, I hope it is clear how the Committee’s decisions support the business strategy and the delivery of Diageo’s performance ambition.

We were very pleased to receive a very strong vote in favour of both our remuneration policy and report last year. I highly value the direct engagement and feedback from our shareholders and their representative bodies on Diageo’s remuneration policy and look forward to welcoming you and receiving your support again at the AGM this year.

Lord Davies of Abersoch

Senior independent Non-Executive Director and

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

 

152


Governance (continued)

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

This section of the report sets out the policy for Executive Directors’ remuneration, in accordance with section 439A of the Companies Act 2006. The policy was put to shareholders for approval in a binding vote at the AGM in 2014, and formally came into effect from 18 September 2014, the date of the AGM. The report below is as disclosed in the 2014 Directors’ remuneration report, with the exception of the reference to the number of employees across Diageo, and a minor addition to the DLTIP section of the policy table to reflect the clarification note released following publication of the 2014 Directors’ remuneration report.

Remuneration policy framework

The remuneration structures and performance measures used in executive incentive plans are designed to support Diageo’s business strategy as follows:

 

    Focused on consistent growth drivers: As a public limited company, Diageo has a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long term value for shareholders. Thus, variable elements of remuneration are dependent upon the achievement of performance measures that are identified as key consistent and responsible growth drivers for the business and that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.
    Variable with performance: A significant proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business and individual performance so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with performance.
    Share ownership: Full participation in incentives is conditional upon building up a significant personal shareholding in Diageo to ensure the company’s leaders think and act like owners.
    Cost effectiveness: Fixed elements of remuneration are determined by reference to the median of the market, individual experience and performance, and other relevant factors to ensure efficiency.

Future policy table

Set out below, is the remuneration policy for Executive Directors which has been applied from the date of shareholder approval at the AGM on 18 September 2014.

BASE SALARY

Purpose and link to strategy

Supports the attraction and retention of the best global talent with the capability to deliver Diageo’s strategy and performance goals.

Operation

 

    Normally reviewed annually or following a change in responsibilities with changes usually taking effect from 1 October.
    The Remuneration Committee considers the following parameters when reviewing base salary levels:

 

    Pay increases for other employees across the group;
    Economic conditions and governance trends;
    The individual’s performance, skills and responsibilities; and
    Base salaries (and total remuneration) at companies of similar size and international scope to Diageo, with roles typically benchmarked against the top 30 companies in the FTSE100 by market capitalisation excluding companies in the financial services sector, or against similar comparator groups in other locations dependent on the Executive Director’s home market.

Opportunity

Salary increases will normally be in line with increases awarded to other employees in relevant markets in which Diageo operates, typically the United Kingdom and the United States, unless there is a change in role or responsibility, or the need to align an Executive Director’s salary to market level over time (provided the increase is merited by the individual’s contribution and performance).

 

153


Governance (continued)

 

BENEFITS

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides market competitive and cost effective benefits.

Operation

 

    The provision of benefits depends on the country of residence of the Executive Director and may include a company car or car allowance, the provision of a car and contracted car service or equivalent, product allowance, life insurance, accidental death & disability insurance, medical cover for the Executive Director and family and financial counselling.
    The Remuneration Committee has discretion to offer additional allowances, or benefits, to Executive Directors, if considered appropriate and reasonable. These may include relocation expenses, housing allowance and school fees where a Director has to relocate from his/her home location as part of their appointment.

Opportunity

The benefits package is set at a level which the Remuneration Committee considers:

 

    Provides an appropriate level of benefits depending on the role and individual circumstances; and
    Is in line with comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant market.

POST-RETIREMENT PROVISIONS

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides cost-effective, competitive post-retirement benefits.

Operation

 

    Provision of market competitive pension arrangements or a cash alternative based on a percentage of base salary.
    Further detail on current pension provisions for Executive Directors is disclosed in the annual report on remuneration.

Opportunity

 

    The maximum company pension contribution is 30% of base salary for any new external appointments to an Executive Director position.
    Current legacy company contributions for Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan remain 40% and 35% of base salary, respectively.

 

154


Governance (continued)

 

ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN (AIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Incentivises year on year delivery of Diageo’s annual financial and strategic targets. Provides focus on key financial metrics and the individual’s contribution to the company’s performance.

Operation

 

    Performance measures and stretching targets are set annually by the Remuneration Committee by reference to the annual operating plan.
    The level of award is determined with reference to Diageo’s overall financial and strategic performance and individual performance and is paid out in cash after the end of the financial year.
    The Committee has discretion to amend the level of payment if it is not deemed to reflect appropriately the individual’s contribution or the overall business performance. Any discretionary adjustments will be detailed in the following year’s annual report on remuneration.
    The Committee has discretion to apply clawback to bonus, i.e. the company may seek to recover bonus paid, in exceptional circumstances such as gross misconduct or gross negligence during the performance period.
    Details of the AIP are set out in the annual report on remuneration on page 165.

Opportunity

For threshold performance, up to 50% of salary may be earned, with up to 100% of salary earned for on target performance and a maximum of 200% of salary payable for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions

Annual incentive plan awards are based 70%-90% on financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of revenue, profit and cash and 10%-30% on broader objectives based on individual contribution and medium term strategic goals. Details of the measures and weightings applicable for the year ending 30 June 2016 are set out on page 165. Details of the targets will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, when they are no longer deemed commercially sensitive by the Board.

 

155


Governance (continued)

 

DIAGEO LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (DLTIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides focus on delivering superior long term returns to shareholders.

Operation

 

    An annual grant of performance shares and/or market price share options which vest subject to a performance test and continued employment normally over a period of three years.
    Measures and stretching targets are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee for each new award. Details of the measures, weightings and targets applicable for the financial year under review are provided in the annual report on remuneration.
    Following vesting there is a further retention period of two years. Executive Directors are able to exercise an option or sell sufficient shares to cover any tax liability when an award vests, provided they retain the net shares arising for the two-year retention period.
    Notional dividends accrue on performance share awards to the extent that the performance conditions have been met, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee at the end of the vesting period.
    The Committee has discretion to reduce the number of shares which vest (subject to HMRC rules regarding approved share options), for example in the event of a material performance failure, or a material restatement of the accounts. There is an extensive malus clause for awards made from September 2014. The Committee has discretion to decide that:

 

    the number of shares subject to the award will be reduced;
    the award will lapse;
    retention shares (i.e. vested shares subject to the additional two-year retention period) will be forfeited;
    vesting of the award or the end of any retention period will be delayed (e.g. until an investigation is completed);
    additional conditions will be imposed on the vesting of the award or the end of the retention period; and/or
    any award, bonus or other benefit which might have been granted or paid to the participant in any later year will be reduced or not awarded.

Malus provisions will apply up to delivery of shares at the end of the retention period (as opposed to the vesting date).

 

    Further details of the DLTIP are set out in the annual report on remuneration on pages 165-169.

Opportunity

 

    The maximum annual grant is 500% of salary in performance share equivalents (where a market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share). As clarified in the statement of further information on 15 August 2014, under the DLTIP no more than 375% of salary will be awarded in face value terms in options to any Executive Director in any year.
    Threshold vesting level of 20% of maximum with straight line vesting up to 100% at maximum for financial metrics and a ranking profile for relative total shareholder return.

Performance conditions

 

    The vesting of awards is linked to a range of measures which may include, but are not limited to:

 

    a growth measure (e.g. net sales, eps);
    a measure of efficiency (e.g. operating margin, operating cash conversion, return on invested capital (ROIC)); and
    a measure of Diageo’s relative performance in relation to its peers (e.g. relative total shareholder return).

 

156


Governance (continued)

 

Measures that apply to performance shares and market price options may differ, as is the case for current awards. Weightings may vary year-on-year, subject to a minimum weighting of 25% of the total award. Details of the measures, including targets for the awards to be made in September 2015 are set out on page 168.

 

    The Remuneration Committee has discretion to amend the performance conditions in exceptional circumstances if it considers it appropriate to do so, e.g. in cases of accounting changes, M&A activities and disposals. Any such amendments would be fully disclosed and explained in the following year’s annual report on remuneration.

ALL-EMPLOYEE SHARE PLANS

Purpose and link to strategy

To encourage broader employee share ownership through locally approved plans.

Operation

 

    The company operates tax-efficient all-employee share savings plans in various jurisdictions.
    Executive Directors’ eligibility may depend on their country of residence, tax status and employment company.

Opportunity

Limits for all-employee share plans are set by the tax authorities. The company may choose to set its own lower limits.

Performance conditions

UK Freeshares: based on Diageo plc financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of revenue, profit and cash.

SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT

Purpose and link to strategy

Ensures alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders.

Operation

 

    The minimum shareholding requirement is 300% of base salary for the Chief Executive and 250% of base salary for any other Executive Directors.
    Executive Directors have five years from their appointment to the Board in which to build up their shareholding.
    Full participation in the DLTIP is conditional upon meeting this requirement beyond the five-year timeframe.

NOTES TO THE POLICY TABLE

Performance measures and targets

Further details of AIP performance measures and DLTIP performance measures and targets that will apply for awards made in September 2015, and how they are aligned with company strategy and the creation of shareholder value, are set out in the annual report on remuneration, on pages 165 and 169.

Performance targets are set to be stretching yet achievable, and take into account the company’s strategic priorities and business environment. The Committee sets targets based on a range of reference points including the corporate strategy and broker forecasts for both Diageo and its peers.

 

157


Governance (continued)

 

Differences in remuneration policy for other employees

The remuneration approach for Executive Directors is consistent with the reward package for members of the Executive Committee and the senior management population.

Generally speaking, a much higher proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business performance, compared to the rest of the employee population, so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with business performance and to align the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders. The structure of the reward package for the wider employee population is based on the principle that it should be sufficient to attract and retain the best talent and be competitive within our broader industry, remunerating employees for their contribution linked to our holistic performance whilst mindful not to over-pay. It is driven by local market practice as well as level of seniority and accountability, reflecting the global nature of Diageo’s business.

Illustrations of application of the remuneration policy

The graphs below illustrate scenarios for the projected total remuneration of Executive Directors at three different levels of performance: minimum, on-target and maximum. Note that the projected values exclude the impact of any share price movements. These charts are unchanged from the 2014 Directors’ remuneration report and reflect projected remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2015 as at the date when the policy was first presented.

 

LOGO

Ivan Menezes Minimum 100% Total $2,233 (L1,370) On Target 42% 29% 29% Total $5,273 (L3,235) Maximum 17% 24% 59% Total $12,873 (L7,897) Thousands 0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 Deirdre Mahlan Minimum 100% Total L1,029 On Target 42% 30% 28% Total L2,464 Maximum 17% 24% 59% Total L6,005 Thousands 0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 Salary, bene_ts and pension Annual incentive Long term incentives

Basis of calculation and assumptions:

The ‘Minimum’ scenario shows fixed remuneration only, i.e. base salary for the year ended 30 June 2015, total value of contractually agreed benefits for 2015, and pension. The pension value is based on company contributions applied to 2015 base salary. These are the only elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages which are not at risk.

The ‘On-target’ scenario shows fixed remuneration as above, plus a target pay-out of 50% of the maximum annual bonus and threshold performance vesting for DLTIP awards.

The ‘Maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full pay-out of all incentives.

 

158


Governance (continued)

 

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The Remuneration Committee’s overarching principle for recruitment remuneration is to pay no more than is necessary to attract an Executive Director of the calibre required to shape and deliver Diageo’s business strategy in recognition that Diageo competes for talent in a global marketplace. The Committee will seek to align the remuneration package with Diageo’s remuneration policy as laid out above, but retains the discretion to offer a remuneration package which is necessary to meet the individual circumstances of the recruited Executive Director and to enable the hiring of an individual with the necessary skills and expertise. However, except as described below, variable pay will follow the policy.

Diageo is a global organisation operating in more than 180 countries around the world. The ability, therefore, to recruit and retain the best talent from all over the world is critical to the future success of the business. People diversity in all its forms is a core element of Diageo’s global talent strategy and, managed effectively, is a key driver that will deliver Diageo’s performance ambition.

On appointment of an external Executive Director, the Committee may decide to compensate for variable remuneration elements the Director forfeits when leaving their current employer. In doing so, the Committee will ensure that any such compensation would have a fair value no higher than that of the awards forfeited, and would generally be determined on a comparable basis taking into account factors including the form in which the awards were granted, performance conditions attached, the probability of the awards vesting (e.g. past, current and likely future performance) as well as the vesting schedules. Depending on individual circumstances at the time, the Committee has the discretion to determine the type of award (i.e. cash, shares or options, holding period and whether or not performance conditions would apply).

Any such award would be fully disclosed and explained in the following year’s annual report on remuneration. When exercising its discretion in establishing the reward package for a new Executive Director, the Committee will very carefully consider the balance between the need to secure an individual in the best interests of the company against the concerns of investors about the quantum in the remuneration and, if considered appropriate at the time, will consult with the company’s biggest shareholders. The Remuneration Committee will provide timely disclosure of the reward package of any new Executive Director.

In the event that an internal candidate was promoted to the Board, legacy terms and conditions would normally be honoured, including pension entitlements and any outstanding incentive awards.

 

159


Governance (continued)

 

Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office (including takeover provisions)

Executive Directors have rolling service contracts, details of which are set out below. These are available for inspection at the company’s registered office.

 

Executive Director

  

Date of service contract

Ivan Menezes

   7 May 2013

Deirdre Mahlan

   1 July 2010

 

Notice period    The contracts provide for a period of six months’ notice by the Executive Director or 12 months’ notice by the company. A payment may be made in lieu of notice equivalent to 12 months’ base salary and the cost to the company of providing contractual benefits (excluding incentive plans). The service contracts also provide for the payment of outstanding pay and bonus, if Executive Directors are terminated following a takeover, or other change of control of Diageo plc.
   If, on the termination date, the Executive Director has exceeded his/her accrued holiday entitlement, the value of such excess may be deducted by the company from any sums due to him/her, except to the extent that such deduction would subject the Executive Director to additional tax under Section 409A of the Code(i) (in the case of Ivan Menezes). If the Executive Director on the termination date has accrued but untaken holiday entitlement, the company will, at its discretion, either require the Executive Director to take such unused holiday during any notice period or make a payment to him/her in lieu of it, provided always that if the employment is terminated for cause then the Executive Director will not be entitled to any such payment. For these purposes, salary in respect of one day of holiday entitlement will be calculated as 1/261 of salary.
Mitigation    The Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to require a proportion of the termination payment to be paid in instalments and, upon the Executive Director commencing new employment, to be subject to mitigation except where termination is within 12 months of a takeover, or within such 12 months the Executive Director leaves due to a material diminution in status, or (in the case of Deirdre Mahlan) is located permanently outside the United Kingdom and Ireland.
Annual incentive plan (AIP)    Where the Executive Director leaves for reasons including retirement, death in service, disability, ill-health, injury, redundancy, transfer out of the group and other circumstances at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion (“Good Leaver Reasons”) during the financial year, they are usually entitled to an incentive payment pro-rated for the period of service during the performance period, which is typically payable at the usual payment date. Where the Executive Director leaves for any other reason, no payment will be made.
   The amount is subject to performance conditions being met and at the discretion of the Committee. The Committee has discretion to determine an earlier payment date, for example on death in service.

 

(i)  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

 

160


Governance (continued)

 

Diageo 2014 long term incentive plan (DLTIP)   

When an Executive Director leaves for any reason other than Good Leaver Reasons, all unvested awards generally lapse immediately. In cases where Good Leaver Reasons apply, awards vest on the original vesting date unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise (for example in the case of death in service). The retention period for vested awards continues for all leavers other than in cases of disability, ill health or death in service, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise.

 

The proportion of the award released depends on the extent to which the performance condition is met. The number of shares is reduced on a pro-rata basis reflecting the length of time the Executive Director was employed by the company during the performance period, unless the Committee decides otherwise (for example in the case of death in service).

 

On a takeover or other corporate event, awards vest subject to the extent to which the performance conditions are met and, unless the Committee decides otherwise, the awards are time pro-rated. Otherwise the Committee, in agreement with the new company, may decide that awards should be swapped for awards over shares in the new company; where awards are granted in the form of options then on vesting they are generally exercisable for 12 months (or six months for approved options).

 

Awards may be adjusted on a variation of share capital, demerger or other similar event.

 

The Remuneration Committee may amend the plans, except that any changes to the advantage of participants require shareholder approval, unless the change relates to the administration, or taxation of the plan or participants, or is needed to ensure that the plans operate effectively in another jurisdiction.

 

Details of existing awards are set out in the annual report on remuneration.

Repatriation    In cases where an Executive Director was recruited from outside the United Kingdom and has been relocated to the United Kingdom as part of their appointment, the company will pay reasonable costs for the repatriation of Good Leavers.

Existing arrangements

The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office notwithstanding that they are not in line with the policy set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy or the relevant legislation came into effect or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the company. For these purposes “payments” includes the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment which are “agreed” at the time the award is granted (including awards under the PSP and SESOP). Details of outstanding share awards are set out in the annual report on remuneration. For the purposes of section 226D(6) of the Companies Act, the effective date is the end of the financial year starting in 2014.

External appointments

Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the Board in each case.

 

161


Governance (continued)

 

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Purpose and link to strategy

Supports the attraction, motivation and retention of world-class talent and reflects the value of the individual, their skills and experience, and performance.

Operation

 

    Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are normally reviewed annually.
    A proportion of the Chairman’s annual fee is used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which have to be retained until the Chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a Director.
    Fees are reviewed in the light of market practice in the top 30 companies in the FTSE100 by market capitalisation (excluding companies in the financial services sector) and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities.
    The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the company’s incentive plans or receive pension contributions or benefits.
    The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are eligible to receive a product allowance or cash equivalent at the same level as the Executive Directors.

All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at www.diageo.com. The Chairman of the Board, Dr Franz B Humer, commenced his appointment on 1 July 2008. Dr Humer had a letter of appointment for an initial five year term from 1 July 2008 which has been extended to 30 June 2016. It is terminable on six months’ notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of six months’ fees in lieu of notice.

Opportunity

 

    Fees for Non-Executive Directors are within the limits set by the shareholders from time to time, currently an aggregate of £1,000,000, as approved by shareholders at the October 2005 AGM. This limit excludes the Chairman’s fees.
    Current fee levels are disclosed in the annual report on remuneration.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the company

When reviewing and determining pay for Executive Directors, the Committee takes into account the level and structure of remuneration as well as salary budgets for other employees in the group. More specifically, the Committee reviews annual salary increase budgets for the general employee population in the United Kingdom and North America as well as the remuneration structure and policy for the global Senior Management population.

Diageo employs 33,000 employees and operates in more than 180 countries around the world. Given its global scale and complexity, the Committee has not consulted directly with employees when designing the remuneration policy for its Executive Directors. Diageo runs annual employee surveys which give employees the opportunity to give feedback and express their views on a variety of topics, including remuneration. Any comments relating to Executive Directors’ remuneration are fed back to the Remuneration Committee.

Consideration of shareholder views

The Committee values the continued dialogue with Diageo’s shareholders and engages directly with them and their representative bodies at the earliest opportunity when setting out Diageo’s remuneration policy and approach, proposed base salary increases for the Executive Directors and targets for the long term incentive plan award. Last year, feedback from shareholders resulted in the simplification of the company’s long term incentive vehicles with an enhanced malus provision and an additional retention period. More recently, the company has engaged with shareholders about the base salary proposals for 2015, the change in weightings under the annual incentive plan for the year ending 30 June 2016, long term incentive plan targets for awards to be made in 2015 and the introduction of free cash flow in replacement of the operating margin improvement measure, as well as the vesting of legacy long term incentive awards to the Chief Executive Officer.

 

162


Governance (continued)

 

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)

The table below details the Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Ivan Menezes(i)      Deirdre Mahlan  
     2015      2015      2014      2014      2015      2014  

Fixed pay

   ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000      ’000  

Salary

   £ 968       $ 1,520       £ 933       $ 1,520       £ 727       £ 706   

Benefits(ii)

   £ 155       $ 243       £ 456       $ 744       £ 34       £ 40   

Pension(iii)

   £ 458       $ 720       £ 411       $ 670       £ 275       £ 258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed pay

   £ 1,581       $ 2,483       £ 1,800       $ 2,934       £ 1,036       £ 1,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Performance related pay

                 

Annual incentive

   £ 535       $ 840       £ 170       $ 277       £ 428       £ 130   

Long term incentives (iv)

                 

Value delivered through performance

   £ 1,451       $ 2,278       £ 1,158       $ 1,887       £ 872       £ 1,120   

Value delivered through share price growth

   £ 1       $ 2       £ 1,620       $ 2,640       £ 35       £ 1,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long term incentives

   £ 1,452       $ 2,280       £ 2,778       $ 4,527       £ 907       £ 2,526   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other incentives(v)

                                   £ 4       £ 4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total remuneration for Executive Director appointment

   £ 3,568       $ 5,603       £ 4,748       $ 7,738       £ 2,375       £ 3,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other performance related pay (Granted prior to appointment as Executive Director)

                 

Long term incentives (vi)

   £ 354       $ 555       £ 2,583       $ 4,211                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL SINGLE FIGURE

   £ 3,922       $ 6,158       £ 7,331       $ 11,949       £ 2,375       £ 3,664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) The amounts shown in sterling are converted using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year ended 30 June 2015 the exchange rate was £1 = $1.57 and for the year ended 30 June 2014, the exchange rate was £1 = $1.63.
(ii) Benefits is the gross value of all benefits. Ivan Menezes relocated to the United Kingdom on 1 January 2014 and the taxable benefits include company-paid assistance, fees and the tax gross-up on the benefit in respect of the sale of his home in the United States (£96k), which completed in the year ended 30 June 2015. Other taxable benefits include financial counselling (£16k), medical insurance (£16k), company car allowance (£16k), contracted car service (£4k), product allowance, flexible benefits allowance and life and long term disability cover. Deirdre Mahlan’s benefits include company car allowance (£16k), contracted car service (£5k), financial counselling (£7k), product allowance, medical insurance and life cover.
(iii) Pension benefits earned during the year represent the increase in the pension fund balances over the year in the Diageo North America Inc. pension plans over and above the increase due to inflation. As Ivan Menezes has been a deferred member of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) since 31 January 2012, and receives standard statutory increases to his deferred pension the UK pension amount that accrued over the two years in excess of inflation is nil.
(iv) Long term incentives represent the estimated gain delivered through options and performance shares where performance conditions have been met in the financial year. For 2015, ‘Value delivered through performance’ represents performance shares awarded in 2012 under the PSP due to be released in October 2015, calculated using the share price at grant after applying the performance condition. This also includes the value of accrued dividend shares. ‘Value delivered through share price growth’ is the estimated additional value generated through share price growth for performance shares due to be released in October 2015. Though the outcome of the performance conditions is known, the share price on the vesting date is estimated, using the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2015 (1851 pence for ordinary shares and $113.74 for ADRs) for the purpose of this calculation. There is no gain on share options awarded in 2012 under the SESOP as the performance condition was not met. Long term incentives for 2014 have been adjusted for the share price on 22 September 2014 (1817 pence for ordinary shares and $118.58 for ADRs). For further information on the SESOP and PSP performance conditions and vesting outcomes please refer to the ‘LTIPs awards vesting in the year ended 30 June 2015’ section of the report on page 168.

 

163


Governance (continued)

 

(v) Other incentives include the face value of awards made under all-employee share plans. Awards do not have performance conditions attached.
(vi) Ivan Menezes retains interests in long term incentive awards that were granted to him in 2012, prior to joining the board under ‘below-board’ plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), details of which are shown on page 167. The value of the part of the award based on performance for the year ended 30 June 2015 is shown in the table above and calculated on the basis of the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2015 ($113.74). The value of the part of the award based on continuing employment for the year ended 30 June 2015 is not included in the table above and amounts to 14,642 ADRs. For 2014, long term incentives refers to an award made in 2011 under the Discretionary Incentive Plan, prior to joining the Board, and the value has been restated to account for the share price on 22 September 2014 (1817 pence for ordinary shares and $118.58 for ADRs). Details of the performance conditions that applied to the 2011 award were disclosed in the 2014 Directors’ remuneration report.

Salary

Salary increases to be applied in the year ending 30 June 2016

In July 2015, the Remuneration Committee reviewed base salaries for senior management and agreed new salaries which will apply from 1 October 2015. In determining these salaries, the Remuneration Committee took into consideration a number of factors including general employee salary budgets and employment conditions, individual performance and experience, and salary positioning relative to internal and external peers. The overall budgeted salary increase for the year ended 30 June 2016 is 2.5% of base salary for the business in the United Kingdom and 3% in North America.

The Committee considered very carefully the total remuneration positioning of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, the salary budget for all employees in the United Kingdom and the expectations of shareholders with respect to pay restraint. As a result, and for the second consecutive year for the Chief Executive, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer agreed that their base salaries would remain unchanged in October 2015.

 

                                                                                       
     Ivan Menezes      Deirdre Mahlan  

Salary at 1 October (’000)

   2015      2014      2015      2014  

Base salary

   $ 1,520       $ 1,520       £ 732       £ 732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

% increase (over previous year)

     0%         0%         0%         2.5%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Annual incentive plan (AIP) (audited)

AIP payout for the year ended 30 June 2015

The Remuneration Committee assessed the performance of Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan against their specific objectives and concluded that the objectives were partially met. The overall level of performance achieved resulted in an AIP award equating to 55% of base salary for Ivan Menezes and 59% of base salary for Deirdre Mahlan. The following table illustrates how the outcomes for the different bonus measures contribute to the overall bonus payout. The actual awards received by the Executive Directors are shown in the table ‘single total figure of remuneration’ on page 163.

 

164


Governance (continued)

 

AIP outcome

 

Measures(i)

   Weight
(% of
maximum)
    

Target

   Actual     Payout
(% of
maximum)
 

Organic net sales (% growth)

     30%       4.0%      0.2%        0.0%   

Profit before exceptional items and tax (% growth)

     35%       6.0%      0.9%        0.0%   

Operating cash conversion(ii)

     25%       100.0%      109.3%        25.0%   

Individual business objectives (IBOs)

     10%       A range of objectives linked to individual contribution, medium term strategic goals and the delivery of the Performance Ambition.      partially met (iii)      3.4%   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 
     100%              28.4%   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(i) Performance measures under the AIP are calculated using 2015 budget exchange rates in line with management reporting and exclude the impact of of IAS 21 in respect of short term intercompany funding balances and IAS 39 in respect of market value movements as recognised in net finance charges and any exceptional items. USL has been excluded from both the AIP targets and actuals for the year ended 30 June 2015.
(ii) Operating cash conversion is calculated by dividing operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment and exceptional items by cash generated from operations adjusted for cash inflows/outflows in respect of exceptional items, dividends, maturing inventories and post employment payments in excess of the amount charged to operating profit. The ratio is stated at the budget exchange rate of the respective year in line with management reporting.
(iii) For Ivan Menezes, the IBO outcome was driven by the successful delivery of key financial measures in USL, strengthening routes to consumer in key markets and building corporate reputation through critical initiatives such as responsible drinking and employee engagement. For Deirdre Mahlan, the IBO outcome was driven by her contribution to the delivery of a strong performance in cash conversion, progress against the supply chain and route to customer enhancements, delivery of the USL financial plan and strengthening the global finance and business services function.

AIP design for the year ending 30 June 2016

The measures and targets used in the AIP are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are chosen to drive financial and individual business performance goals related to the company’s short term strategic operational objectives. The AIP design for the year ending 30 June 2016 will comprise of a four-measure structure (weightings in brackets):

 

    Profit before exceptional items and tax (% growth) (25%): stretching profit targets drive operational efficiency and influence the level of returns that can be delivered to shareholders through increases in share price and dividend income;
    Net sales (25%): year-on-year net sales growth is a key performance measure;
    Operating cash conversion (30%): ensures focus on efficient conversion of profits into cash; and
    Individual business objectives (20%): are measurable deliverables that are specific to the individual and are focused on supporting the delivery of key strategic objectives.

Details of the targets for this performance period will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, as soon as they are no longer deemed commercially sensitive by the Board.

Long term incentive plans (LTIPs) (audited)

LTIP awards vesting in the year ended 30 June 2015

Until 30 June 2014, long term incentives were a combination of share options under the Senior Executive Share Option Plan 2008 (SESOP) and share awards under the Performance Share Plan 2008 (PSP). Awards were designed to incentivise Executive Directors and senior managers to deliver long term sustainable performance. Awards made under both sets of plans were subject to performance conditions normally measured over a three-year period. As approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014, these plans were replaced by the Diageo Long Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) for awards from 2014 onwards.

 

165


Governance (continued)

 

SESOP

On 1 October 2012, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan received awards of 46,575 (ADRs) and 146,299 (ordinary shares) market price options, respectively, under the SESOP. Awards were subject to a performance condition based on compound annual growth in adjusted eps over a three-year period. For the purpose of the SESOP, an adjusted measure of eps is used to ensure that elements such as exceptional items and the impact of movements in exchange rates are excluded from year on year comparisons of performance. Options only vest when stretching adjusted eps targets are achieved. Vesting is on a pro rata basis ranging from a threshold level of 25% to a maximum level of 100%.

The adjusted eps growth targets and actual performance for the 2012 SESOP awards are set out below:

 

                                           

Vesting of 2012 SESOP awards

   Target      Vesting
(% maximum)
 

Threshold

     8%         25%   

Maximum

     12%         100%   

Actual compound annual adjusted eps growth over 1 July 2012 – 30 June 2015

     4.1%         0.0%   

Accordingly, the 2012 award, which is due to vest in October 2015, has not met the performance condition and none of the shares under the award will vest.

PSP

On 1 October 2012, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan received awards of 54,927 (ADRs) and 134,653 (ordinary shares) performance shares, respectively, under the PSP. Awards vest after a three-year period subject to the achievement of specified performance tests. Notional dividends accrue on awards and are paid out either in cash or shares in accordance with the vesting schedule.

For the 2012 awards, the primary performance test is split between three equally weighted performance measures:

 

1) A comparison of Diageo’s three-year total shareholder return (TSR) — the percentage growth in Diageo’s share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested) — with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and consumer goods companies. TSR calculations are converted to a common currency (US dollar);
2) Growth in organic net sales on a compound annual basis; and
3) Total organic operating margin improvement.

For the part of the award subject to the TSR condition to vest, there must be an improvement in the underlying financial performance of the company (i.e. growth in organic net sales and total organic operating margin improvement). In addition, the Remuneration Committee must be satisfied that a minimum level of performance in both organic net sales and organic operating margin has been met before any of the award under either measure can be released.

The targets and vesting profile for the PSP awards granted in October 2012 are shown in the following table:

 

                                                                                                             

Vesting of 2012 PSP awards

   Threshold      Mid-point      Maximum      Actual      Vesting
(% maximum)
 

Organic net sales (CAGR)

     5%         6.5%         8.0%         1.8%         0.0%   

Organic operating margin improvement

     100bps         150bps         175bps         177bps         100.0%   

Relative total shareholder return

    
 
Medium ranking
(ninth)
  
  
            
 
Upper quintile
(third or above)
  
  
     13th         0.0%   

Vesting (% of maximum)

     25%         62.5%         100%            33.3%   

 

166


Governance (continued)

 

For operating margin and net sales, there is straight line vesting between threshold and the mid-point, and between the mid-point and the maximum. The full vesting profile for TSR is shown below:

 

                                           

TSR ranking (out of 17)

   Vesting profile for PSP awards      Vesting profile for DLTIP
performance share awards from
2015
 

1st, 2nd or 3rd

     100%         100%   

4th

     95%         95%   

5th

     75%         75%   

6th

     65%         65%   

7th

     55%         55%   

8th

     45%         45%   

9th

     25%         20%   

10th or below

     0%         0%   

 

TSR peer group (16 companies)

  

 

AB Inbev

   Mondelēz International

Brown Forman

   Nestlé

Carlsberg

   PepsiCo

Coca-Cola

   Pernod Ricard

Colgate-Palmolive

   Procter & Gamble

Groupe Danone

   Reckitt Benckiser

Heineken

   SABMiller

Kimberly-Clark

   Unilever

On the basis of this performance, the 2012 PSP award, which is due to vest in October 2015, has partially met the performance conditions and, consequently, the shares under award will vest at 33.3% of the initial award.

The Committee has taken into consideration all factors regarding the quality of the underlying performance of the business at the end of the performance period, including the company’s underlying level of sell out performance, the holding of market share across total brands in each year of the performance period and the maintenance of brand investment, and is satisfied that the level of vesting is warranted.

DIP

Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards that were granted to him in 2012 prior to his appointment as Executive Director under the DIP, totalling 117,142 ADRs. 50% of the 2012 DIP award is subject to meeting performance conditions based on the financial measures under the long term incentive plan over the three-year periods ending 30 June 2015, 30 June 2016, 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018 and the remaining 50% is subject to continued satisfactory employment. The financial measures under the performance part of the award are equally weighted. Actual performance for the first tranche of the 2012 DIP award (i.e. the tranche based on performance over the three years to 30 June 2015) versus target is set out below:

Vesting of performance-based tranche 1 of March 2012 DIP award

 

                                                                 

Performance measures (equally weighted)

   Target      Actual      Vesting
(% of maximum)
 

Organic net sales growth (CAGR)

     6.50%         1.8%         0%   

Organic operating margin improvement

     150 bps         177 bps         33.3%   

Compound annual adjusted eps growth

     10%         4.1%         0%   
        

 

 

 

Vesting (% of maximum)

           33.3%   
        

 

 

 

As the table shows, 33.3% of the performance related ADRs under the first tranche of the 2012 DIP award will vest in March 2016, subject to continuing employment. The total award that will vest to Ivan Menezes in March 2016 will therefore be 66.6% of the first tranche (including the ADRs that vest on time only), or 19,523 ADRs, provided he remains employed at the time of vesting. The Committee has assessed the underlying performance of the business at the end of the performance period and is satisfied that this level of vesting is warranted. The value of the part of the award based on performance and vesting in March 2016 is included in the single total figure of remuneration.

 

167


Governance (continued)

 

DLTIP awards made during the year ended 30 June 2015 (audited)

On 25 September 2014, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan received awards of 45,447 (ADRs) and 140,590 (ordinary shares) performance shares, respectively, and 45,447 (ADRs) and 140,590 (ordinary shares) market price options, respectively under the DLTIP; details are provided in the table below. The three-year period over which performance will be measured is 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2017. The performance measures are the same as for the 2012 awards. 20% of the award will vest at threshold, with straight-line vesting up to 100% if the maximum level of performance is achieved.

 

                                                                                                                                                         

Executive

Director

  Date of grant     Plan     Share
type
    Awards made
during the year
    Award/
exercise price
    Face value
’000
    Face value
(% of salary)
 

Ivan Menezes

    25/09/2014        DLTIP – share options        ADR        45,447      $ 117.55      $ 5,342        375%   

Ivan Menezes

    25/09/2014        DLTIP – performance shares        ADR        45,447      $ 125.42      $ 5,700        375%   

Deirdre Mahlan

    25/09/2014        DLTIP – share options        Ord        140,590        1796p      £ 2,525        360%   

Deirdre Mahlan

    25/09/2014        DLTIP – performance shares        Ord        140,590        1874p      £ 2,635        360%   

The table above specifies the number of performance shares and share options initially awarded under the DLTIP. The proportion of the awards that will vest is dependent upon the achievement of performance conditions, and the actual value may be nil. The vesting outcomes will be disclosed in the 2017 report.

The face value of each award has been calculated using the award/exercise price at time of grant. In accordance with the rules, the number of performance shares granted under the DLTIP was calculated by using the average closing share price for the last six months of the preceding financial year (1874 pence for ordinary shares and $125.42 for ADRs). In accordance with the plan rules, the exercise price and the number of options granted under the SESOP was calculated using the average closing share price of the three days preceding the grant date (1796 pence for ordinary shares and $117.55 for ADRs). The share price on the date of grant was 1779 pence for ordinary shares and $115.80 for ADRs.

Details of the operation of the DLTIP are provided under the section on long term incentive plans.

DLTIP awards to be made in the year ending 30 June 2016

The long term incentive plan (DLTIP) was approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014.

The long term incentive plan measures are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are selected to reward long term consistent performance in line with Diageo’s business strategy and to create alignment with the delivery of value for shareholders. The DLTIP measures for awards to be granted in September 2015 are:

 

    Relative total shareholder return: reflects the value of share price growth plus dividends, thus measuring the value returned on shareholder investments;
    Organic net sales: sustained year-on-year organic net sales growth is a key performance measure;
    Cumulative free cash flow: measures the efficiency of cash management; and
    Adjusted eps growth: reflects profitability and is a key measure for shareholders.

The table below outlines the targets and the vesting profile for these awards. The measures are equally weighted, with performance shares subject to performance against total shareholder return, net sales and cumulative free cash flow, and share options subject to performance against adjusted eps growth. Performance will be tested over three financial years, beginning with the year ending 30 June 2016.

 

     Performance shares      Share options         
     Relative total
shareholder return (25%)
     Organic
net sales
(CAGR)
(25%)
     Cumulative
free cash flow
(25%)
     Adjusted eps growth (CAGR)(25%)      Vesting
profile
 

Threshold

     Median ranking (ninth)         3.0%       £ 5,000m         4.0%         20%   

Mid-point

             4.5%       £ 6,000m         6.5%         60%   

Maximum

     Upper quintile (third or above)         6.0%       £ 7,000m         9.0%         100%   

 

168


Governance (continued)

 

It is intended that a performance share award of 375% of base salary and an award of market price share options of 125% of base salary (in performance share equivalents; one market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share) will be made to Ivan Menezes in September 2015.

It is intended that Deirdre Mahlan will be awarded a performance share award of 360% of base salary and an award of market price share options of 120% of base salary (in performance share equivalents) in September 2015.

Pension and benefits in the year ended 30 June 2015

Benefits

Benefits provisions for the Executive Directors continue to be in line with the information set out in the future policy table.

Pension arrangements (audited)

Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan are members of the Diageo North America, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with an accrual rate of 40% and 35% of base salary, respectively. The SERP is an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement programme. Under the plan, accrued company contributions are subject to quarterly interest credits. Under the rules of the SERP, they can withdraw the balance of the plan in the form of five equal annual instalments or a lump sum upon reaching age 55 (Deirdre Mahlan) and after having left service with Diageo (within six months of separation from service).

Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan participated in the US Cash Balance Plan and the Benefit Supplemental Plan (BSP) until August 2012 and June 2010, respectively and have accrued benefits under both plans. The Cash Balance Plan is a qualified funded pension arrangement. Employer contributions are 10% of pay capped at the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) limit. The BSP is a non-qualified unfunded arrangement; notional employer contributions are 10% of pay above the IRS limit. Interest (notional for the BSP) is credited quarterly on both plans.

Ivan Menezes was also a member of the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) in the United Kingdom between 1 February 1997 and 30 November 1999. The accrual of pensionable service ceased in 1999 but the linkage to salary remained until January 2012. Under the Rules of the Scheme, this benefit is payable unreduced from age 60.

Upon death in service, a life insurance benefit of $3 million is payable to Ivan Menezes and a lump sum of four times base salary is payable to Deirdre Mahlan.

The table below shows the pension benefits accrued by each Director to date. Note that the accrued UK benefits for Ivan Menezes are annual pension amounts, whereas the accrued US benefits for both Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan are a one-off cash balance amount.

 

                                                                                       
     30 June 2015      30 June 2014  

Executive Director

   UK pension
£’000 p.a.
     US benefit
£’000
     UK pension
£’000 p.a.
     US benefit
£’000
 

Ivan Menezes(i)

     69         4,218         68         3,409   

Deirdre Mahlan(ii)

     nil         1,239         nil         874   

 

(i) Ivan Menezes’ US benefits are higher at 30 June 2015 than at 30 June 2014 by £809k; £505k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (£458k of which is over and above the increase due to inflation) and £304k more due to exchange rate movements over the year.
(ii) Deirdre Mahlan’s US benefits are higher at 30 June 2015 than at 30 June 2014 by £365k; £287k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (£275k of which is over and above the increase due to inflation) and £78k more due to exchange rate movements over the year.

 

169


Governance (continued)

 

The Normal Retirement Age applicable to each Director’s benefits depends on the pension scheme, as outlined below.

 

Executive Director

   UK benefits
(DPS)
     US benefits
(Cash balance)
    

US benefits

(BSP)

  

US benefits

(SERP)

Ivan Menezes

     60         65       6 months after age of leaving service    6 months after age of leaving service

Deirdre Mahlan

     n/a         65       6 months after age of leaving service    6 months after age of leaving service, or age 55 if later

Ivan Menezes is able to take his UK pension benefits from age 58 without consent, and his benefits would not be subject to any actuarial reduction in respect of early payment. However, this is a discretionary policy Diageo offers that is not set out in the DPS Scheme Rules.

Performance graph and table

The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo and the FTSE 100 Index since 30 June 2009 and demonstrates the relationship between pay and performance for the Chief Executive, using current and previously published single total remuneration figures. The FTSE 100 Index has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large companies in the United Kingdom.

 

LOGO

Total shareholder return - Diageo Chief Executive value of hypothetical FTSE 100 total remuneration L100 holding Chief Executive total remuneration L million L300 30 L250 25 L200 20 L150 15 L100 10 L50 5 0 0

     Paul S Walsh      Ivan Menezes(i)  
     June 2010      June 2011      June 2012      June 2013      June 2014      June 2015  
     £’000      £’000      £’000      £’000      £’000      £’000  

Chief Executive total remuneration (includes legacy LTIP awards)

     3,231         4,449         11,746         15,557         7,331         3,922   

Annual incentive (% maximum opportunity)

     86%         77%         74%         51%         9%         28%   

Long term incentives – SESOP (% maximum opportunity)

     100%         100%         100%         100%         71%         0%   

Long term incentives – PSP (% maximum opportunity)

     0%         0%         65%         95%         55%         33%   

 

 

(i) To enable comparison Ivan Menezes’ single total figure of remuneration has been converted into sterling using the cumulative average weighted exchange rate for the relevant financial year.

 

170


Governance (continued)

 

Percentage change in remuneration of the Chief Executive

The table below shows a comparison of the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration to the average percentage change in remuneration for the UK and US population from 2014 to 2015. The chosen population represents the most appropriate comparator group for the Chief Executive, as the Committee considers salary increase budgets in these countries when reviewing Executive Directors’ base salaries. Furthermore, the majority of Executive Committee members as well as the Executive Directors are on UK or US reward packages.

 

                                                                 
     Salary      Benefits      Bonus  

Chief Executive percentage change from 2014 to 2015

     0%         (67%)         203%   

Average % change for the UK and US workforce from 2014 to 2015

     2%         0%         60%   

The percentage change for the Chief Executive is based on the remuneration of Ivan Menezes from 2014 to 2015. Benefits in both 2014 and 2015 included one-off relocation payments.

UK salary, benefits and bonus data have been converted into US dollars using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year ended 30 June 2015 the exchange rate was £1 = $1.57, and for the year ended 30 June 2014 the exchange rate was £1 = $1.63.

Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests (audited)

The beneficial interests of the Directors in office at 30 June 2015 (and their connected persons) in the ordinary shares (or ordinary share equivalents) of the company are shown in the table below.

 

     Ordinary shares or equivalent(i)                       
     17 July 2015      30 June 2015      30 June 2014
(or date of
appointment,
if later)
     Shareholding
requirement
(% salary)(iv)
     Shareholding
at 17 July 2015
(% salary)(iv)
     Shareholding
requirement
met
 

Chairman

                 

Dr Franz B Humer

     60,532         60,097         53,197                           

Executive Directors

                 

Ivan Menezes(ii)

     749,518         749,518         634,810         300%         1430%         Yes   

Deirdre Mahlan(ii)

     281,163         281,153         228,507         250%         710%         Yes   

Non-Executive Directors

                 

Peggy B Bruzelius

     5,000         5,000         5,000                           

Laurence M Danon

     5,000         5,000         5,000                           

Lord Davies of Abersoch

     5,052         5,052         5,052                           

Betsy D Holden(ii)

     17,400         17,400         17,400                           

Ho KwonPing

     4,223         4,223         4,103                           

Philip G Scott

     10,000         10,000         10,000                           

Nicola S Mendelsohn(iii)

     5,000         5,000                                   

Alan JH Stewart(iii)

     1,500         1,500                                   

 

(i) Each person listed beneficially owns less than one percent of Diageo’s ordinary shares. Ordinary shares held by Directors have the same voting rights as all other ordinary shares.
(ii) Ivan Menezes, Deirdre Mahlan and Betsy D Holden have share interests in ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share interests in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.
(iii) Nicola S Mendelsohn and Alan JH Stewart were appointed to the Board on 1 September 2014.
(iv) Both the shareholding requirement and shareholding at 17 July 2015 are expressed as a percentage of base salary as at 30 June 2015 and calculated using an average share price for the year ended 30 June 2015 of 1847 pence.

 

171


Governance (continued)

 

Outstanding share plan interests (audited)

 

Plan name

  Date of
award
    Performance
period
    Date of
vesting
    Share
type
    Share
price on

date of
grant
    Exercise
price
    Number
of shares/
options at
30 June
2014(i)
    Granted     Vested/
exercised
    Dividends
awarded
and
released
    Lapsed     Number
of shares/
options at
30 June
2015
    Total
number
of shares/
options in
Ords(ii)
 

Ivan Menezes

                         

SESOP(iii)

    Sep 2010        2010-2013        2013        ADR        $ 67.84        55,512                55,512     

SESOP(iii)

    Sep 2011        2011-2014        2014        ADR        $ 76.70        51,531              14,944        36,587     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of vested but unexercised share options

  

              368,396   
                         

 

 

 

SESOP(v)

    Oct 2012        2012-2015        2015        ADR        $ 112.72        46,575                46,575     

SESOP(vi)

    Sep 2013        2013-2016        2016        ADR        $ 123.27        46,239                46,239     

DLTIP – share options

    Sep 2014        2014-2017        2017        ADR        $ 117.55          45,447              45,447     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested share options subject to performance

  

              553,044   
                         

 

 

 

PSP(iii)

    Sep 2011        2011-2014        2014        ADR      $ 74.11          42,221          23,221        1,981        19,000            

DIP(iv)

    Sep 2011        2011-2014        2014-2015        ADR      $ 74.11          71,030          14,206          35,515        21,309     

DIP(iv)

    Mar 2012        2012-2019        2016-2019        ADR      $ 96.44          58,571                58,571     

PSP(v)

    Oct 2012        2012-2015        2015        ADR      $ 113.62          54,927                54,927     

PSP(vi)

    Sep 2013        2013-2016        2016        ADR      $ 123.08          47,484                47,484     

DLTIP – performance shares

    Sep 2014        2014-2017        2017        ADR      $ 115.80            45,447              45,447     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares subject to performance

  

              910,952   
                         

 

 

 

DIP(iii),(iv)

    Mar 2012        2012-2019        2016-2019        ADR      $ 96.44          58,571                58,571     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares not subject to performance

  

              234,284   
                         

 

 

 

Deirdre Mahlan

  

           

SESOP(iii)

    Sep 2009        2009-2012        2012        ADR        $ 63.13        20,790                20,790     

SESOP

    Sep 2010        2010-2013        2013        Ord          1080p        199,652                199,652     

SESOP

    Sep 2011        2011-2014        2014        Ord          1232p        190,239              55,170        135,069     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of vested but unexercised share options

  

              417,881   
                         

 

 

 

SESOP(v)

    Oct 2012        2012-2015        2015        Ord          1743p        146,299                146,299     

SESOP(vi)

    Sep 2013        2013-2016        2016        Ord          1983p        135,022                135,022     

DLTIP – share options

    Sep 2014        2014-2017        2017        Ord          1796p          140,590              140,590     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested share options subject to performance

  

              421,911   
                         

 

 

 

PSP

    Sep 2011        2011-2014        2014        Ord        1204p          159,574          87,765        7,607        71,809            

PSP(v)

    Oct 2012        2012-2015        2015        Ord        1772p          134,653                134,653     

PSP(vi)

    Sep 2013        2013-2016        2016        Ord        1978p          110,241                110,241     

DLTIP – performance shares

    Sep 2014        2014-2017        2017        Ord        1779p            140,590              140,590     
                         

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares subject to performance

  

              385,484   
                         

 

 

 

SAYE(vii)

    Sep 2011          2014        Ord          960p        937          937                

 

(i) For unvested awards this is the number of shares/options initially awarded. For exercisable share options, this is the number of outstanding options. All share options have an expiry date of ten years after the date of grant.
(ii) ADRs have been converted to Ords (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares) for the purpose of calculating the total number of vested and unvested shares and options at 30 June 2015.
(iii) Shares/options granted prior to the Executive’s appointment to the Board.
(iv) Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards that were granted to him prior to joining the Board under ‘below-board’ plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan). A total of 188,172 ADRs was granted in 2011 and 2012. 50% of the initial 2011 award of 71,030 ADRs lapsed in September 2014, as disclosed in the 2014 remuneration report. Of the remainder, 40% vested in September 2014, with the remaining portion due to vest in September 2015. The 2012 award is subject to performance conditions and continuing employment and the first tranche is due to vest in March 2016, with the remaining tranches vesting in March 2017, March 2018 and March 2019.
(v) Awards made under the PSP and SESOP in October 2012 and due to vest in October 2015 are included here as unvested share awards subject to performance conditions, although the awards have also been included under long term incentives in the single figure of total remuneration on page 163, since the performance period ended during the year ended 30 June 2015.
(vi) Details of the performance conditions attached to PSP and SESOP awards granted in 2013 are available in Diageo’s 2014 Directors’ remuneration report.
(vii) Options granted under the UK savings-related share options scheme.

 

172


Governance (continued)

 

Payments to former directors

As set out in the annual remuneration report for 2013, on retirement from the Board on 19 September 2013, Paul S Walsh was retained in a role with the Scotch whisky industry on behalf of Diageo for a period of up to five years. Paul retained interests in both the 2011 and 2012 PSP and SESOP.

The vesting outcome under the 2011 PSP and SESOP, based on performance over the period 1 July 2011 to 30 June 2014, was disclosed in detail in the 2014 annual remuneration report. In the case of Paul S Walsh, 234,810 shares (including 18,730 shares in respect of accrued dividend shares) and 267,221 share options vested in September 2014. The share price on the vesting date was 1817p and the total value of awards on vesting was £5,829,735.

In October 2012, Paul was awarded 304,702 shares under the PSP and 264,845 share options under the SESOP, subject to performance over the period 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2015. As disclosed elsewhere in this report, the vesting outcome under the 2012 PSP will be 33.3% of the original award and under the 2012 SESOP will be 0% of the initial award. As a result, in the case of Paul Walsh, 101,567 shares will vest and all of his share options will lapse in October 2015.

Paul Walsh has no other outstanding interests under the long term incentive plan or any other share plan of the company.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

The Chairman’s fee was reviewed in December 2014 and, at the Chairman’s request, there was no increase to his fee in January 2015. As agreed with the Chairman, the next review of his fee is anticipated to take place in December 2016, subject to his letter of appointment, with any changes taking effect on 1 January 2017.

The last scheduled review of fees for Non-Executive Directors was undertaken in December 2013.

 

                                           
     January
2015
     January
2014
 

Per annum fees

   £’000      £’000  

Chairman of the Board

     500         500   

Non-Executive Directors

     

Base fee

     84         84   

Senior Non-Executive Director

     20         20   

Chairman of the Audit Committee

     30         30   

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

     25         25   

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2015 (audited)

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Fees
£’000
     Benefits(i)
£’000
     Total
£’000
 
     2015      2014      2015      2014      2015      2014  

Chairman

                 

Dr Franz B Humer(ii)

     500         500         12         5         512         505   

Non-Executive Directors

                 

Peggy B Bruzelius

     84         82         13         6         97         88   

Laurence M Danon

     84         82         6         9         90         91   

Lord Davies of Abersoch

     129         125         3         2         132         127   

Betsy D Holden

     84         82         35         8         119         90   

Ho KwonPing

     84         82         1         1         85         83   

Philip G Scott

     114         110         5         11         119         121   

Nicola S Mendelsohn(iii)

     70                 1                 71           

Alan JH Stewart(iii)

     70                 1                 71           

 

(i)

Benefits include a contracted car service, product allowance and expense reimbursements relating to travel, accommodation and subsistence in connection with the attendance of Board meetings during the year, which are deemed by HMRC to be taxable in the United Kingdom. The amounts in the single figure of total remuneration table above include the grossed-up cost of UK tax paid by the company on behalf of the directors. Benefits and total remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2014 have been

 

173


Governance (continued)

 

  revised to include these taxable expenses. Directors who are not resident in the United Kingdom for five years or more have been treated as fully taxable in the United Kingdom on all of their expense reimbursements and this accounts for the increase in the taxable benefits cost in the year ended 30 June 2015 compared to the year ended 30 June 2014.
(ii) £200,000 of Dr Franz B Humer’s remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2015 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which must be retained until he retires from the company or ceases to be a Director for any other reason.
(iii) Nicola S Mendelsohn and Alan JH Stewart were appointed to the board on 18 September 2014.

External appointments held by the Executive Directors

Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the Board in each case.

Ivan Menezes — During the year ended 30 June 2015, Ivan Menezes served as a Non-Executive Director of Coach Inc and earned fees of $75,000, which he retained. In line with the Coach Inc policy for outside directors, Ivan Menezes is eligible to be granted share options and restricted share units (RSUs). During the year ended 30 June 2015, he was granted 11,321 options at an option price of $33.46 and 2,301 RSUs (including dividends received) at a fair market value of $33.46 per share.

Deirdre Mahlan — During the year ended 30 June 2015, Deirdre Mahlan served as a Non-Executive Director of Experian plc and earned fees of £118,675, which she retained.

Relative importance of spend on pay

The graph below illustrates the relative importance of spend on pay (total remuneration of all group employees) compared with distributions to shareholders, and the percentage change from the year ended 30 June 2014 to the year ended 30 June 2015. Distributions to shareholders are total dividends. The Committee considers that there are no other significant distributions or payments of profit or cash flow.

 

LOGO

Staff pay 1,242 1,180 (5.0%) Distributions to shareholders 1,228 1,341 9.2% Lm 0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 2014 2015

Spend on pay includes exceptional restructuring costs, which were significantly higher in the year ended 30 June 2014 than in the year ended 30 June 2015. Spend on pay for the year ended 30 June 2015 includes the costs of USL employees.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee consists of the following independent Non-Executive Directors: Peggy B Bruzelius, Laurence M Danon, Lord Davies of Abersoch, Betsy D Holden, Ho KwonPing, Philip G Scott, Nicola S Mendelsohn and Alan JH Stewart. Lord Davies is the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. The Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive may, by invitation, attend Remuneration Committee meetings except when their own remuneration is discussed. Diageo’s Global Human Resources Director and Capability, Performance and Reward Director are also invited from time to time by the Remuneration Committee to provide their views and advice. The Global Human Resources Director is not present when her own remuneration is discussed. The Chief Financial Officer may also attend to provide performance context to the Committee during its discussions about target setting. Information on meetings held and director attendance is disclosed in the corporate governance report.

 

174


Governance (continued)

 

The Remuneration Committee’s principal responsibilities are:

 

    Making recommendations to the Board on remuneration policy as applied to the Executive Directors and the Executive Committee;
    Setting, reviewing and approving individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman of the Board, Executive Directors and Executive Committee members including terms and conditions of employment;
    Determining arrangements in relation to termination of employment of the Executive Directors and other designated senior executives; and
    Making recommendations to the Board concerning the introduction of any new share incentive plans which require approval by shareholders.

Full terms of reference for the Committee are available at www.diageo.com and on request from the Company Secretary.

External advisors

During the year ended 30 June 2015, the Remuneration Committee received advice from Kepler Associates (a brand of Mercer), appointed by the Committee in December 2013 following a tendering process, who provided independent advice on remuneration best practice and senior executive remuneration.

Kepler Associates is a signatory to, and abides by, the Remuneration Consultants Group Code of Conduct. Kepler’s parent company, Mercer, provides unrelated services to the company in the areas of all-employee reward and retirement benefits. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice it receives from Kepler is independent. During the year, Kepler supported the Committee in preparing this Directors’ remuneration report, provided advice on the design of the long term incentives, and calculated the TSR of Diageo and its peer companies for the 2011 and 2012 PSP awards and provided periodic updates on all outstanding performance cycles. The fees paid to Kepler Associates in relation to advice provided to the Committee were £86,618.

During the year, Linklaters provided advice on the AIP and the Directors’ remuneration report. Fees paid in relation to this advice were £26,298. Linklaters also provide other legal advice on certain corporate matters.

The Committee is satisfied that the Kepler Associates and Linklaters engagement partners and teams that provide remuneration advice to the Committee, do not have connections with Diageo that may impair their independence. The Committee reviewed the potential for conflicts of interest and judged that there were appropriate safeguards against such conflicts.

Additional remuneration survey data published by Aon Hewitt, Towers Watson, Mercer and PwC were presented to the Remuneration Committee during the year; Clifford Chance provided advice on the operation of share plans.

Statement of voting

The following table summarises the details of votes cast in respect of the resolutions on the directors’ remuneration policy and annual report on directors’ remuneration at the 2014 AGM.

 

                                                                                       
     For      Against      Total
votes cast
     Abstentions  

Directors’ remuneration policy

           

Total number of votes

     1,663,866,061         43,275,688         1,707,141,749         18,288,488   

Percentage of votes cast

     97.47%         2.53%         100%         n/a   

Annual report on remuneration

           

Total number of votes

     1,643,966,601         50,619,135         1,694,585,736         30,844,578   

Percentage of votes cast

     97.01%         2.99%         100%         n/a   

The Committee was pleased with the level of support shown for the remuneration policy and implementation report and appreciated the active participation of shareholders and their representative advisory bodies in consulting on executive remuneration matters.

 

175


Governance (continued)

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Emoluments and share interests of senior management

The total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 2015 of the Executive Directors, the Executive Committee members and the Company Secretary (together, the senior management) of Diageo comprising base salary, annual incentive plan, share incentive plan, termination payments and other benefits were £14.0 million (2014 – £10.4 million).

The aggregate amount of gains made by the senior management from the exercise of share options and from the vesting of awards during the year was £16.7 million. In addition, they were granted 917,764 performance-based share options under the Diageo Long Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) during the year at a weighted average share price of 1792 pence, exercisable by 2024 and 25,376 options not subject to performance under the DLTIP, which will vest in three years. In addition they were granted 4,677 options over ordinary shares under the UK savings-related share options scheme (SAYE). They were also awarded 860,111 performance shares under the DLTIP in September 2014, which will vest in three years subject to the performance tests described in the section on DLTIP awards made during the year ended 30 June 2015, 99,244 shares under the DIP, which will vest in September 2017, and 6,344 shares not subject to performance under the DLTIP, which will vest in September 2017.

Senior management options over ordinary shares

At 17 July 2015, the senior management had an aggregate beneficial interest in 1,572,131 ordinary shares in the company and in the following options over ordinary shares in the company:

 

                                                                 
     Number
of options
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Option period  

Ivan Menezes

     921,440         1561p         2010 – 2024   

Deirdre Mahlan

     839,792         1473p         2009 – 2024   

Other(i)

     1,809,328         1782p         2008 – 2025   
  

 

 

       

Total

     3,570,560         
  

 

 

       

 

(i) Other members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

Key management personnel related party transactions (audited)

Key management personnel of the group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the Directors and the Company Secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as Directors or Company Secretary (as applicable) of Diageo plc or of one or more of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June 2015.

Other than disclosed in this report, no Director had any interest, beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save as disclosed above, no Director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any member of the group during the financial year, or which having been effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions during the last three years to which any Director or officer, or 3% or greater shareholder, or any spouse or dependent thereof, was a party. There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company from any Directors or officer or 3% or greater shareholder.

Statutory and audit requirements

This report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors, on 29 July 2015 and was signed on its behalf by Lord Davies of Abersoch who is senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

 

176


Governance (continued)

 

The Board has followed the principles of good governance as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code and complied with the regulations contained in the Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and the relevant schedules of the Companies Act 2006.

The Companies Act 2006 and the Listing Rules require the Company’s auditor to report on the audited information in their report and to state that this section has been properly prepared in accordance with these regulations.

KPMG LLP has audited the report to the extent required by the Regulations, being the sections headed Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (and notes), Annual incentive plan (AIP), Long term incentive plans (LTIPs), Pension arrangements, Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests, Outstanding share plan interests, Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration and Key management personnel related party transactions.

The annual report on remuneration is subject to shareholder approval at the AGM on 23 September 2015; the directors’ remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

Terms defined in this remuneration report are used solely herein.

 

177


Governance (continued)

 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2015.

Annual General Meeting

The AGM will be held at The Mermaid Conference & Events Centre, Puddle Dock, Blackfriars, London EC4V 3DB at 2.30 pm on Wednesday, 23 September 2015.

Directors

The Directors of the company who served during the year are shown in the section ‘Board of Directors and Company Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’ above.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, other than Laurence Danon, who will step down from the Board after the AGM, all the Directors will retire by rotation at the AGM and offer themselves for re-election. The Non-Executive Directors proposed for re-election do not have service contracts. Emma Walmsley has been appointed, as a Non-Executive Director, with effect from 1 January 2016 and will offer herself for election at the 2016 AGM.

Further details of Directors’ contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the company at 30 June 2015 are given in the Directors’ remuneration report.

The Directors’ powers are determined by UK legislation and Diageo’s articles of association. The Directors may exercise all the company’s powers provided that Diageo’s articles of association or applicable legislation do not stipulate that any powers must be exercised by the members.

Auditor

As disclosed in the Report of the Audit Committee, following a tender conducted during the year, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were selected as auditor of Diageo. Accordingly, a resolution will be proposed at the AGM on 23 September 2015 for the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of Diageo. KPMG LLP’s appointment will end at the conclusion of the AGM.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company’s auditor is unaware; and each Director has taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant audit information and to ensure that the company’s auditor is aware of that information.

Corporate governance statement

The corporate governance statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the ‘Corporate governance report’, ‘the Report of the Audit Committee’ and the ‘Additional information for shareholders’.

Significant agreements – change of control

The following significant agreements contain certain termination and other rights for Diageo’s counterparties upon a change of control of the company.

Under the agreement governing the company’s 34% investment in Moët Hennessy SNC (MH) and Moët Hennessy International SAS (MHI), if a competitor (as defined therein) directly or indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes, would occur if such competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH) may require the company to sell its shares in MH and MHI to LVMH.

The master agreement governing the operation of the group’s regional joint ventures with LVMH states that upon a change of control of the company (being, for these purposes, the acquisition by a third party of 30% or more of the issued share capital having voting rights in the company), LVMH may either appoint and remove the chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each joint venture entity to be wound up.

 

178


Governance (continued)

 

Other information

Other information relevant to the Directors’ report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

 

Information (including

that required by UK Listing

Authority Listing Rule 9.8.4)

  

Location in Form 20-F

Amendment of articles of association    Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association
Directors – appointment and powers    Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association
Directors’ indemnities and compensation    Directors’ remuneration report; Financial statements – note 20 Related party transactions
Dividends    Strategic report – Unaudited financial information and group financial review
Employment Policies    Strategic report – Sustainability & responsibility; Strategic report – Sustainability & responsibility review
Events since 30 June 2015    Not applicable
Financial risk management    Financial statements – note 15 Financial instruments and risk management
Future developments    Chairman’s statement; Chief Executive’s Statement; Market Dynamics
Greenhouse gas emissions    Strategic report – Sustainability & responsibility review – Environment
Political donations    Corporate governance report
Purchase of own shares    Additional information for shareholders – Repurchase of own shares; Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Research and development    Financial Statements – note 3 Operating costs
Review of the business & principal risks and uncertainties    Chief Executive’s statement; Strategic report and Risk Management and principal risks
Share capital – structure, voting and other rights    Additional information for shareholders – Share capital and Articles of association; Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Share capital – employee share plan voting rights    Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Shareholdings in the company    Additional information for shareholders – Share capital
Sustainability and responsibility    Strategic report – How we will deliver our ambition: Sustainability & responsibility; Strategic report – Sustainability & responsibility review
Interest capitalised   

Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

Publication of unaudited financial information    Unaudited information
Details of long term incentive schemes    Directors’ remuneration report
Waiver of emoluments by a director    Not applicable
Waiver of future emoluments by a director    Not applicable
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash (including in respect of major unlisted subsidiaries)    Not applicable
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary    Not applicable
Contracts of significance    Not applicable
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder    Not applicable
Shareholder waivers of dividends    Note 17 Equity
Shareholder waivers of future dividends    Note 17 Equity
Agreements with controlling shareholders    Not applicable

The Directors’ report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2015 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under ‘Directors’, ‘Corporate governance statement’ and ‘Other information’ above, which are incorporated into the Directors’ report by reference. In addition, certain disclosures required to be contained in the Directors’ report, have been incorporated into the ‘Strategic report’ as set out in ‘Other information’ above.

The Directors’ report was approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 29 July 2015 and signed on its behalf by Paul D Tunnacliffe, the Company Secretary.

 

179


Financial statements

Reports of independent registered public accounting firms

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Diageo plc:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014, and the related consolidated income statements, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended on pages 182 to 246, including the disclosures within the section ‘Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests’ on page 171, and the section ‘Key management personnel related party transactions’ on page 176. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Diageo plc’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Diageo plc’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 29 July 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG LLP

London, England

29 July 2015

 

180


Financial statements (continued)

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Diageo plc:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated income statement, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of Diageo plc and subsidiaries for the year ended 30 June 2013 on pages 182 to 246, including the disclosures within the section ‘Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests’ on page 171, and the section ‘Key management personnel related party transactions’ on page 176. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Diageo plc’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations of Diageo plc and subsidiaries and their cash flows for the year-ended 30 June 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

KPMG Audit Plc

London, England

30 July 2013, except as to notes 2 and 3(d) which are as of 16 March 2015

 

181


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

                                                                                       
     Notes      Year ended
30 June
2015

£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2014

£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2013

£ million
 

Sales

     2         15,966        13,980        15,276   

Excise duties

     3         (5,153     (3,722     (3,973
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     2         10,813        10,258        11,303   

Cost of sales

     3         (4,610     (4,029     (4,416
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        6,203        6,229        6,887   

Marketing

     3         (1,629     (1,620     (1,769

Other operating expenses

     3         (1,777     (1,902     (1,738
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

        2,797        2,707        3,380   

Non-operating items

     4         373        140        (83

Finance income

     5         244        241        259   

Finance charges

     5         (656     (629     (716

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     6         175        252        217   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

        2,933        2,711        3,057   

Taxation

     7         (466     (447     (507
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

        2,467        2,264        2,550   

Discontinued operations

     8                (83       
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

        2,467        2,181        2,550   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Equity shareholders of the parent company - continuing operations

        2,381        2,331        2,452   

                                                                        - discontinued operations

               (83       

Non-controlling interests - continuing operations

        86        (67     98   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,467        2,181        2,550   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            million     million     million  

Weighted average number of shares

         

Shares in issue excluding own shares

        2,505        2,506        2,502   

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

        12        11        15   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,517        2,517        2,517   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            pence     pence     pence  

Basic earnings per share

         

Continuing operations

        95.0        93.0        98.0   

Discontinued operations

               (3.3       
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        95.0        89.7        98.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

         

Continuing operations

        94.6        92.6        97.4   

Discontinued operations

               (3.3       
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        94.6        89.3        97.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

182


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

                                                                 
     Year ended
30 June
2015
£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2014
£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2013
£ million
 

Other comprehensive income

      

Items that will not be recycled subsequently to the income statement

      

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

      

– group

     125        (169     119   

– associates and joint ventures

     (10     2        (19

– non-controlling interests

     (2              

Tax on post employment plans

     (11     20        (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     102        (147     65   

Items that may be recycled subsequently to the income statement

      

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

      

– group

     (345     (1,117     37   

– associates and joint ventures

     (205     (294     108   

– non-controlling interests

     56        (120     36   

Exchange loss recycled to the income statement in respect of step acquisitions

     88                 

Net investment hedges

     269        398        (150

Tax on exchange differences

     30        12        3   

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

      

– (losses)/gains taken to other comprehensive income - group

     (40     59        (48

– (losses)/gains taken to other comprehensive income - associates and joint ventures

     (6     (5     7   

– recycled to income statement

     (58     34        (33

Tax on effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

     18        2        17   

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

      

– gains taken to other comprehensive income - group

     11        55        85   

– gains taken to other comprehensive income - non-controlling interests

     9                 

– recycled to income statement

            (140       

Tax on available-for-sale fair value movements

     (4              

Hyperinflation adjustment

     18        11        4   

Tax on hyperinflation adjustment

            (2       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (159     (1,107     66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax, for the year

     (57     (1,254     131   

Profit for the year

     2,467        2,181        2,550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     2,410        927        2,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders of the parent company

     2,261        1,114        2,547   

Non-controlling interests

     149        (187     134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     2,410        927        2,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

183


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

                                                                                              
            30 June 2015     30 June 2014  
     Notes      £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million  

Non-current assets

           

Intangible assets

     10         11,231          7,891     

Property, plant and equipment

     11         3,690          3,433     

Biological assets

        65          53     

Investments in associates and joint ventures

     6         2,076          3,201     

Other investments

     12         109          63     

Other receivables

     14         46          107     

Other financial assets

     15         292          250     

Deferred tax assets

     7         189          246     

Post employment benefit assets

     13         436          251     
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          18,134          15,495   

Current assets

           

Inventories

     14         4,574          4,222     

Trade and other receivables

     14         2,435          2,499     

Assets held for sale

        143          8     

Other financial assets

     15         46          118     

Cash and cash equivalents

     16         472          622     
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          7,670          7,469   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

          25,804          22,964   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Current liabilities

           

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

     16         (1,921       (1,576  

Other financial liabilities

     15         (156       (146  

Trade and other payables

     14         (2,943       (2,800  

Liabilities held for sale

        (3           

Corporate tax payable

        (162       (197  

Provisions

     14         (105       (132  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 
          (5,290       (4,851

Non-current liabilities

           

Borrowings

     16         (7,917       (7,638  

Other financial liabilities

     15         (443       (447  

Other payables

     14         (69       (94  

Provisions

     14         (238       (253  

Deferred tax liabilities

     7         (1,896       (1,365  

Post employment benefit liabilities

     13         (695       (726  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          (11,258       (10,523
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

          (16,548       (15,374
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net assets

          9,256          7,590   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Equity

           

Share capital

     17         797          797     

Share premium

        1,346          1,345     

Other reserves

        1,994          2,243     

Retained earnings

        3,634          2,438     
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

  

       7,771          6,823   

Non-controlling interests

     17           1,485          767   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

          9,256          7,590   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 29 July 2015 and were signed on its behalf by Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan, Directors.

 

184


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

                                Retained earnings/(deficit)                    
     Share
capital
£ million
     Share
premium

£ million
     Capital
redemption
reserve
£ million
     Hedging
and
exchange
reserve

£ million
    Own
shares
£ million
    Other
retained
earnings
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Equity
attributable
to parent
company
shareholders
£ million
    Non-
controlling
interests

£ million
    Total
equity
£ million
 
At 30 June 2012      797         1,344         3,146         67        (2,257     2,491        234        5,588        1,204        6,792   
Total comprehensive income                              (59            2,606        2,606        2,547        134        2,681   
Employee share schemes                                     25        (34     (9     (9            (9
Share-based incentive plans                                            45        45        45               45   
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                            2        2        2               2   
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                            30        30        30               30   
Acquisitions                                                                 (21     (21
Change in fair value of put options                                            (7     (7     (7            (7
Purchase of non-controlling interests                                            (100     (100     (100     (100     (200
Dividends paid                                            (1,125     (1,125     (1,125     (100     (1,225
Transfers                                            65        65        65        (65       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2013      797         1,344         3,146         8        (2,232     3,973        1,741        7,036        1,052        8,088   
Total comprehensive income                              (911            2,025        2,025        1,114        (187     927   
Employee share schemes                                     (48     (67     (115     (115            (115
Share-based incentive plans                                            37        37        37               37   
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                            3        3        3               3   
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                            1        1        1               1   
Shares issued              1                                             1               1   
Acquisitions                                                                 8        8   
Change in fair value of put options                                            (7     (7     (7            (7
Purchase of non-controlling interests                                            (19     (19     (19     (18     (37
Dividends paid                                            (1,228     (1,228     (1,228     (88     (1,316
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2014      797         1,345         3,146         (903     (2,280     4,718        2,438        6,823        767        7,590   
Total comprehensive income                              (249            2,510        2,510        2,261        149        2,410   
Employee share schemes                                     52        (58     (6     (6            (6
Share-based incentive plans                                            35        35        35               35   
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                            2        2        2               2   
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                            4        4        4               4   
Shares issued              1                                             1               1   
Acquisitions                                                                 641        641   
Change in fair value of put options                                            (9     (9     (9            (9
Disposal of non-controlling interests                                            1        1        1               1   
Dividends paid                                            (1,341     (1,341     (1,341     (72     (1,413
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2015      797         1,346         3,146         (1,152     (2,228     5,862        3,634        7,771        1,485        9,256   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

185


Financial statements (continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

            Year ended 30 June 2015     Year ended 30 June 2014     Year ended 30 June 2013  
     Notes      £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million  
Cash flows from operating activities                
Profit for the year         2,467          2,181          2,550     
Discontinued operations                  83              
Taxation         466          447          507     
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures         (175       (252       (217  
Net finance charges         412          388          457     
Non-operating items         (373       (140       83     
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Operating profit           2,797          2,707          3,380   
Increase in inventories         (204       (229       (268  
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables         274          (276       (350  
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables and provisions         47          (92       66     
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net decrease/(increase) in working capital           117          (597       (552
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment         440          629          398     
Dividends received         183          228          220     
Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit         (70       (196       (487  
Other items         (11       (80       45     
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          542          581          176   
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Cash generated from operations           3,456          2,691          3,004   
Interest received         183          143          130     
Interest paid         (599       (575       (557  
Taxation paid         (489       (469       (544  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          (905       (901       (971
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net cash from operating activities           2,551          1,790          2,033   
Cash flows from investing activities                
Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software         52          80          39     
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software         (638       (642       (636  
Movements in loans and other investments         (2       7          16     
Sale of businesses      9         978          2          (16  
Acquisition of businesses      9         (1,284       (536       (644  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net cash outflow from investing activities           (894       (1,089       (1,241
Cash flows from financing activities                
Proceeds from issue of share capital         1          1              
Net purchase of own shares for share schemes         (8       (113       (11  
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests         (72       (88       (100  
Disposal of non-controlling interests         1                       
Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests      9                  (37       (200  
Proceeds from bonds      16         791          1,378          2,100     
Repayment of bonds      16         (1,492       (1,471       (869  
Net movements on other borrowings      16         386          (64       7     
Equity dividends paid      17         (1,341       (1,228       (1,125  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net cash outflow from financing activities           (1,734       (1,622       (198
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net (decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents      16           (77       (921       594   
Exchange differences           (73       (192       36   
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year           532          1,645          1,015   
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year           382          532          1,645   
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
               
Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:                
Cash and cash equivalents      16           472          622          1,750   
Bank overdrafts      16           (90       (90       (105
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
          382          532          1,645   
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

186


Financial statements (continued)

 

ACCOUNTING INFORMATION AND POLICIES

This section describes the basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements and the group’s accounting policies that are applicable to the financial statements as a whole. Accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements that are specific to a note are included in the note to which they relate. This section also explains new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, that the group has adopted in the current financial year or will adopt in subsequent years.

1. ACCOUNTING INFORMATION AND POLICIES

(a) Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, unless stated otherwise in the relevant accounting policy.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(b) Going concern

The group has considerable financial resources available. At 30 June 2015 the group has cash and cash equivalents of £472 million and undrawn bank facilities of £2,229 million, with borrowings and bank overdrafts due within one year of £1,921 million. The group owns a diverse portfolio of beverage alcohol assets. With a globally diverse customer and supplier base the directors believe that the group is well positioned to manage its business and financial risks successfully.

The directors have a reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

(c) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. A subsidiary is an entity controlled by Diageo plc. Control is the power to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiary that significantly affect the subsidiary’s return so as to have rights to the variable return from its activities. Where the group has the ability to exercise joint control over an entity but has rights to specified assets and obligations for liabilities of that entity, the entity is consolidated on the basis of the group’s rights over those assets and liabilities.

(d) Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of the group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent company.

The income statements and cash flows of non-sterling entities are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, other than substantial transactions that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation to closing rates are taken to the exchange reserve.

Balance sheets are translated at closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation at closing rates of the opening balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to the exchange reserve, as are exchange differences arising on foreign currency borrowings and financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are also taken to the exchange reserve. Gains and losses accumulated in the exchange reserve are recycled to the income statement when the foreign operation is sold. Other exchange differences are taken to the income statement. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction.

 

187


Financial statements (continued)

 

The principal foreign exchange rates used in the translation of financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2015, expressed in US dollars and euros per £1, were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015      2014      2013  

US dollar

        

Income statement and cash flows(i)

     1.57         1.63         1.57   

Assets and liabilities(ii)

     1.57         1.71         1.52   

Euro

        

Income statement and cash flows(i)

     1.31         1.20         1.21   

Assets and liabilities(ii)

     1.41         1.25         1.17   

 

(i) Weighted average rates
(ii) Year end rates

The group uses foreign exchange hedges to mitigate the effect of exchange rate movements. For further information see note 15.

(e) Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgements, are set out in detail in the relevant notes:

 

    Exceptional items — page 197
    Taxation — page 202
    Business combinations — page 206
    Brands, goodwill and other intangibles — page 209
    Post employment benefits — page 216
    Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings — page 240

In the year ended 30 June 2015 a significant judgement was made in respect of the exchange rate used to translate the group’s Venezuelan operations.

In February 2015, the Central Bank of Venezuela opened a new mechanism (known as SIMADI) that allows private and public companies to trade foreign currency with fewer restrictions than other mechanisms in Venezuela. As a result, the group has used the SIMADI exchange rate to consolidate its Venezuelan operations for the year ended 30 June 2015. For the year ended 30 June 2014, the group applied the Sicad II exchange rate to consolidate its operations in Venezuela.

Applying the SIMADI consolidation rate of $1 = VEF197.30 (£1 = VEF309.76) compared to the Sicad II rate of $1 = VEF49.98 (£1 = VEF85.47) would have reduced net assets and cash and cash equivalents as at 1 July 2014 by £60 million and £52 million, respectively, and would have reduced the previously reported net sales and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2014 by £57 million and £36 million, respectively.

(f) New accounting policies

The following amendments to the accounting standards, issued by the IASB or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) and endorsed by the EU, have been adopted by the group from 1 July 2014 with no significant impact on the group’s consolidated results, financial position or disclosures:

 

    IFRIC 21 — Levies
    Amendment to IAS 19 — Defined benefit plans: Employee contributions
    Amendment to IAS 32 — Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
    Amendment to IAS 39 — Novation of derivatives and continuation of hedge accounting
    Amendment to IFRS 2 — Share based payments – Definition of vesting conditions
    Amendment to IFRS 3 — Accounting for contingent consideration in a business combination
    Amendment to IFRS 3 — Scope exceptions for joint ventures
    Amendment to IFRS 8 — Aggregation of operating segments and reconciliation of segment assets to entity’s assets
    Amendment to IFRS 13 — Short term receivables and payables

 

188


Financial statements (continued)

 

The following standards issued by the IASB (not yet endorsed by the EU) have not yet been adopted by the group:

IFRS 9 — Financial instruments (effective in the year ending 30 June 2019) is ultimately intended to replace IAS 39 and covers the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial instruments together with a new hedge accounting model and new impairment methodology.

Based on a preliminary assessment the group believes that the adoption of IFRS 9 will have no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position.

IFRS 15 — Revenue from contracts with customers (effective in the year ending 30 June 2019) is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when control of goods or services is transferred to the customer and provides a single, principles based five-step model to be applied to all sales contracts. It replaces the separate models for goods, services and construction contracts under current IFRS.

Based on a preliminary assessment the group believes that the adoption of IFRS 15 will have no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position.

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 41 — Agriculture: Bearer Plants (effective in the year ending 30 June 2017) changes the accounting requirements for biological assets that meet the definition of bearer plants. These will be within the scope of IAS 16 and will be subject to all of the requirements therein. This includes the ability to choose between the cost model and revaluation model.

The group is currently considering the impact of the amendments on its consolidated results and financial position.

There are a number of amendments to IFRS, effective for the year ending 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2017, which are not expected to significantly impact the group’s consolidated results or financial position.

 

189


Financial statements (continued)

 

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR

This section explains the results and performance of the group for the three years ended 30 June 2015. Disclosures are provided for segmental information, operating costs, exceptional items, finance income and charges, the group’s share of results of associates and joint ventures, taxation and discontinued operations. For associates, joint ventures and taxation, balance sheet disclosures are also provided in this section.

2. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

Accounting policies

Sales comprise revenue from the sale of goods, royalties and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise and other duties which the group pays as principal but excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as value added tax. Sales are recognised depending upon individual customer terms at the time of despatch, delivery or when the risk of loss transfers. Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Sales are stated net of price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain promotional activities and similar items.

Net sales are sales less excise duties. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In some countries excise duties are based on sales and are separately identified on the face of the invoice to the external customer. In others it is effectively a production tax which is incurred when the spirit is removed from bonded warehouses. In these countries excise duties are part of the cost of goods sold and are not separately identified on the sales invoice.

Advertising costs, point of sale materials and sponsorship payments are charged to marketing in operating profit when the company has a right of access to the goods or services acquired.

 

 

Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. Diageo also owns a number of investments in associates and joint ventures as set out in note 6.

The segmental information presented is consistent with management reporting provided to the executive committee (the chief operating decision maker).

The executive committee considers the business principally from a geographical perspective based on the location of third party sales and the business analysis is presented by geographical segment.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 Diageo changed its internal reporting structure to reflect changes made to management responsibilities. As a result of this change, Diageo reports the following geographical segments both for management reporting purposes and in the external financial statements: North America; Europe; Africa; Latin America and Caribbean; Asia Pacific and Corporate. The geographical segments Western Europe and Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey are no longer reported. Consequently, the segmental information (in parts (a) and (b) below) for the two years ended 30 June 2014 and 2013 has been restated to present the current internal reporting structure.

From 1 July 2013, the majority of the group’s supply operations (formerly the Global Supply segment) have been integrated into demand markets while the supply operations in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Italy, which manufacture products for other group companies, are operated by the International Supply Centre (ISC). The results of the ISC segment are allocated to the geographical segments for the purpose of explaining the group’s performance. The management reporting, at budget exchange rate, for the year ended 30 June 2013 was not restated as the integration of the non-ISC supply operations into the demand markets did not alter the externally reported net sales and operating profit before exceptional items of the geographical segments. The other segmental information in note 2(b) in respect of capital expenditures and depreciation, intangible asset amortisation and impairment for the year ended 30 June 2013 has been restated for the change in the reporting of the ISC.

Continuing operations also include the Corporate function. Corporate revenues and costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, corporate relations, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, facilities and employee costs that are not allocable to the geographical segments or to the ISC. They also include rents receivable and payable in respect of properties not used by the group in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drinks and the results of Gleneagles Hotel (disposed on 30 June 2015).

 

190


Financial statements (continued)

 

Diageo uses shared services operations, including captive and outsourced centres, to deliver transaction processing activities for markets and operational entities. These centres are located in Hungary, Romania, Kenya, Colombia, the Philippines and India. The captive business service centre in Budapest also performs certain central finance activities, including elements of financial planning and reporting and treasury. The results of shared service operations are recharged to the regions.

The segmental information for net sales and operating profit before exceptional items is reported at budgeted exchange rates in line with management reporting. For management reporting purposes the group measures the current year at, and restates the prior year net sales and operating profit to, the current year’s budgeted exchange rates. These exchange rates are set prior to the financial year as part of the financial planning process and provide a consistent exchange rate to measure the performance of the business throughout the year. The adjustments required to retranslate the segmental information to actual exchange rates and to reconcile it to the group’s reported results are shown in the tables below. The comparative segmental information, prior to retranslation, has not been restated at the current year’s budgeted exchange rates but is presented at the budgeted rates for the respective years.

In addition, for management reporting purposes Diageo presents separately the results of acquisitions and disposals completed in the current and prior year from the results of the geographical segments. The impact of acquisitions and disposals on net sales and operating profit is disclosed under the appropriate geographical segments in the tables below at budgeted exchange rates.

(a) Segmental information for the consolidated income statement — continuing operations

 

     North
America
£ million
    Europe
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million
    Total
operating
segments
£ million
    Corporate
and other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2015                     
Sales      3,909        4,683        1,868        1,297        4,129        1,381        (1,381     15,886        80        15,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,462        2,666        1,457        1,105        1,291        1,485        (1,413     10,053        82        10,135   
Acquisitions and disposals      25        34        1        26        903                      989               989   
ISC allocation      9        44        4        8        7        (72                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (41     (127     (47     (106     12        (32     32        (309     (2     (311
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      3,455        2,617        1,415        1,033        2,213        1,381        (1,381     10,733        80        10,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,477        779        329        314        303        75               3,277        (136     3,141   
Acquisitions and disposals      (3     12               1        49        1               60        4        64   
ISC allocation      10        47        4        8        7        (76                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (36     (34     (15     (60     (3                   (148     9        (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,448        804        318        263        356                      3,189        (123     3,066   
Exceptional items      (28     (20     (7     (5     (193     (6            (259     (10     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,420        784        311        258        163        (6            2,930        (133     2,797   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Non-operating items                        373   
Net finance charges                        (412
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                     
- Moët Hennessy                        164   
- Other                        11   
                    

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                        2,933   
                    

 

 

 

 

191


Financial statements (continued)

 

     North
America
£ million
    Europe
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America

and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million
    Total
operating
segments
£ million
    Corporate
and other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2014 (restated)                     
Sales      3,915        4,935        1,846        1,404        1,801        1,504        (1,504     13,901        79        13,980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,563        2,824        1,506        1,311        1,446        1,595        (1,504     10,741        79        10,820   
Acquisitions and disposals      44        3                                           47               47   
ISC allocation      12        56        5        10        8        (91                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (175     (69     (81     (177     (107                   (609            (609
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      3,444        2,814        1,430        1,144        1,347        1,504        (1,504     10,179        79        10,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,535        838        366        397        333        84               3,553        (128     3,425   
Acquisitions and disposals      (12     (3                   (19                   (34     (2     (36
ISC allocation      11        52        4        9        8        (84                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (74     (34     (30     (78     (39                   (255            (255
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,460        853        340        328        283                      3,264        (130     3,134   
Exceptional items      (35     (20     (23     (14     (276     (47            (415     (12     (427
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,425        833        317        314        7        (47            2,849        (142     2,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Non-operating items                        140   
Net finance charges                        (388
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                     
- Moët Hennessy                        246   
- Other                        6   
                    

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                        2,711   
                    

 

 

 

 

192


Financial statements (continued)

 

     North
America
£ million
    Europe
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    Global
Supply
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million
    Total
operating
segments
£ million
    Corporate
and other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2013 (restated)                     
Sales      4,262        5,074        2,014        1,741        2,109        2,648        (2,648     15,200        76        15,276   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,707        2,890        1,566        1,416        1,480        2,754        (2,667     11,146        76        11,222   
Acquisitions and disposals             49        14        66        119                      248               248   
Global Supply allocation      36        31        3        11        6        (87                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (20     (55     (19     (40     (33     (19     19        (167            (167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      3,723        2,915        1,564        1,453        1,572        2,648        (2,648     11,227        76        11,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,445        864        418        480        369        82               3,658        (154     3,504   
Acquisitions and disposals             15        2               22                      39               39   
Global Supply allocation      46        30        3               3        (82                            
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (13     (6     (23     (12     (13                   (67     3        (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,478        903        400        468        381                      3,630        (151     3,479   
Exceptional items             (31     (5            (1     (62            (99            (99
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,478        872        395        468        380        (62            3,531        (151     3,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Non-operating items                        (83
Net finance charges                        (457
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                     
- Moët Hennessy                        230   
- Other                        (13
                    

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                        3,057   
                    

 

 

 

 

 

(i) These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and ISC/Global Supply segments.
(1) The net sales figures for ISC/Global Supply reported to the executive committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental analysis. Apart from sales by the ISC/Global Supply segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.
(2) The group’s net finance charges are managed centrally and are not attributable to individual operating segments.
(3) Approximately 40% of annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

 

193


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Other segmental information

 

     North
America
£ million
    Europe
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Corporate
and other

£ million
    Total
£ million
 

2015

                

Capital expenditure

     95        34        140        53        42        233        41        638   

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

     (38     (24     (93     (15     (37     (102     (62     (371

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

     (22                   (1                          (23

Exceptional impairment of associate

                                 (41                   (41

Exceptional accelerated amortisation

                                               (5     (5

2014 (restated)

                

Capital expenditure

     65        28        154        39        25        280        51        642   

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

     (40     (24     (92     (12     (19     (100     (57     (344

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

     (2                          (4     (18     (1     (25

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

                                 (260                   (260

2013 (restated)

                

Capital expenditure

     76        22        183        20        42        226        67        636   

Depreciation, intangible asset amortisation and impairment

     (37     (25     (92     (13     (20     (89     (49     (325

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

     (4                                 (19            (23

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

            (50                                        (50

(c) Category and geographic analysis

 

     Category analysis      Geographic analysis  
     Spirits
£ million
     Beer
£ million
     Wine
£ million
     Ready to
drink

£ million
     Other
£ million
     Total
£ million
     Great
Britain
£ million
     United
States
£ million
     Nether-
lands

£ million
     India
£ million
     Rest of
World

£ million
     Total
£ million
 

2015

                                   

Sales(i)

     12,052         2,562         479         703         170         15,966         1,765         3,592         54         2,463         8,092         15,966   

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                                     1,654         3,340         2,196         3,439         6,588         17,217   

2014

                                   

Sales(i)

     9,941         2,581         468         817         173         13,980         1,735         3,568         65         86         8,526         13,980   

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                                     1,625         3,097         2,100         802         7,124         14,748   

2013

                                   

Sales(i)

     10,957         2,776         503         902         138         15,276         1,718         3,939         65         75         9,479         15,276   

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                                     1,514         3,420         2,255         8         8,337         15,534   

 

 

(i) The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of third party customers.
(ii) The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, other investments and non-current other receivables.
(iii) The management information provided to the chief operating decision maker does not include an analysis of assets and liabilities by category and therefore is not disclosed.

 

194


Financial statements (continued)

 

3. OPERATING COSTS

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
(restated)
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Excise duties

     5,153        3,722        3,973   

Cost of sales

     4,610        4,029        4,416   

Marketing

     1,629        1,620        1,769   

Other operating expenses

     1,777        1,902        1,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,169        11,273        11,896   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Excise duties – Great Britain

     862        863        861   

– United States

     450        467        534   

– India

     1,472        33        25   

– Other

     2,369        2,359        2,553   

Increase in inventories

     (200     (291     (228

Raw materials and consumables

     2,725        2,327        2,404   

Marketing

     1,629        1,620        1,769   

Other external charges (a)

     2,017        1,810        2,192   

Staff costs (d)

     1,433        1,479        1,403   

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     440        629        398   

Gains on disposal of properties

     (26     (25     (1

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

     13        12        (1

Other operating income

     (15     (10     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,169        11,273        11,896   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Other external charges

Other external charges include operating lease rentals for plant and equipment of £29 million (2014 – £30 million; 2013 – £27 million), other operating lease rentals (mainly properties) of £87 million (2014 – £85 million; 2013 – £93 million), research and development expenditure in respect of new drinks products and package design in the year leading up to product launch of £26 million (2014 – £24 million; 2013 – £21 million) and maintenance and repairs of £95 million (2014 – £72 million; 2013 – £88 million). The group has revised the disclosure of the 2014 comparative amounts by decreasing other external charges by £523 million with a corresponding increase in raw materials and consumables. The revised disclosure is consistent with the current year presentation.

(b) Exceptional operating items

Included in the table above are exceptional operating items as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Other external charges

     170         31         10   

Staff costs

        

– Net charge in respect of restructuring programmes

     30         111         36   

– Pension changes – past service credits

                     (20

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

        

– Accelerated depreciation and amortisation

     28         21         23   

– Associate impairment

     41                   

– Brand and tangible asset impairment

             264         50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total exceptional operating costs (note 4)

     269         427         99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     25         23         27   

Other operating expenses

     244         404         72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total exceptional operating costs (note 4)

     269         427         99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

195


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) Auditor fees

Other external charges include the fees of the principal auditor of the group, KPMG LLP and its affiliates (KPMG):

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Audit fees of these financial statements

     3.6         3.4         3.5   

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries

     2.7         2.3         2.4   

Audit related assurance services(i)

     1.6         1.6         1.6   

Total audit fees (Audit fees)

     7.9         7.3         7.5   

Other services relevant to taxation (Tax fees)(ii)

     0.8         0.6         1.1   

Other assurance services (Audit related fees)(iii)

     0.6         0.7         0.5   

All other non-audit fees (All other fees)(iv)

     0.7         0.4         1.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10.0         9.0         10.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Audit related assurance services are principally in respect of reporting under section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the review of the interim financial information.
(ii) Other services relevant to taxation principally comprise tax advice in respect of transactions.
(iii) Other assurance services comprise the aggregate fees for assurance and related services that are related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements and are not reported under ‘total audit fees’.
(iv) All other non-audit fees are principally in respect of advisory and other services in respect of acquisitions and disposals.
(1) Disclosure requirements for auditor fees in the United States are different from those required in the United Kingdom. The terminology by category required in the United States is disclosed in brackets in the above table. All figures are the same for the disclosures in the United Kingdom and the United States apart from £0.4 million (2014 – £0.4 million; 2013 – £0.4 million) of the costs in respect of the review of the interim financial information which would be included in audit related fees in the United States rather than audit fees.

Audit services by firms other than KPMG were not material in any of the years presented. KPMG fees for audit services in respect of employee pension plans were £0.4 million (2014 – £0.3 million; 2013 – £0.4 million).

(d) Staff costs and average number of employees

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Aggregate remuneration

        

Wages and salaries

     1,180         1,242         1,148   

Share-based incentive plans

     36         38         46   

Employer’s social security

     88         92         92   

Employer’s pension

        

- defined benefit plans

     103         91         97   

- defined contribution plans

     15         15         13   

Other post employment plans

     11         1         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,433         1,479         1,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The average number of employees on a full time equivalent basis (excluding employees of associates and joint ventures) was as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015      2014
(restated)(i)
     2013
(restated)(i)
 

North America

     2,748         3,120         3,129   

Europe

     4,073         4,056         3,927   

Africa

     4,997         5,252         5,648   

Latin America and Caribbean

     3,166         3,002         3,031   

Asia Pacific(ii)

     10,520         3,985         4,075   

ISC

     4,291         4,431         4,878   

Corporate and other

     3,567         3,509         3,311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33,362         27,355         27,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2015 Diageo changed its internal reporting structure to reflect changes made to management responsibilities (see note 2). As a result comparative years have been restated.
(ii) The average number of employees in Asia Pacific in the year ended 30 June 2015 increased primarily as a result of consolidating USL from 2 July 2014.

 

196


Financial statements (continued)

 

At 30 June 2015 the group had, on a full time equivalent basis, 32,409 (2014 – 26,588; 2013 – 28,056) employees. The average number of employees of the group, including part time employees, for the year was 34,179 (2014 – 27,958; 2013 – 28,545).

4. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

Accounting policies

IAS1 (Revised) – Presentation of financial statements requires material items of income and expense to be disclosed separately.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Items included in operating profit

      

Restructuring

      

Global efficiency programme (a)

     (47     (98       

Supply excellence review (b)

     (35     (35     (25

Irish brewing operations (c)

            (30     (36

Global Supply operations

                   (8

Other

      

Korea settlement (d)

     (146              

Associate impairment (e)

     (41              

Brand and tangible asset impairment (f)

            (264     (50

Pension changes — past service credits

                   20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (269     (427     (99
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating items

      

Step ups

      

United Spirits Limited (g)

     103        140          

Don Julio (h)

     63                 

South Africa (i)

     (10              

Sale of businesses

      

Bushmills (h)

     174                 

Gleneagles Hotel (j)

     73                 

Nuvo (k)

                   (83

Other

      

Guarantee (l)

     (30              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     373        140        (83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items before taxation

     104        (287     (182

Items included in taxation (note 7)

     51        99        55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items in continuing operations

     155        (188     (127

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 8)

            (83       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total exceptional items

     155        (271     (127
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders of the parent company

     156        (146  

Non-controlling interests

     (1     (125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total exceptional items

     155        (271  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

197


Financial statements (continued)

 

 

(a) On 30 January 2014, Diageo announced its plan to restructure the organisation and deliver further operating efficiencies. This is in line with the principles implemented by the operating model review announced in 2011, and includes the reorganisation of teams in the markets working with regions and global functions, a reconfiguration of procurement, logistics and shared services and a transformation of information services. The charge is principally in respect of redundancies in all regions and the programme was completed by 30 June 2015.

(b) In March 2013, the group announced that its Global Supply and procurement operation will be refocused to enhance alignment between supply operations and Diageo’s markets. This is a continuation of the principles implemented by the operating model review announced in 2011. In addition, a number of initiatives were launched to consolidate and streamline the supply operations to create greater operating efficiencies. The charge over the three years ended 30 June 2015 is principally in respect of redundancies, accelerated depreciation and project costs in the United Kingdom, North America and Africa and the programme was completed by 30 June 2015.

(c) The group has centralised its brewing activities in Ireland at one site. This resulted in the closure of the breweries and associated activities at Dundalk, Kilkenny and Waterford. In the year ended 30 June 2015 the sites at Dundalk and Kilkenny were sold and the programme was completed.

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2015 £146 million was charged in respect of settlement of several related disputes with the Korean customs authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable to imported products. Total payments to settle these disputes in 2015 were £74 million as £87 million was paid to the customs authorities prior to 30 June 2014, and was previously accounted for as a receivable from Korean customs.

(e) In the year ended 30 June 2015 an exceptional impairment charge of £41 million was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company. For further details see note 6.

(f) In the year ended 30 June 2014 an exceptional impairment loss of £260 million in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and £4 million in respect of fixed assets was charged to other operating expenses — see note 10.

In the year ended 30 June 2013 an impairment loss of £50 million was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the Cacique brand.

(g) On 4 July 2013, the group acquired an additional 14.98% investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) which increased the group’s investment in USL from 10.04% to 25.02% and triggered a change in accounting from available-for-sale investments to associates. As a result, the difference of £140 million between the original cost of the investment and its fair value of £399 million was included in the income statement in the year ended 30 June 2014.

On 2 July 2014, with the completion of a tender offer, the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust). From 2 July 2014 the group accounted for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.91% non-controlling interests. As a result of USL becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £103 million arose, being the difference between the book value of the associate prior to the transaction and its fair value of £982 million. The gain is net of a £79 million cumulative exchange loss recycled from other comprehensive income and £10 million transaction costs.

(h) On 27 February 2015, the group completed the purchase of the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own (giving Diageo 100% ownership of the brand and production facility) and the Mexican distribution business of Don Julio. As a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £63 million (net of transaction costs of £7 million) arose, being the difference between the book value of the joint venture prior to the transaction and the fair value of £115 million. In addition, the group reacquired the production and distribution for Smirnoff and Popov in Mexico.

As part of the transaction, Diageo also agreed to sell the equity share capital in its wholly owned subsidiary, The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited, resulting in an exceptional gain of £174 million.

(i) On 29 May 2015, Diageo acquired the remaining 50% equity stake of one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa. The difference between the fair value and the book value of the 50% that Diageo already owned is disclosed as an exceptional step up loss.

(j) On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited to the Ennismore group.

(k) On 5 June 2013, the group disposed of its 71.25% interest in London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand and its 20% equity interest in LNJ Group, LLC, the owner of the 22 Marquis brand at a loss of $126 million (£83 million).

 

198


Financial statements (continued)

 

(l) In the year ended 30 June 2015 a provision of £30 million was charged to the income statement in respect of a guarantee provided to a third party financial institution.

Cash payments included in cash generated from operations in respect of exceptional restructuring items, exceptional legal settlements, the guarantee settlement and thalidomide were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Exceptional restructuring

     (117     (104     (61

Korea settlement

     (74              

Guarantee

     (30              

Thalidomide

     (19     (59     (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash payments

     (240     (163     (84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. FINANCE INCOME AND CHARGES

Accounting policies

Net interest includes interest income and charges in respect of financial instruments and the results of hedging transactions used to manage interest rate risk.

Finance charges directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset. Borrowing costs which are not capitalised are recognised in the income statement based on the effective interest method. All other finance charges are recognised primarily in the income statement in the year in which they are incurred.

Net other finance charges include items in respect of post employment plans, the discount unwind of long term obligations and hyperinflation charges. The results of operations in hyperinflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes in the purchasing power of the local currency of the entity before being translated to sterling.

 

 

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Interest income

     162        109        99   

Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

     61        115        155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     223        224        254   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest charge on bank loans and overdrafts

     (102     (40     (28

Interest charge on finance leases

     (17     (20     (20

Interest charge on all other borrowings

     (409     (395     (454

Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

     (55     (117     (151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest charges

     (583     (572     (653
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest charges

     (360     (348     (399
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance income in respect of post employment plans in surplus (note 13)

     13        17          

Other finance income

     8               5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other finance income

     21        17        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans in deficit (note 13)

     (26     (29     (38

Unwinding of discounts

     (14     (9     (16

Change in financial liability

     (13              

Hyperinflation adjustment

     (17     (13     (4

Other finance charges

     (3     (6     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other finance charges

     (73     (57     (63
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other finance charges

     (52     (40     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

199


Financial statements (continued)

 

6. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

Accounting policies

An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long term equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant influence. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. The group’s interest in the net assets of associates and joint ventures is reported in investments in the consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results is included in the consolidated income statement below the group’s operating profit. Investments in associates and joint ventures are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment review compares the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the higher of the value in use calculated as the present value of the group’s share of the associate’s future cash flows and its fair value less costs to sell.

Associates and joint ventures are initially recorded at cost including transaction costs.

 

 

Diageo’s principal associate at 30 June 2015 was Moët Hennessy (2014 – Moët Hennessy and USL).

Diageo owns 34% of Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wine subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in France and is a producer and exporter of champagne and cognac brands.

A number of joint distribution arrangements have been established with LVMH in Asia Pacific and France, principally covering distribution of Diageo’s premium brands of Scotch whisky and gin and Moët Hennessy’s premium champagne and cognac brands. Diageo and LVMH have each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a non-controlling shareholder in Moët Hennessy. The operations of Moët Hennessy in France are conducted through a partnership in which Diageo has a 34% interest and, as a partner, Diageo pays any tax due on its share of the results of the partnership to the tax authorities.

For the year ended 30 June 2014 Diageo equity accounted for its investment in USL, the leading spirits company in India, as an associate. On 2 July 2014, with the completion of the tender offer the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust). From 2 July 2014 the carrying value of the associate of £790 million was derecognised and the group accounted for USL as a subsidiary with 43.91% non-controlling interests.

On 27 February 2015, Diageo acquired the 50% of Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own and the carrying value of the joint venture of £40 million was derecognised and the group accounted for Don Julio B.V. as a subsidiary.

On 29 May 2015, Diageo acquired the remaining 50% equity stake of one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own. From that date the carrying value of the joint venture of £22 million was derecognised and the group accounted for it as a subsidiary.

 

200


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) An analysis of the movement in the group’s investments in associates and joint ventures is as follows:

 

                                                                 
     Moët
Hennessy
£ million
    USL and
others
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost less provisions

      

At 30 June 2013

     2,204        317        2,521   

Exchange differences

     (169     (125     (294

Additions

            483        483   

Transfer from other investments

            399        399   

Share of profit after tax

     246        6        252   

Dividends

     (197     (31     (228

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

     68               68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     2,152        1,049        3,201   

Exchange differences

     (200     (5     (205

Capital injection

            21        21   

Step acquisitions

            (852     (852

Share of profit after tax

     164        11        175   

Transfer to assets held for sale(i)

            (82     (82

Dividends

     (148     (35     (183

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

     56               56   

Impairment charge(ii)

            (41     (41

Share of movements in other comprehensive income and equity

     (14            (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     2,010        66        2,076   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) On 28 July 2015, Diageo has agreed to dispose its equity interests in and loans to DHN Drinks, Sedibeng Limited and Namibia Breweries Limited. The cash consideration receivable is in excess of the aggregate book value. The net balances have been transferred to assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2015.
(ii) In the year ended 30 June 2015 an exceptional impairment charge of £41 million was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company (Halico). Forecast and long term growth assumptions have been reduced principally due to increased competition in the Vietnamese spirits market and synergies arising at a slower rate than originally anticipated. A pre-tax discount rate of 18% (2014 – 17%) has been used to calculate the net present value of the cash flows generated by Halico.

(b) Income statement information for the three years ended 30 June 2015 and balance sheet information as at 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 of all associates and joint ventures aggregating 100% of the results of each investment, is as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                    
     2015      2014      2013  
     Moët
Hennessy(i)
£ million
     Others
£ million
     Moët
Hennessy(i)
£ million
     USL(ii)
£ million
     Others
£ million
     Moët
Hennessy(i)
£ million
     Others
£ million
 

Net sales

     3,215         1,147         3,329         1,188         1,164         3,463         1,058   

Profit for the year

     482         34         722                 27         677         (12

Total comprehensive income

     588         34         639                 27         620         (18

 

 

(i) Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS as endorsed by the EU in euros to 31 December each year. The results are adjusted for alignment to Diageo accounting policies and are not the same as the Wines & Spirits division of LVMH. They are translated at £1 = €1.31 (2014 – £1 = €1.20; 2013 – £1 = €1.21).
(ii) USL prepares its financial statements under Indian GAAP in Indian rupees to 31 March each year. The results are adjusted for alignment to Diageo accounting policies and are not the same as published by USL. The results for the year ended 30 June 2014 were translated at £1 = INR99.96.

 

201


Financial statements (continued)

 

                                                                                                             
     2015     2014  
     Moët
Hennessy(i)
£ million
    Others
£ million
    Moët
Hennessy(i)
£ million
    USL(ii)
£ million
    Others
£ million
 

Non-current assets

     3,251        166        3,498        2,079        647   

Current assets

     5,118        162        5,312        867        427   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     8,369        328        8,810        2,946        1,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     (894     (71     (924     (577     (234

Current liabilities

     (1,562     (103     (1,558     (909     (302
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (2,456     (174     (2,482     (1,486     (536
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     5,913        154        6,328        1,460        538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Including acquisition fair value adjustments principally in respect of Moët Hennessy’s brands and translated at £1 = €1.41 (2014 – £1 = €1.25).
(ii) Including acquisition fair value adjustments principally in respect of USL’s brands and translated at £1 = INR102.93.

(c) Information on transactions between the group and its associates and joint ventures is disclosed in note 20.

(d) Investments in associates and joint ventures comprise the cost of shares less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 of £974 million (2014 – £2,144 million), plus the group’s share of post acquisition reserves of £1,102 million (2014 – £1,057 million).

(e) The associates and joint ventures have not reported in their latest financial statements any material contingent liabilities.

7. TAXATION

Accounting policies

Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit is different from accounting profit due to temporary differences between accounting and tax treatments, and due to items that are never taxable or tax deductible. Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, tax benefits are reviewed each year to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Tax provisions are included in current liabilities. Interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

Full provision for deferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their value for tax purposes. The amount of deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of recovery or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using the basis of taxation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the many jurisdictions in which it operates. The recognition of tax benefits and assessment of provisions against tax benefits requires management judgement. In particular the group is routinely subject to tax audits in many jurisdictions, which by their nature are often complex and can take several years to resolve. Provisions are based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group’s profit for the year.

 

202


Financial statements (continued)

 

The evaluation of deferred tax assets recoverability requires judgements to be made regarding the availability of future taxable income.

 

 

(a) Analysis of taxation charge for the year

 

                                                              
     United Kingdom     Rest of world     Total  
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 
Current tax                   
Current year      75        102        63        381        361        370        456        463        433   
Adjustments in respect of prior years             (4     3        (15     (8     9        (15     (12     12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     75        98        66        366        353        379        441        451        445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Deferred tax                   
Origination and reversal of temporary differences      (7     (32     (46     11        27        82        4        (5     36   
Changes in tax rates             4        10        (1            (3     (1     4        7   
Adjustments in respect of prior years      10        (22     21        12        19        (2     22        (3     19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3        (50     (15     22        46        77        25        (4     62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Taxation on profit from continuing operations      78        48        51        388        399        456        466        447        507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(b) Exceptional tax (credits)/charges

The taxation charge includes the following exceptional items:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Restructuring

     (21     (34     (14

Korea settlement

     (30              

Brand impairment

            (65     (16

Sale of businesses

                   (28

Other

                   3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (51     (99     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(c) Taxation rate reconciliation and factors that may affect future tax charges

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

     2,933        2,711        3,057   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 20.75% (2014 – 22.5%; 2013 – 23.75%)      608        610        726   
Elimination of notional tax on share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures      (36     (56     (46

Differences in overseas tax rates

     64        33        (5

Items not chargeable

     (358     (283     (331

Items not deductible

     182        154        125   

Changes in tax rates

     (1     4        7   

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     7        (15     31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax charge for the year

     466        447        507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

203


Financial statements (continued)

 

The table above reconciles the notional taxation charge calculated at the UK tax rate, to the actual total tax charge. As a group operating in multiple countries, the actual tax rates applicable to profits in those countries are different from the UK tax rate. The impact is shown in the table above as differences in overseas tax rates. The group’s worldwide business leads to the consideration of a number of important factors which may affect future tax charges, such as: the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing regulations, tax rates imposed and tax regime reforms, acquisitions, disposals, restructuring activities, and settlements or agreements with tax authorities.

The group has a number of tax audits ongoing worldwide but does not currently expect material additional tax exposures to arise, above the amounts provided, as and when the audits are concluded.

(d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The amounts of deferred tax accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Property,
plant and
equipment
£ million
    Intangible
assets

£ million
    Post
employment
plans

£ million
    Tax losses
£ million
    Other
temporary
differences
£ million
    Total
£ million
 
At 30 June 2013      (164     (1,526     109        108        248        (1,225
Exchange differences      29        154        (14     (7     (17     145   
Recognised in income statement — continuing operations      9        11        17        12        (45     4   
Recognised in income statement — discontinued operations                                  8        8   
Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity                    (12            (39     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2014      (126     (1,361     100        113        155        (1,119
Exchange differences      11        (79     (1     (5     (6     (80
Recognised in income statement — continuing operations      1        (55     14        (30     45        (25
Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity                    (73     25        4        (44
Acquisition of businesses      (16     (446     2               (12     (472
Reclassification             14        41               (55       
Sale of businesses      6        29        (2                   33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2015      (124     (1,898     81        103        131        (1,707
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes items such as the thalidomide provisions, restructuring provisions, share-based payments and intra group sales of products.

After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax liability comprises:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Deferred tax assets

     189        246   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1,896     (1,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,707     (1,119
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The deferred tax assets of £189 million includes £113 million (2014 – £152 million) arising in jurisdictions with prior year taxable losses. The majority of the asset is in respect of tax losses in the United Kingdom, which primarily arose following material pension funding payments. It is considered more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable profits to realise these deferred tax assets, most of which can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

204


Financial statements (continued)

 

(e) Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following tax losses:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Capital losses - indefinite

     72         73   

Trading losses - indefinite

     74         102   

Trading losses - expiry dates up to 2025

     2         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     148         176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(f) Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

UK legislation largely exempts overseas dividends remitted from UK tax. A tax liability is more likely to arise in respect of withholding taxes levied by the overseas jurisdiction. Deferred tax is provided where there is an intention to distribute earnings, and a tax liability arises. It is impractical to estimate the amount of unrecognised deferred tax liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences in respect of investments in subsidiaries, branches, interests in associates and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is approximately £14.5 billion (2014 – £13.3 billion).

8. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Accounting policies

Discontinued operations comprise disposal groups where they represent a major line of business or geographical area of operations or business activities that the group no longer participates in or did not form part of the group’s operations.

 

 

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (£91 million less tax of £8 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

 

205


Financial statements (continued)

 

OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

This section describes the assets used to generate the group’s performance and the liabilities incurred. Liabilities relating to the group’s financing activities are included in section ‘Risk management and capital structure’ and balance sheet information in respect of associates, joint ventures and taxation are covered in section ‘Results for the year’. This section also provides detailed disclosures on the group’s recent acquisitions and performance and financial position of its defined benefit post-employment plans.

9. ACQUISITION AND SALE OF BUSINESSES AND PURCHASE OF NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

Accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are included in the income statement from, or up to, the date that control passes.

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired are measured at fair value at acquisition date. The consideration payable is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent consideration.

On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets including identifiable intangible assets and contingent liabilities acquired. Directly attributable acquisition costs in respect of subsidiary companies acquired are recognised in other external charges as incurred.

The non-controlling interests on the date of acquisition can be measured either at the fair value or at the non-controlling shareholder’s proportion of the net fair value of the identifiable assets assumed. This choice is made separately for each acquisition.

Where the group has issued a put option over shares held by a non-controlling interest, the group derecognises the non-controlling interests and instead recognises a contingent deferred consideration liability for the estimated amount likely to be paid to the non-controlling interest on the exercise of those options. Movements in the estimated liability in respect of put options are recognised in retained earnings.

Transactions with non-controlling interests are recorded directly in retained earnings.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

For all entities in which the company, directly or indirectly, owns equity a judgement is made to determine whether the investor controls the investee and therefore should fully consolidate the investee. An assessment is carried out to determine whether the group has the rights to the variable returns of the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. To establish control an analysis is carried out of the substantive and protective rights that the group and the other investors hold. This assessment is dependent on the activities and purpose of the investee and the rights of the other shareholders, such as which party controls the board, executive committee and material policies of the investee. Determining whether the rights that the group holds are substantive requires management judgement.

Where less than 50% of the equity of an investee is held, and the group holds significantly more voting rights than any other vote holder or organised group of vote holders this may be an indicator of de facto control. An assessment is needed to determine all the factors relevant to the relationship with the investee to ascertain whether control has been established and whether the investee should be consolidated as a subsidiary. Where voting power and returns from an investment are split equally between two entities then the arrangement is accounted for as a joint venture.

On an acquisition fair values are attributed to the assets and liabilities acquired. This may involve material judgement to determine these values.

 

 

 

206


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) Acquisition of businesses

Fair value of net assets acquired and cash consideration paid in respect of acquisition of businesses and purchase of shares of non-controlling interests in the three years ended 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

     Net assets acquired and consideration  
     USL
£ million
    Don Julio
£ million
    Other
£ million
    2015
Total
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Brands and other intangibles

     1,721        220               1,941        10        109   

Property, plant and equipment

     248        10        17        275        1        43   

Biological assets

            5               5               1   

Investments

     58                      58                 

Inventories

     217        27        3        247        1        16   

Assets and liabilities held for sale

     401                      401                 

Other working capital

     61        6        (5     62        1        (5

Current tax

     (35     (1     1        (35              

Deferred tax

     (407     (65            (472            10   

Cash

     50        10        4        64                 

Borrowings

     (847            (22     (869              

Post employment benefit liabilities

     (7                   (7            (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of assets and liabilities

     1,460        212        (2     1,670        13        173   

Goodwill arising on acquisition

     1,281        105        33        1,419        16        83   

Non-controlling interests

     (641                   (641     (8     21   

Step acquisitions

     (982     (115     (16     (1,113              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consideration payable

     1,118        202        15        1,335        21        277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Satisfied by:

            

Cash consideration paid

     1,118        202        14        1,334        28        284   

Deferred/contingent consideration payable

                   1        1        1        (7

Receivables from non-controlling interests

                                 (8       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,118        202        15        1,335        21        277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash consideration paid for investment in USL

     1,118                      1,118        474        274   

Cash consideration paid for investments in other subsidiaries

            202        14        216        28        284   

Cash consideration paid for investments in associates

                                 2        25   

Purchase consideration paid in respect of prior year acquisitions

                   4        4        14        9   

Capital injection in associates

                   21        21        7        52   

Cash acquired

     (50     (10     (4     (64              

Deposit (refunded)/paid

     (11                   (11     11          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash outflow on acquisition of businesses

     1,057        192        35        1,284        536        644   

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

                                 37        200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net cash outflow

     1,057        192        35        1,284        573        844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

United Spirits Limited (USL)

On 2 July 2014, with the completion of a tender offer the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL, the leading spirits company in India, for INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million) taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust). From 2 July 2014 the group accounted for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.91% non-controlling interests.

 

207


Financial statements (continued)

 

USL has been fully consolidated for the period 2 July 2014 to 30 June 2015, and in that period contributed net sales of £921 million, operating profit of £48 million and a £15 million loss after tax (both net of transaction costs of £5 million). In addition, directly attributable integration and transaction costs of £15 million (2014 – £18 million) have been included in other external charges in the year.

The goodwill acquired represents synergies arising from the acquisition and the extension of the group’s portfolio of brands to Indian consumers.

Don Julio

On 27 February 2015 Diageo purchased the 50% equity interest in Don Julio that it did not already own from Casa Cuervo. Don Julio is the brand owner of Don Julio tequila and manufactures the spirit in Mexico. Don Julio has been fully consolidated for the period 27 February to 30 June 2015, and in that period contributed net sales of £23 million and £6 million of operating profit. In addition, directly attributable integration and transaction costs of £8 million (2014 – £2 million) have been included in other external charges in the year. The fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are provisional and will be finalised in the year ending 30 June 2016.

Other

On 29 May 2015 the group also acquired the remaining 50% equity stake of one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa. The fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are provisional and will be finalised in the year ending 30 June 2016.

Prior year acquisitions

In previous years, Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests in drinks businesses. In the two years ended 30 June 2014 the following acquisitions have been made:

 

            Fair value of net assets acquired                 
     Cash paid(i)
£ million
     Brands
£ million
     Goodwill
£ million
     Other
£ million
     Location   

Principal brands acquired

  

Status

United Spirits Limited(ii)

 

13 May 2013 to 31 January 2014

     768                               India    McDowell’s No.1 whisky, rum and brandy, Black Dog, Signature, Antiquity and Bagpiper whisky and other Indian whisky, brandy and rum products    Acquisition of 28.78% investment in United Spirits Limited (see note 6)
                    

SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang

 

27 January 2007 to 2 August 2013

     302         502         115         46       China    Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit    Acquisition of a 100% equity stake in SJF Holdco which owns a 39.7% controlling equity interest in Shuijingfang. The group controlled Shuijingfang from 29 June 2012.
                    

Ypióca

 

9 August 2012

     284         145         79         60       Brazil    Ypióca cachaça    Acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Ypióca Bebidas S.A.
                    
Other(iii)      55         10         16         29            

 

 

(i) Includes amounts paid in respect of these acquisitions prior to 30 June 2012.
(ii) Excludes £1,118 million paid for additional 26% investment in USL on 2 July 2014 and includes transaction costs of £33 million on the initial acquisition of shares in USL when the investment was accounted for as an associate.
(iii) Other primarily includes acquisitions in the United States and South Africa.

 

208


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Sale of businesses

Cash consideration received and net assets disposed of in respect of sale of businesses in the year ended 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015  
     Bushmills
£ million
    Other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Sale consideration

      

Cash received in year

     458        543        1,001   

Cash disposed of

     (2     (15     (17

Transaction costs paid

     (6            (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash received

     450        528        978   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction costs payable

     (1     (2     (3

Deferred consideration payable

     (3            (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     446        526        972   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets disposed of

      

Brands

     (144            (144

Goodwill

     (44            (44

Property, plant and equipment

     (51     (67     (118

Assets and liabilities held for sale

            (404     (404

Inventories

     (75     (3     (78

Other working capital

     4        15        19   

Post employment benefit liabilities

     7        3        10   

Current tax

     1               1   

Deferred tax

     30        3        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (272     (453     (725
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on disposal before and after taxation

     174        73        247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On 27 February 2015, the group disposed of the entire share capital of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to Jose Cuervo Overseas. In the period of 1 July 2014 to 27 February 2015, Bushmills contributed net sales of £50 million (in the year ended 30 June 2014 – £60 million; 2013 – £55 million), operating profit of £22 million (in the year ended 30 June 2014 – £28 million; 2013 – £23 million) and profit after taxation of £17 million (in the year ended 30 June 2014 – £20 million; 2013 – £16 million).

Other includes businesses disposed of following the acquisition of USL including the net cash receipt of £391 million on the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group on 31 October 2014. It also includes the proceeds and net assets following the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015. In the year ended 30 June 2015, Gleneagles Hotel contributed net sales of £48 million (2014 – £45 million; 2013 – £40 million) and operating profit of £4 million (2014 – £2 million; 2013 – nil).

In the year ended 30 June 2013, the group disposed of its interest in London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand (see note 4).

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Accounting policies

Acquired intangible assets are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Acquired brands and other intangible assets are initially recognised at fair value when they are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured. Where these assets are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, they are not amortised.

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the value of any non-controlling interests and the fair value of any previously held equity interest in the subsidiary acquired over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been reinstated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1 July 1998 has been capitalised.

 

209


Financial statements (continued)

 

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets is based on their useful economic lives and are amortised on a straight-line basis over those lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised and are reviewed for impairment at least annually or when there is an indication that the assets may be impaired. Impairment reviews compare the net carrying value with the recoverable amount (value in use or fair value less cost to sell). Amortisation and any impairment write downs are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement.

Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives are up to eight years.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Assessment of the recoverable value of an intangible asset, the useful economic life of an asset, or that an asset has an indefinite life, requires management judgement.

Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. The tests are dependent on management’s estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected long term growth rates. Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a result of changing economic conditions and actual cash flows may differ from forecasts.

 

 

 

                                                                                                             
     Brands
£ million
    Goodwill
£ million
    Other
intangibles

£ million
    Computer
software

£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost

          

At 30 June 2013

     6,397        1,395        1,255        471        9,518   

Exchange differences

     (568     (197     (134     (20     (919

Acquisition of businesses

     10        16                      26   

Other additions

                          44        44   

Disposals

            (1            (2     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     5,839        1,213        1,121        493        8,666   

Exchange differences

     157        (57     96        (7     189   

Acquisition of businesses

     1,903        1,419        38               3,360   

Sale of businesses

     (144     (44                   (188

Other additions

                   1        40        41   

Other disposals

                          (15     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     7,755        2,531        1,256        511        12,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation and impairment

          

At 30 June 2013

     185        18        55        247        505   

Exchange differences

     (13     (6     (2     (15     (36

Amortisation for the year

                   3        44        47   

Exceptional impairment

     260                             260   

Disposals

                          (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     432        12        56        275        775   

Exchange differences

     3        (2            (2     (1

Amortisation for the year

                   4        56        60   

Other disposals

                          (12     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     435        10        60        317        822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

          

At 30 June 2015

     7,320        2,521        1,196        194        11,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     5,407        1,201        1,065        218        7,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2013

     6,212        1,377        1,200        224        9,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

210


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) Brands

At 30 June 2015, the principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, are as follows:

 

                                                                 
     Principal markets      2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

McDowell’s No.1 whisky, rum and brandy

     India         972           

Crown Royal whisky

     United States         933         856   

Captain Morgan

     Global         765         702   

Johnnie Walker whisky

     Global         625         625   

Smirnoff vodka

     Global         525         482   

Windsor Premier whisky

     Korea         494         501   

Yenì Raki

     Turkey         403         469   

Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit

     Greater China         232         214   

Don Julio tequila

     United States         206           

Signature whisky

     India         183           

Bell’s whisky

     South Africa         179         179   

Black Dog whisky

     India         154           

Antiquity whisky

     India         151           

Seagram’s 7 Crown whiskey

     United States         142         130   

Zacapa rum

     Global         122         112   

Seagram’s VO whisky

     United States         121         111   

Gordon’s gin

     Western Europe         119         119   

Bagpiper whisky

     India         104           

Ypióca cachaça

     Brazil         94         121   

Other brands

        796         786   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        7,320         5,407   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely, in all of the major markets where they are sold. There are not believed to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly, the Directors believe that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes and are therefore not amortised.

(b) Goodwill

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to the following cash-generating units:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

North America – US Spirits and Wines

     217         199   

Europe

     

– Western Europe

     106         165   

– Turkey

     409         476   

Africa – Africa Regional Markets

     86         83   

Latin America and Caribbean – Mexico

     98           

Asia Pacific

     

– Greater China

     117         107   

– India

     1,320         2   

Other cash-generating units

     168         169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,521         1,201   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill has arisen on the acquisition of businesses and includes synergies arising from cost savings, the opportunity to utilise Diageo’s distribution network to leverage marketing of the acquired products and the extension of the group’s portfolio of brands in new markets around the world.

 

211


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) Other intangibles

Other intangibles principally comprise distribution rights. Diageo owns the global distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products in perpetuity, and the Directors believe that it is appropriate to treat these rights as having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. The carrying value at 30 June 2015 was £1,147 million (2014 – £1,053 million).

(d) Impairment testing

Impairment tests are performed annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverable amounts are calculated based on value in use or fair value less cost to sell approach. The value in use calculations are based on discounted forecast cash flows using the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity at the terminal growth rate of each country or region. Where a subsidiary is dominant within a cash-generating unit and its shares are publicly traded, the value of the cash-generating unit may be supported by calculating fair value less costs to sell based on quoted market share prices.

Cash flows

Cash flows are forecast for each brand, other intangible and cash-generating unit for the financial year, which is approved by management and reflects expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information.

Discount rate

The discount rates used are the weighted average cost of capital which reflects the returns on government bonds specific to the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is attributed or the countries where the brands are sold or returns on government bonds issued by triple ‘A’ rated countries with a maturity of ten years, and an equity risk premium adjusted for specific industry. Further risk premiums are applied according to management’s assessment of the risks in respect of the individual cash flows. The group applies post-tax discount rates to post-tax cash flows as the valuation calculated using this method closely approximates to applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows.

Long term growth rate, period of growth and terminal growth rate

The terminal growth rates applied at the end of the forecast period are the long term annual inflation rate of the country obtained from external sources. For some intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth, driven by Diageo’s sales, marketing and distribution expertise, which is significantly in excess of the terminal growth rates for the applicable countries or regions. In these circumstances, the recoverable amount is calculated based on a five-year detailed plan and extended by up to an additional ten years using the annual growth rate of the real gross domestic product (GDP) of the country or region aggregated with its inflation rate, adjusted to take into account circumstances specific to the group. In the calculation of the terminal value, a maximum of the long term annual inflation rate of the country is used as the terminal growth rate.

For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating unit or group of units to which the goodwill is attributed. For brands, they are based on a weighted average taking into account the country or countries where sales are made.

 

212


Financial statements (continued)

 

The pre-tax discount rates and terminal growth rates used for impairment testing are as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2015      2014  
     Pre-tax
discount
rate(i)

%
     Terminal
growth
rate

%
     Pre-tax
discount
rate(i)

%
     Terminal
growth
rate

%
 

North America – United States

     9         2         10         2   

Europe

           

– Western Europe

     10         2         11         2   

– Turkey

     15         5         16         5   

Africa

           

– Africa Regional Markets

     21         6         22         5   

– South Africa

     19         5         16         5   

Latin America and Caribbean

           

– Brazil

     13         5         13         5   

– Mexico

     20         3         16         3   

Asia Pacific

           

– Korea

     9         3         11         3   

– Greater China

     11         3         12         3   

– India

     19         6         18         6   

 

 

(i) Before additional risk premiums.

In the year ended 30 June 2014 there were impairment charges of £260 million and £4 million in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and tangible assets, respectively.

(e) Sensitivity to change in key assumptions

Impairment testing for the year ended 30 June 2015 has identified the Ypióca and Shui Jing Fang brands and goodwill allocated to Africa Regional Markets as being sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions due to the challenging market conditions. Ypióca and Shui Jing Fang brands and goodwill allocated to Africa Regional Markets would be impaired if there is an increase in discount rates of 1ppt by £16 million, £7 million and £21 million, respectively; or a decrease in forecast annual cash flows of 10% by £15 million, £20 million or £29 million, respectively.

It remains possible that changes in assumptions used to support Shui Jing Fang and Ypióca brands and goodwill allocated to Africa Regional Markets could be in excess of those indicated above.

For all intangibles with an indefinite life, other than those mentioned above, management has concluded that no reasonable possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amounts would cause their carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts.

11. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Accounting policies

Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives fall within the following ranges: buildings – 10 to 50 years; within plant and equipment casks and containers – 15 to 50 years; other plant and equipment – 5 to 25 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; and returnable bottles and crates – 5 to 10 years.

Reviews are carried out if there is an indication that assets may be impaired, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.

 

213


Financial statements (continued)

 

Government grants

Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the group will comply with the conditions pursuant to which they have been granted and that the grants will be received. Government grants in respect of property, plant and equipment are deducted from the asset that they relate to, reducing the depreciation expense charged to the income statement.

Leases

Where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a finance lease. Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the group at their fair value at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in other financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease payments are apportioned between interest expense and a reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Other leases are treated as operating leases, with payments and receipts taken to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Land and
buildings
£ million
    Plant and
equipment
£ million
    Fixtures
and
fittings
£ million
    Returnable
bottles and
crates

£ million
    Under
construction
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost

            

At 30 June 2013

     1,325        3,301        125        499        377        5,627   

Exchange differences

     (97     (270     (13     (61     (28     (469

Acquisition of businesses

     1                                    1   

Other additions

     68        204        18        32        318        640   

Disposals

     (49     (221     (10     (17            (297

Transfers

     85        205               24        (314       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     1,333        3,219        120        477        353        5,502   

Exchange differences

     (40     (119     (5     (44     (11     (219

Acquisition of businesses

     148        110        4               13        275   

Sale of businesses

     (105     (73     (7            (1     (186

Other additions

     51        181        13        35        297        577   

Other disposals

     (13     (66     (3     (20     (1     (103

Transfers

     73        210        3        16        (302       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     1,447        3,462        125        464        348        5,846   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

            

At 30 June 2013

     386        1,436        89        291               2,202   

Exchange differences

     (31     (118     (10     (31            (190

Depreciation charge for the year

     75        170        11        41               297   
Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment      1        19        1               4        25   

Disposals

     (40     (209     (10     (6            (265
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     391        1,298        81        295        4        2,069   

Exchange differences

     (8     (64     (6     (28            (106

Depreciation charge for the year

     46        215        13        42               316   
Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment             23                             23   

Sale of businesses

     (20     (43     (5                   (68

Other disposals

     (6     (56            (16            (78
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     403        1,373        83        293        4        2,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

            

At 30 June 2015

     1,044        2,089        42        171        344        3,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     942        1,921        39        182        349        3,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2013

     939        1,865        36        208        377        3,425   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £975 million (2014 – £862 million), long leaseholds of £20 million (2014 – £36 million) and short leaseholds of £49 million (2014 – £44 million). Depreciation was not charged on £144 million (2014 – £129 million) of land.

 

214


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) At 30 June 2015, tangible fixed assets held under finance leases amounted to £294 million (2014 – £303 million), principally in respect of plant and equipment. Depreciation on these assets was £17 million (2014 – £20 million).

(c) Property, plant and equipment is net of a government grant of £118 million (2014 – £108 million) received in prior years in respect of the construction of a rum distillery in the United States Virgin Islands.

12. OTHER INVESTMENTS

Accounting policies

Available-for-sale investments are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such upon initial recognition or not classified in any of the other financial assets categories. They are included in non-current assets. Subsequent to initial measurement, available-for-sale investments are stated at fair value. Gains and losses arising from the changes in fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income until the investment is disposed of or impaired, when the accumulated gains and losses are recycled to the income statement. Interest and dividends from available-for-sale investments are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Loans receivable are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted on an active market. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less allowance for impairment. Allowances are made where there is evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous experience and general economic conditions.

 

 

 

                                                                                       
     United
Spirits
Limited
£ million
    Loans (b)
£ million
    Others (c)
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost less allowances or fair value

        

At 30 June 2013

     350        50        12        412   

Exchange differences

     (6     (6     1        (11

Additions

            26               26   

Repayments and disposals

            (19     (6     (25

Fair value adjustment

     55                      55   

Transfer to associates (a)

     (399                   (399

Allowances reversed during the year

            5               5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

            56        7        63   

Exchange differences

            (2     1        (1

Acquisition of businesses

                   58        58   

Other additions

            27               27   

Repayments and disposals

            (25            (25

Fair value adjustment

                   20        20   

Transfer to assets held for sale (note 6 (a))

            (33            (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

            23        86        109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) On the acquisition of a 10.04% investment in USL in the year ended 30 June 2013, USL was accounted for as an available-for-sale investment. On the acquisition of an additional 14.98% investment in USL on 4 July 2013, USL became an associate and the fair value at that date was transferred to investments in associates.

(b) Loans comprise £21 million (2014 – £23 million; 2013 – £21 million) of loans to customers and other third parties, after allowances of £7 million (2014 – £9 million; 2013 – £27 million), and £2 million (2014 – £33 million; 2013 – £29 million) of loans to associates. On the consolidation of USL on 2 July 2014 Diageo acquired a loan due from United Breweries (Holdings) Limited, including interest, amounting to INR14,505 million (£141 million). The loan and interest receivable has been fully provided for in the consolidated balance sheet.

(c) Others, at 30 June 2015, includes £80 million (2014 and 2013 – £nil) comprising 8,500,000 shares of INR1 each in United Breweries Limited, a company quoted on the Indian stock exchange. These shares were sold on 7 July 2015.

 

215


Financial statements (continued)

 

13. POST EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

Accounting policies

The group’s principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition, the group has defined contribution plans, unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For post employment plans, other than defined contribution plans, the amount charged to operating profit is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any changes arising on benefits granted to members by the group during the year. Net finance charges comprise the net deficit/asset on the plans at the beginning of the financial year, adjusted for cash flows in the year, multiplied by the discount rate for plan liabilities. The differences between the fair value of the plans’ assets and the present value of the plans’ liabilities are disclosed as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Any differences due to changes in assumptions or experience are recognised in other comprehensive income. The amount of any pension fund asset recognised on the balance sheet is limited to any future refunds from the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of judgement in relation to various assumptions including future pay rises, inflation and discount rates and employee and pensioner demographics.

Diageo determines the assumptions on a country by country basis in conjunction with its actuaries, and believes these assumptions to be in line with best practice, but the application of different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, other comprehensive income and balance sheet. There may be also interdependency between some of the assumptions.

 

 

(a) Post employment benefit plans

The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices. The majority of the plans are defined benefit plans and are funded by payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The group also operates a number of plans that are generally unfunded, primarily in the United States, which provide employees post employment medical costs.

The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States where benefits are based on employees’ length of service and salary at retirement. All valuations were performed by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method to determine pension costs. The most recent valuations of the significant defined benefit plans were carried out as follows:

 

                     

Principal plans

   Date of valuation  

United Kingdom(i)

     31 March 2012   

Ireland(ii)

                 30 December 2012   

United States

     1 January 2015   

 

 

(i) The triennial valuation of the Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme) as at 31 March 2015 is in progress and the results of this valuation are expected to be agreed by Diageo and the trustee later in calendar year 2015. The UK Scheme closed to new members in November 2005. Employees who have joined Diageo in the United Kingdom since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit pension plan).
(ii) The Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme in Ireland (the Irish Scheme) closed to new members in May 2013. Employees who have joined Diageo in Ireland since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of Diageo administered defined contribution plans.

The assets of the UK and Irish pension plans are held in separate trusts administered by trustees who are required to act in the best interests of the plans’ beneficiaries. For the UK Scheme, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust Limited. As required by legislation, one-third of the directors of the Trust are nominated by the members of the UK Scheme, two member nominated directors have been appointed from the pensioner member community and two from the active member community. For the Irish Scheme Diageo Ireland makes four nominations and appoints three further candidates nominated by representative groupings.

 

216


Financial statements (continued)

 

The amounts charged to the consolidated income statement for the group’s defined benefit post employment plans and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the three years ended 30 June 2015 are as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Current service cost and administrative expenses

     (120     (118     (115

Past service gains

     3               3   

Gains on curtailments and settlements

     3        26        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge to operating profit

     (114     (92     (104

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans (note 5)

     (13     (12     (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge before taxation(i)

     (127     (104     (142
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual returns less amounts included in finance income

     411        306        349   

Experience gains

     103        24        71   

Changes in financial assumptions

     (400     (453     (298

Changes in demographic assumptions

     9        (49     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

     123        (172     123   

Changes in the surplus restriction

            3        (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

     123        (169     119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) The charge before taxation comprises:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

United Kingdom

     (62     (39     (71

Ireland

     (22     (28     (26

United States

     (24     (25     (28

Other

     (19     (12     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (127     (104     (142
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the charge in respect of defined benefit post employment plans, contributions to the group’s defined contribution plans were £15 million (2014 – £15 million; 2013 – £13 million).

The movement in the net deficit for the two years ended 30 June 2015 is set out below:

 

                                                                 
     Plan
assets
£ million
    Plan
liabilities
£ million
    Net
deficit
£ million
 

At 30 June 2013

     7,082        (7,618     (536

Exchange differences

     (164     215        51   

Charge before taxation

     307        (411     (104

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(i)

     306        (478     (172

Contributions by the group

     288               288   

Employee contributions

     3        (3       

Benefits paid

     (342     342          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     7,480        (7,953     (473

Exchange differences

     (144     177        33   

Acquisition of businesses

     33        (40     (7

Sale of businesses

     (20     30        10   

Charge before taxation

     290        (417     (127

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(i)

     411        (288     123   

Contributions by the group

     184               184   

Employee contributions

     7        (7       

Benefits paid

     (358     358          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     7,883        (8,140     (257
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Excludes surplus restriction.

 

217


Financial statements (continued)

 

The plan assets and liabilities by type of post employment benefit and country is analysed below:

 

                                                                                       
     2015     2014  
     Plan
assets
£ million
     Plan
liabilities
£ million
    Plan
assets
£ million
     Plan
liabilities
£ million
 

Pensions

          

United Kingdom

     5,922         (5,621     5,496         (5,380

Ireland

     1,295         (1,554     1,385         (1,695

United States

     401         (420     369         (399

Other

     212         (242     218         (235

Post employment medical

     1         (218     1         (203

Other post employment

     52         (85     11         (41
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,883         (8,140     7,480         (7,953
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The balance sheet analysis of the post employment plans is as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2015     2014  
     Non-
current
assets(i)
£ million
     Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
    Non-
current
assets(i)
£ million
     Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
 

Funded plans

     436         (447     251         (488

Unfunded plans

             (248             (238
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     436         (695     251         (726
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Includes surplus restriction of £2 million (2014 – £2 million).

(b) Principal risks and assumptions

The material post employment plans are not exposed to any unusual, entity specific or scheme specific risks but there are general risks:

Inflation — the majority of the plans’ obligations are linked to inflation. Higher inflation will lead to increased liabilities which is partially offset by holdings of inflation linked gilts and swaps and the plans provide for caps on the level of inflationary increases.

Interest rate — The plan liabilities are determined using discount rates derived from yields on AA-rated corporate bonds. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities though this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the bonds held by the post employment plans.

Mortality — The majority of the obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the members and their partners so any increase in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities.

Asset returns — Assets held by the pension plans are invested in a diversified portfolio of equities, bonds and other assets. Volatility in asset values will lead to movements in the net asset/(deficit) reported in the consolidated balance sheet for post employment plans which in addition will also impact the post employment expense in the consolidated income statement.

 

218


Financial statements (continued)

 

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the group’s deficit/surplus in the main post employment plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the previous 30 June.

 

     United Kingdom      Ireland      United States(i)  
           2015
%
           2014
%
           2013
%
           2015
%
           2014
%
           2013
%
           2015
%
           2014
%
           2013
%
 

Rate of general increase in salaries(ii)

     4.4         4.4         4.4         3.1         2.5         3.1                           

Rate of increase to pensions in payment

     3.4         3.5         3.6         1.7         1.7         1.8                           

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

     2.2         2.3         2.3         1.6         1.5         1.7                           

Discount rate for plan liabilities

     3.8         4.2         4.6         2.6         3.0         3.6         4.3         4.2         4.5   

Inflation - CPI

     2.2         2.3         2.3         1.6         1.5         1.7         1.7         2.1         1.8   

Inflation - RPI

     3.2         3.3         3.3                                                   

 

 

(i) The salary increase assumption in the United States is not a significant assumption as only a minimal amount of members’ pension entitlement is dependent on a member’s projected final salary.
(ii) The salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases.

For the main UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:

 

     United Kingdom(i)      Ireland(ii)      United States  
           2015
Age
           2014
Age
           2013
Age
           2015
Age
           2014
Age
           2013
Age
           2015
Age
           2014
Age
           2013
Age
 

Retiring currently at age 65

                          

Male

     86.6         86.4         86.3         86.0         85.9         85.7         86.7         86.6         84.5   

Female

     88.5         88.4         88.3         88.7         88.6         88.5         88.9         88.8         86.4   

Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

                          

Male

     88.8         88.9         88.3         88.9         88.8         88.6         88.4         88.3         86.0   

Female

     91.4         91.0         90.5         91.6         91.5         91.3         90.6         90.5         87.2   

 

 

(i) Based on the CMI birth year tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and with suitable future improvements.
(ii) Based on the “00” series of mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and with suitable future improvements.

For the significant assumptions, the following sensitivity analyses give an estimate of the potential impacts on the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 2015 and on the plan liabilities at 30 June 2015:

 

     United Kingdom     Ireland     United States and other  
     Operating
profit
£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
    Operating
profit

£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)

£ million
    Operating
profit

£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)

£ million
 
Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate      25        20        433        5        4        126        2        1        31   
Effect of 0.5% decrease in discount rate      (22     (17     (484     (5     (4     (145     (2     (1     (32
Effect of 0.5% increase in inflation      (20     (16     (394     (6     (5     (112     (1     (1     (12
Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation      19        15        384        4        3        82        1        1        11   
Effect of one year increase in life expectancy      (10     (8     (222     (2     (2     (55     (1     (1     (18

 

 

(i) The estimated effect on the liabilities excludes the impact of any interest rate and inflation swaps entered into by the pension plans.
(1) The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions and may not be representative of the actual change. Each sensitivity is calculated on a change in the key assumption while holding all other assumptions constant.

(c) Investment and hedging strategy

The investment strategy for the group’s funded post employment plans is decided locally by the trustees of the plan and/or Diageo, as appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The objective of the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the movement on the liabilities, while taking an acceptable level of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using the funds of the plans to invest in a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver a target rate of return. The majority of the investment strategies have significant amounts allocated to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the group of the post employment plans being lower over the long term, within

 

219


Financial statements (continued)

 

acceptable boundaries of risk. Significant amounts are invested in bonds in order to provide a natural hedge against movements in the liabilities of the plans. At 30 June 2015, approximately 35% and 79% (2014 – 37% and 73%) of the UK Scheme’s liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the combined effect of government bonds, repurchase agreements and swaps. At 30 June 2015, approximately 32% and 59% (2014 – 33% and 52%) of the Irish Scheme’s liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the combined effect of government bonds, repurchase agreements and swaps.

The discount rates used are based on the yields of high quality fixed income investments. For the UK plans, which represent approximately 69% of total plan liabilities, the discount rate is determined by reference to the yield curves of AA-rated corporate bonds for which the timing and amount of cash outflows are similar to those of the plans. A similar process is used to determine the discount rates used for the non-UK plans.

The fair value of plan assets is as follows:

 

     2015     2014  
     United
Kingdom

£ million
    Ireland
£ million
     United
States and
other
£ million
     Total
£ million
    United
Kingdom

£ million
    Ireland
£ million
     United
States and
other
£ million
     Total
£ million
 

Equities

                    

Quoted

     812        395         254         1,461        1,222        433         249         1,904   

Unquoted and private equity

     297        2         18         317        281        2         22         305   

Bonds

                    

Fixed-interest government

     178        117         37         332        319        64         36         419   

Inflation-linked government

     826        133         9         968        857        100         4         961   

Investment grade corporate

     861        210         251         1,322        835        362         210         1,407   

Non-investment grade

     265        31         14         310        224        12         11         247   

Loan securities

     614        123                 737        469        143                 612   

Repurchase agreements

     1,980                        1,980        710                        710   

Liability Driven Investment (LDI)

     80        20                 100                                 

Property - unquoted

     665        83         10         758        525        75         8         608   

Hedge funds

            122                 122        202        127                 329   

Interest rate and inflation swaps

     (801     50                 (751     (295     60                 (235

Cash and other

     145        9         73         227        147        7         59         213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bid value of assets

     5,922        1,295         666         7,883        5,496        1,385         599         7,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be invested in the long term.
(2) Within the Irish Scheme’s plan assets above there is £0.6 million invested in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc.

Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2016 are estimated to be approximately £180 million.

(d) Deficit funding arrangements

UK plans

In the year ended 30 June 2011 the group established a Pension Funding Partnership (PFP) in respect of the UK Scheme. Whisky inventory was transferred into the partnership but the group retains control over the partnership which at 30 June 2015 held inventory with a book value of £663 million (2014 – £634 million). The partnership is fully consolidated in the group financial statements. The UK Scheme has a limited interest in the partnership, and as a partner, is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the partnership which for the year ended 30 June 2015 was £25 million (2014 – £25 million) and is expected to be approximately the same amount for the next nine years.

In 2024 the group will be required, dependent upon the funding position of the UK Scheme at that time, to pay an amount expected to be no greater than the deficit at that time, up to a maximum of £430 million in cash, to the UK Scheme to buy out the UK Scheme’s interest in the partnership. If the UK Scheme is in surplus at an actuarial triennial valuation without allowing for the value of the PFP, then Diageo can exit the PFP with the agreement of the trustees. The group has also agreed to make conditional contributions into escrow if the deficit at the 2015 or 2018 actuarial triennial valuation is in excess of £211 million and £84 million, respectively. The escrow account would be payable to the UK Scheme by 31 March 2019.

 

220


Financial statements (continued)

 

Irish plans

The group has also agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the trustees of the Irish Scheme under which it contributes to the Irish Scheme €21 million (£16 million) per annum until the year ending 30 June 2029. The agreement also provides for additional cash contributions into escrow of up to €188 million (£144 million) if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 18 year period from 2010 to 2028. As part of this funding plan, Diageo has granted to the Irish Scheme a contingent asset comprising mortgages over certain land and buildings and fixed and floating charges over certain receivables of the group up to a value of €200 million (£153 million). During the year ended 30 June 2014 the group made an additional one off cash contribution of €100 million (£85 million) to the Irish plans.

(e) Timing of benefit payments

The following table provides information on the timing of the benefit payments and the average duration of the defined benefit obligations and the distribution of the timing of benefit payments:

 

                                                                                                                                   
     United Kingdom      Ireland      United States  
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 
Maturity analysis of benefits expected to be paid                  

Within one year

     233         217         70         73         42         34   

Between 1 to 5 years

     802         804         344         360         149         134   

Between 6 to 15 years

     2,501         2,525         696         718         337         307   

Between 16 to 25 years

     2,841         2,925         672         701         237         230   

Beyond 25 years

     6,360         6,882         1,199         1,297         229         236   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12,737         13,353         2,981         3,149         994         941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     years      years      years      years      years      years  
Average duration of the defined benefit obligation      17         17         18         18         11         12   

The projected benefit payments are based on the assumptions underlying the assessment of the obligations, including inflation. They are disclosed undiscounted and therefore appear large relative to the discounted value of the plan liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. They are in respect of benefits that have accrued at the balance sheet date and make no allowance for any benefits accrued subsequently.

(f) Related party disclosures

Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 20.

14. WORKING CAPITAL

Accounting policies

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated at the weighted average cost incurred in acquiring inventories. Maturing inventories which are retained for more than one year are classified as current assets, as they are expected to be realised in the normal operating cycle.

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised costs less any allowance for discounts and doubtful debts.

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value including transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised costs.

 

221


Financial statements (continued)

 

Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis. The carrying amounts of provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

 

 

(a) Inventories

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

     333         306   

Work in progress

     66         59   

Maturing inventories

     3,586         3,300   

Finished goods and goods for resale

     589         557   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,574         4,222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maturing inventories include whisk(e)y, rum, wines and Chinese white spirits. The following amounts of inventories are expected to be utilised after more than one year:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

     55         84   

Maturing inventories

     2,988         2,635   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,043         2,719   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis of which is as follows:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

     52        64   

Exchange differences

     (2     (6

Income statement charge

     29        14   

Utilised

     (25     (20

Sale of businesses

     (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     53        52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(b) Trade and other receivables

 

                                                                                       
     2015      2014  
     Current
assets
£ million
     Non-current
assets

£ million
     Current
assets
£ million
     Non-current
assets

£ million
 

Trade receivables

     1,933                 2,004           

Interest receivable

     23                 20           

Other receivables

     297         38         286         94   

Prepayments

     146         8         142         13   

Accrued income

     36                 47           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,435         46         2,499         107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015, approximately 14%, 19% and 10% of the group’s trade receivables of £1,933 million are due from counterparties based in the United Kingdom, the United States and India, respectively.

As at 30 June 2014 non-current other receivables included £87 million in respect of the assessment of excise duties made by the Korean customs authorities (see note 18(c)).

 

222


Financial statements (continued)

 

The aged analysis of trade receivables, net of allowance, is as follows:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Not overdue

     1,806         1,895   

Overdue 1 – 30 days

     47         46   

Overdue 31 – 60 days

     22         22   

Overdue 61 – 90 days

     11         10   

Overdue 91 – 180 days

     32         16   

Overdue more than 180 days

     15         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,933         2,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of allowance for doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

     63        65   

Exchange differences

     (6     (3

Income statement charge

     21        10   

Written off

     (7     (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     71        63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(c) Trade and other payables

 

                                                                                       
     2015      2014  
     Current
liabilities
£ million
     Non-current
liabilities

£ million
     Current
liabilities

£ million
     Non-current
liabilities

£ million
 

Trade payables

     883                 903           

Interest payable

     77                 101           

Tax and social security excluding income tax

     546         5         494         3   

Other payables

     524         40         494         81   

Accruals

     879         9         785           

Deferred income

     34         15         23         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,943         69         2,800         94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest payable at 30 June 2015 includes interest on non-derivative financial instruments of £68 million (2014 – £91 million).

(d) Provisions

 

                                                                                       
     Thalidomide
£ million
    Restructuring
£ million
    Other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2014

     200        88        97        385   

Exchange differences

     (2     (2     4          

Provisions charged during the year

            11        118        129   

Provisions utilised during the year

     (19     (46     (118     (183

Transfers

            (2     2          

Unwinding of discounts

     12                      12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     191        49        103        343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     13        47        45        105   

Non-current liabilities

     178        2        58        238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     191        49        103        343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Provisions have been established in respect of the discounted value of the group’s commitment to the UK Thalidomide Trust. These will be utilised over the period of the commitments up to 2037.

 

223


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) The group is engaged in a number of restructuring programmes, which involve the rationalisation of certain operations around the world. Employee charges, incremental costs in respect of service contract and information systems infrastructure charges in connection with the programmes are recognised in the restructuring provision, which is expected to be substantially utilised by 30 June 2016 (see note 4(a)-(c)).

(c) The largest item in other provisions is £44 million (2014 – £42 million) in respect of employee deferred compensation plans which will be utilised when employees leave the group.

 

224


Financial statements (continued)

 

RISK MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

This section sets out the policies and procedures applied to manage the group’s capital structure and the financial risks the group is exposed to. Diageo considers the following components of its balance sheet to be capital: borrowings and equity. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels.

15. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Accounting policies

Financial assets and liabilities are initially recorded at fair value including any directly attributable transaction costs. For those financial assets that are not subsequently held at fair value, the group assesses whether there is evidence of impairment at each balance sheet date.

The group classifies its financial assets and liabilities into the following categories: loans and receivables, available-for-sale investments, financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss and other financial liabilities at amortised cost.

The accounting policies for available-for-sale investments and loans are described in note 12, for trade and other receivables in note 14 and for cash and cash equivalents in note 16.

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include derivative assets and liabilities. Where financial assets or liabilities are eligible to be carried at either amortised cost or fair value the group does not apply the fair value option.

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value using a discounted cash flow technique based on market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. Gains and losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are taken to the income statement as they arise.

Other financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost unless they are part of a fair value hedge relationship. The difference between the initial carrying amount of the financial liabilities and their redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the contractual terms using the effective interest rate method.

Hedge accounting

The group designates and documents certain derivatives as hedging instruments against changes in fair value of recognised assets and liabilities (fair value hedges), highly probable forecast transactions or the cash flow risk from a change in exchange or interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations (net investment hedges). The effectiveness of such hedges is assessed at inception and at least on a quarterly basis, using prospective and retrospective testing. Methods used for testing effectiveness include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis and hypothetical derivative method.

Fair value hedges are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are exposed. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability.

If such a hedge relationship is de-designated, fair value movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life using the effective interest rate method.

 

225


Financial statements (continued)

 

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge the foreign currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in exchange or interest rates. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income, while any ineffective part is recognised in the income statement. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are recycled to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying foreign currency or interest exposure affects the income statement.

Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation of net investments are recorded in other comprehensive income and included in the exchange reserve. Liabilities used as hedging instruments are revalued at closing exchange rates and the resulting gains or losses are also recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement. Foreign exchange contracts hedging net investments are carried at fair value. Effective fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement.

 

 

The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency and interest rate risks are managed by the group’s treasury department. The treasury department uses a range of financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board-approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and monitored by the finance committee, chaired by the chief financial officer. The policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk which are periodically reviewed by the board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the board-approved strategies. Transactions arising from the application of this flexibility may give rise to exposures different from the defined benchmark levels that are separately monitored on a daily basis using Value at Risk analysis. These transactions are carried at fair value and gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise. In the year ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 gains and losses on these transactions were not material. The group does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments are initially undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying business activities.

The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of mitigating these risks.

The finance committee receives monthly reports on the activities of the treasury department, including any exposures different from the defined benchmarks.

(a) Currency risk

The group presents its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group’s transactions and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its operations. To manage the currency risk the group uses certain financial instruments. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the consolidated income statement to be material.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations

The group hedges certain portion of its exposure to fluctuations in the sterling value of its foreign operations by designating borrowings held in foreign currencies and using foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives. The group’s policy is to maintain total net investment Value at Risk below £1.5 billion, where Value at Risk is defined as the maximum amount of loss not exceeded over a one year period with a 95% probability confidence level.

Borrowings and derivatives designated in net investment hedge relationships amounted to £3,681 million as at 30 June 2015 (2014 – £3,749 million; 2013 – £5,539 million).

 

226


Financial statements (continued)

 

Hedge of foreign currency debt

The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated borrowings.

Transaction exposure hedging

The group’s policy is to hedge up to 24 months forecast transactional foreign currency risk on the net US dollar exposure of the group targeting 75% coverage for the current financial year and up to 18 months for other currency pairs.

(b) Interest rate risk

The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate borrowings and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices aim to minimise the group’s net finance charges with acceptable year on year volatility. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group’s policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of forecast net borrowings. For these calculations, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments. The majority of Diageo’s existing interest rate derivatives are designated as hedges and are expected to be effective. Fair value of these derivatives is recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. The group’s net borrowings interest rate profile is as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2015      2014  
     £ million     %      £ million     %  

Fixed rate

     (4,564     48         (4,922     56   

Floating rate(i)

     (4,818     51         (3,757     42   

Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

     (145     1         (171     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings

     (9,527     100         (8,850     100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) The floating rate portion of net borrowings includes cash and cash equivalents, collaterals, floating rate loans and bonds, bank overdrafts and finance lease obligations.
(1) The analysis above also includes the impact of interest rate hedging instruments.

The table below sets out the average monthly net borrowings and effective interest rate:

 

Average monthly net borrowings     Effective interest rate  
2015
                         £ million
    2014
                         £ million
    2013
                         £ million
    2015
                                 %
    2014
                                 %
    2013
                                 %
 
  10,459        9,174        8,267        3.5        3.8        4.9   

(1) For this calculation, net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings includes the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

(c) Commodity price risk

The group is exposed to commodity price risk. Commodity price risk is managed in line with the principles approved by the board either through long term purchase contracts with suppliers or, where appropriate, derivative contracts. Where derivative contracts are used the commodity price risk exposure is hedged up to 18 months forecasted volume usage with up to 80% coverage. Where derivative contracts are used the group manages exposures principally through exchange-traded futures, forwards, swaps and options.

 

227


Financial statements (continued)

 

(d) Market risk sensitivity analysis

The group uses a sensitivity analysis that estimates the impacts on the consolidated income statement and other comprehensive income of either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 0.5% in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014, for each class of financial instruments with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market risks on the net post employment benefit liability and corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

The sensitivity analysis estimates the impact of changes in interest and foreign exchange rates. All hedges are expected to be highly effective for this analysis and it considers the impact of all financial instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities. The results of the sensitivity analysis should not be considered as projections of likely future events, gains or losses as actual results in the future may differ materially due to developments in the global financial markets which may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the hypothetical amounts disclosed in the table below.

 

                                                                                       
     Impact on income
statement

gain/(loss)
    Impact on consolidated
comprehensive income
gain/(loss)(i) (ii)
 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

0.5% decrease in interest rates

     (20     (8     (16     (5

0.5% increase in interest rates

     20        9        17        6   

10% weakening of sterling

     (48     (43     (624     (664

10% strengthening of sterling

     40        35        512        545   

 

(i) The group’s foreign currency debt is used to hedge the net investments in foreign operations and as such the translation of foreign net investments mainly offsets the foreign currency gains or losses on financial instruments recognised in other comprehensive income.
(ii) Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the impact on the income statement.

(e) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises on cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to customers, including outstanding loans, trade and other receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions.

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the group’s exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date as disclosed in section (i), excluding the impact of any collateral held or other credit enhancements.

Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business related credit exposures.

Financial credit risk

Diageo aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the Board. Counterparties are limited to major banks and financial institutions, primarily with a long term credit rating within the A band or better, and the policy restricts the exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality of the counterparty. The group’s policy is designed to ensure that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The Board also defines the types of financial instruments which may be transacted. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for currency and interest rate risk management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, the group may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a predetermined threshold. At 30 June 2015, the collateral held under these agreements amounted to $82 million (£52 million) and €34 million (£24 million) (2014 – $65 million (£38 million) and €26 million (£21 million)).

 

228


Financial statements (continued)

 

Diageo annually reviews the credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties’ credit quality reflecting market credit conditions.

Business related credit risk

Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer. There is no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to loans, trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

(f) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that Diageo may encounter difficulties in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The group uses short term commercial paper to finance its day-to-day operations. The group’s policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, the group’s policy is to maintain backstop facilities with relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

The following tables provide an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows including interest payable for the group’s financial liabilities and derivative instruments on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve prevailing at 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014. The gross cash flows of derivative contracts are presented for the purposes of this table, although in practice, the group uses netting arrangements to reduce its liquidity requirements on these instruments.

Contractual cash flows

 

     Due within
1 year
£ million
    Due between
1 and 3 years
£ million
    Due between
3 and 5 years
£ million
    Due after
5 years
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Carrying
amount at
balance
sheet date
£ million
 

2015

            

Borrowings (i)

     (1,920     (2,556     (968     (4,365     (9,809     (9,838

Interest on borrowings (i), (iii)

     (340     (479     (334     (1,434     (2,587     (68

Finance lease capital repayments

     (38     (50     (70     (104     (262     (262

Finance lease future interest payments

     (13     (19     (16     (23     (71       

Trade and other financial liabilities (ii)

     (2,172     (54     (143            (2,369     (2,353
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

     (4,483     (3,158     (1,531     (5,926     (15,098     (12,521
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross amount receivable from derivatives

     97        478        176        1,360        2,111          

Gross amount payable on derivatives

     (162     (374     (110     (1,154     (1,800       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative instruments

     (65     104        66        206        311        131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 (restated)

            

Borrowings (i)

     (1,564     (1,891     (1,905     (3,806     (9,166     (9,214

Interest on borrowings (i), (iii)

     (349     (482     (345     (1,522     (2,698     (91

Finance lease capital repayments

     (32     (59     (48     (152     (291     (291

Finance lease future interest payments

     (15     (25     (19     (29     (88       

Trade and other financial liabilities (ii), (iv)

     (2,066     (185     (8     (3     (2,262     (2,223
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

     (4,026     (2,642     (2,325     (5,512     (14,505     (11,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross amount receivable from derivatives

     246        528        60        719        1,553          

Gross amount payable on derivatives

     (183     (449     (75     (621     (1,328       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative instruments

     63        79        (15     98        225        164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) For the purpose of these tables above, borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and fair value of derivative instruments as disclosed in note 16.
(ii) Primarily consists of trade and other payables that meet the definition of financial liabilities under IAS 32.
(iii) Carrying amount of interest on borrowings is included within interest payable in note 14.
(iv) The group has revised the disclosure of certain comparative amounts. The revised disclosure is consistent with the current year presentation.

 

229


Financial statements (continued)

 

The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Expiring within one year(i)

     688         1,535   

Expiring between one and two years

             632   

Expiring after two years

     1,541         1,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,229         3,217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Of the facilities at 30 June 2014 $2,000 million (£1,170 million) was not drawn down and was cancelled on 2 July 2014.

The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper programmes.

There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect of its material short and long term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

(g) Fair value measurements

Fair value measurements of financial instruments are presented through the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

The group maintains policies and procedures to value instruments using the most relevant data available. If multiple inputs that fall into different levels of the hierarchy are used in the valuation of an instrument, the instrument is categorised on the basis of the most subjective input.

Foreign currency forwards and swaps, cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps are valued using discounted cash flow techniques. These techniques incorporate inputs at levels 1 and 2, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates. These market inputs are used in the discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument’s term, notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit risk into account. As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in active markets, these instruments are categorised as level 2 in the hierarchy.

Available-for-sale investments at 30 June 2015 comprise shares held in United Breweries Limited categorised as level 1 in hierarchy. Other financial liabilities include an option held by Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala to sell the remaining 50% equity stake in Rum Creations Products Inc, the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, to Diageo, with changes in fair value of this option included in retained earnings. As the valuation of this option uses assumptions not observable in the market, it is categorised as level 3 in the hierarchy.

 

230


Financial statements (continued)

 

The group’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised as follows:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Available-for-sale investments (note 12)

     80          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets (Level 1)

     80          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets

     338        368   

Derivative liabilities

     (198     (194
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation techniques based on observable market input (Level 2)

     140        174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

     (139     (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation techniques based on unobservable market input (Level 3)

     (139     (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The movements in level 3 instruments, measured on a recurring basis, are as follows:

 

    
     Other financial liabilities  
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

At 1 July

     (108     (115

Net losses included in the income statement

     (14     (1

Net (losses)/gains included in exchange in other comprehensive income

     (11     13   

Net losses included in retained earnings

     (9     (7

Settlement of liabilities

     3        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June

     (139     (108
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers between levels during the two years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014.

(h) Results of hedging instruments

In respect of cash flow hedging instruments, a loss of £46 million (2014 – £54 million gain; 2013 – £41 million loss) has been recognised in other comprehensive income due to changes in fair value. A loss of £26 million has been transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating expenses and a gain of £84 million to other finance charges, respectively (2014 – a gain of £54 million and a loss of £88 million; 2013 – a gain of £8 million and £25 million, respectively).

For cash flow hedges of forecast transactions at 30 June 2015, based on year end interest and foreign exchange rates, there is expected to be a loss to the income statement of £9 million in 2016 and a gain of £15 million in 2017. With respect to hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward foreign exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related bond principal to closing foreign exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement in each year until the related bonds mature in 2016, 2036 and 2043. Foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds in the income statement are expected to offset those on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.

The gain on fair value hedging instruments for the year was £11 million (2014 – £8 million gain; 2013 – £3 million loss) and the loss on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks was £11 million (2014 – £6 million loss; 2013 – £3 million gain).

There was no significant ineffectiveness on net investment hedging during the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

231


Financial statements (continued)

 

(i) Reconciliation of financial instruments

The table below sets out the group’s accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities:

 

     Fair value
through income
statement
£ million
    Loans and
receivables
and liabilities at
amortised cost
£ million
    Available-
for-sale
£ million
     Not categorised
as a financial
instrument
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Current
£ million
    Non-current
£ million
 

2015

               

Other investments and loans

            29        80                109               109   

Trade and other receivables

            2,184                297        2,481        2,435        46   

Cash and cash equivalents

            472                       472        472          

Derivatives in fair value hedge

     19                              19               19   

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     186                              186        21        165   

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     11                              11        8        3   

Other instruments at fair value

     122                              122        17        105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     338                              338        46        292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     338        2,685        80         297        3,400        2,953        447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings(i)

            (9,838                    (9,838     (1,921     (7,917

Trade and other payables

            (2,291             (721     (3,012     (2,943     (69

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     (51                           (51     (31     (20

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     (52                           (52     (52       

Other instruments at fair value

     (234                           (234     (35     (199

Finance leases

            (262                    (262     (38     (224
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

     (337     (262                    (599     (156     (443
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     (337     (12,391             (721     (13,449     (5,020     (8,429
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net financial assets/(liabilities)

     1        (9,706     80         (424     (10,049     (2,067     (7,982
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014

               

Other investments and loans

            63                       63               63   

Trade and other receivables

            2,337                269        2,606        2,499        107   

Cash and cash equivalents

            622                       622        622          

Derivatives in fair value hedge

     8                              8               8   

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     182                              182        67        115   

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     18                              18        16        2   

Other instruments at fair value

     160                              160        35        125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     368                              368        118        250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     368        3,022                269        3,659        3,239        420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings(i)

            (9,214                    (9,214     (1,576     (7,638

Trade and other payables

            (2,253             (641     (2,894     (2,800     (94

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     (20                           (20     (6     (14

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     (67                           (67     (67       

Other instruments at fair value

     (215                           (215     (41     (174

Finance leases

            (291                    (291     (32     (259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

     (302     (291                    (593     (146     (447
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     (302     (11,758             (641     (12,701     (4,522     (8,179
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net financial assets/(liabilities)

     66        (8,736             (372     (9,042     (1,283     (7,759
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments.

At 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, other financial assets and liabilities approximate to fair values. At 30 June 2015 the fair value of borrowings, based on unadjusted quoted market data, was £10,115 million (2014 –£9,662 million).

 

232


Financial statements (continued)

 

(j) Capital management

The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net borrowing to EBITDA leverage of 2.5 – 3.0x, this range for Diageo being currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the range of 2.5 – 3.0x. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. For this calculation net borrowings are adjusted by the pension deficit whilst EBITDA equals operating profit excluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures.

16. NET BORROWINGS

Accounting policies

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs and are subsequently reported at amortised cost. Certain bonds are designated as being part of a fair value hedge relationship. In these cases, the amortised cost is adjusted for the fair value of the risk being hedged, with changes in value recognised in the income statement. The fair value adjustment is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on unadjusted market data.

Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group’s cash management and are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less, including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

 

233


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

Bank overdrafts

     90        90   

Commercial paper

     354        129   

Bank and other loans

     444        193   

Credit support obligations

     76        59   

€1,000 million 6.625% bonds due 2014

            800   

US$ 500 million 3.25% bonds due 2015

            292   

US$ 750 million 5.3% bonds due 2015

     478          

US$ 750 million 0.625% bonds due 2016

     477          

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

     2        13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings due within one year

     1,921        1,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

US$ 750 million 5.3% bonds due 2015

            438   

US$ 750 million 0.625% bonds due 2016

            437   

US$ 600 million 5.5% bonds due 2016

     382        350   

US$ 1,000 million 1.5% bonds due 2017

     635        582   

US$ 1,250 million 5.75% bonds due 2017

     795        729   

US$ 650 million 1.125% bonds due 2018

     412        377   

€ 500 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

     359          

€ 850 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

     601        676   

US$ 696 million 4.828% bonds due 2020

     399        355   

US$ 1,000 million 2.875% bonds due 2022

     633        581   

US$ 300 million 8% bonds due 2022

     189        174   

US$ 1,350 million 2.625% bonds due 2023

     855        784   

€ 500 million 1.75% bonds due 2024

     351          

€ 850 million 2.375% bonds due 2026

     597        674   

US$ 400 million 7.45% bonds due 2035

     255        234   

US$ 600 million 5.875% bonds due 2036

     378        346   

US$ 500 million 4.25% bonds due 2042

     315        289   

US$ 500 million 3.875% bonds due 2043

     312        286   

US$ 200 million 4.85% medium term notes due 2018

     127        117   

Bank and other loans

     213        80   

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

     109        129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings due after one year

     7,917        7,638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of foreign currency derivatives

     (82     (25

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

     (19     (8

Finance lease liabilities

     262        291   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross borrowings

     9,999        9,472   

Less: Cash and cash equivalents(i)

     (472     (622
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings

     9,527        8,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Includes cash equivalents of £1 million (2014 – £18 million).
(1) The interest rates shown in the table above are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate hedges (see note 15).
(2) Bonds in the table are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £82 million (2014 – £94 million; 2013 – £100 million).
(3) Bonds are reported in the table above at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately.
(4) All bonds, medium term notes and commercial paper issued by the group’s wholly owned subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Diageo plc.

 

234


Financial statements (continued)

 

Gross borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments) will mature as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Within one year

     1,921         1,576         1,852   

Between one and three years

     2,607         1,894         2,220   

Between three and five years

     970         1,972         2,509   

Beyond five years

     4,340         3,772         3,488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,838         9,214         10,069   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year the following bonds were issued and repaid:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Issued

      

€ denominated

     791        1,378          

US$ denominated

                   2,100   

Repaid

      

€ denominated

     (792     (983       

US$ denominated

     (330     (488     (869

£ denominated(i)

     (370              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (701     (93     1,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) A bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

(a) Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
 

At beginning of the year

     8,850        8,403   

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents before exchange

     77        921   

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

     (315     (157
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net borrowings from cash flows

     (238     764   

Exchange differences on net borrowings

     7        (349

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

     869          

Other non-cash items

     39        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at end of the year

     9,527        8,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(b) Analysis of net borrowings by currency

 

                                                                                       
     2015     2014  
     Cash and cash
equivalents
£ million
     Gross
borrowings(i)
£ million
    Cash and cash
equivalents

£ million
     Gross
borrowings(i)
£ million
 

US dollar

     35         (2,759             (956

Euro

     44         (1,410     48         (1,725

Sterling

     28         (5,200     26         (6,148

Indian rupee

     13         (486     14         (39

Korean won

     80                208         (243

Nigerian naira

     16         (76     19         (134

Turkish lira

     4         (67     6         (145

Venezuelan bolivar

     9                72           

Other

     243         (1     229         (82
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     472         (9,999     622         (9,472
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) The analysis of group’s gross borrowings includes foreign currency forwards and swaps and finance leases.

 

235


Financial statements (continued)

 

17. EQUITY

Accounting policies

Own shares represent shares and share options of Diageo plc that are held in treasury or by employee share trusts for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee share plans or were acquired as part of a share buyback programme. Own shares are treated as a deduction from equity until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed and when vest are transferred from own shares to retained earnings at their weighted average cost.

Share based payments include share awards and options granted to directors and employees. The fair value of equity settled share options and share grants is initially measured at grant date based on the binomial or Monte Carlo models and is charged to the income statement over the vesting period. For equity settled shares the credit is included in retained earnings. Cancellations of share options are treated as an acceleration of the vesting period and any outstanding charge is recognised in operating profit immediately. Any surplus or deficit arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is included as a movement in equity.

Dividends are included in the financial statements in the financial year in which they are approved.

 

 

(a) Allotted and fully paid share capital — ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

 

                                           
     Number
of shares
million
     Nominal
value
£ million
 

At 30 June 2015, 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013

     2,754         797   

(b) Hedging and exchange reserve

At 30 June 2015 the hedging reserve and exchange reserve comprised a credit of £21 million and a deficit of £1,173 million, respectively (2014 – a credit of £107 million and a deficit of £1,010 million, respectively; 2013 – a credit of £17 million and a deficit of £9 million, respectively).

(c) Own shares

Movements in own shares

 

                                           
     Number
of shares
million
    Purchase
consideration
£ million
 

At 30 June 2012

     259        2,257   

Share trust arrangements

     (6     (50

Shares call options exercised

     2        13   

Shares purchased

     6        125   

Shares sold to employees

            (1

Shares used to satisfy options

     (10     (112
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2013

     251        2,232   

Share trust arrangements

     (3     (42

Shares call options exercised(i)

     7        68   

Shares purchased

     7        138   

Shares sold to employees

            (1

Shares used to satisfy options

     (9     (115
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

     253        2,280   

Share trust arrangements

     (2     (18

Shares purchased

     4        70   

Shares used to satisfy options

     (7     (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     248        2,228   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Includes the fair value of foreign currency denominated call options exercised.

 

236


Financial statements (continued)

 

Share trust arrangements

At 30 June 2015 the employee share trusts owned 8 million of ordinary shares in Diageo plc at a cost of £119 million and market value of £149 million (2014 – 10 million shares at a cost of £137 million, market value £181 million; 2013 – 7 million shares at a cost of £111 million, market value £126 million). Dividends receivable by the employee share trusts on the shares are waived and the trustee abstains from voting.

Purchase of own shares

Authorisation was given by shareholders on 18 September 2014 to purchase a maximum of 251,215,000 shares at a minimum price of 28101/108 pence and a maximum price of higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting or on 17 December 2015, if earlier.

During the year ended 30 June 2015, the company purchased 4 million ordinary shares (including shares acquired through call option exercises), nominal value of £1 million (2014 – 14 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £4 million; 2013 – 8 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £2 million), representing approximately 0.1% (2014 – 0.5%; 2013 – 0.3%) of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares).

Shares were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to employees during the course of the year.

The monthly breakdown of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

                                                                 

Calendar month

   Number of shares
purchased
     Average price paid
pence
     Authorised purchases
unutilised at month end
 

September 2014(i)

     1,698,461         1781         249,516,539   

October 2014

     636,883         1766         248,879,656   

March 2015

     1,801,230         1864         247,078,426   
  

 

 

       

Total

     4,136,574         1815         247,078,426   
  

 

 

       

 

(i) Including 297,229 shares purchased at an average price of 1819 pence for the purpose of satisfying share awards made under the company’s share incentive plan.
(1) The aggregate consideration paid for purchase of own shares was £75 million (excluding expenses) in the year ended 30 June 2015.

(d) Dividends

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

        
Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2014 32.0 pence per share (2013 — 29.3 pence; 2012 — 26.9 pence)      801         735         673   
Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2015 21.5 pence per share (2014 — 19.7 pence; 2013 — 18.1 pence)      540         493         452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,341         1,228         1,125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The proposed final dividend of £ 875 million (34.9 pence per share) for the year ended 30 June 2015 was approved by the board of directors on 29 July 2015. As this was after the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.

Dividends are waived on all treasury shares owned by the company and all shares owned by the employee share trusts.

 

237


Financial statements (continued)

 

(e) Non-controlling interests

Diageo consolidated USL with 43.91% non-controlling interests from 2 July 2014. Diageo owns a 50% controlling interest (2014 – 50%) in Ketel One Worldwide B.V. (Ketel One), a company incorporated in the Netherlands. All other consolidated subsidiaries are fully owned or the non-controlling interests are not material.

Summarised financial information for USL, Ketel One and others, after fair value adjustments on acquisition, and the amounts attributable to non-controlling interests are as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2015     2014  
     USL
£ million
    Ketel One
and others
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Income statement

        

Sales

     2,363        1,627        3,990        1,534   

Net sales

     926        1,324        2,250        1,258   

(Loss)/profit for the period(i)

     (10     200        190        (69

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(ii)

     50        66        116        (239
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

     40        266        306        (308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     18        131        149        (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet

        

Non-current assets(iii)

     2,132        2,264        4,396        2,206   

Current assets

     527        518        1,045        525   

Non-current liabilities

     (579     (723     (1,302     (757

Current liabilities

     (580     (462     (1,042     (485
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     1,500        1,597        3,097        1,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     659        826        1,485        767   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow

        

Net cash from operating activities

     (32     314        282        132   

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

     388        (88     300        (68

Net cash outflow from financing activities

     (373     (196     (569     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (17     30        13        46   

Exchange differences

     2        1        3        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

            (72     (72     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) The loss for the year ended 30 June 2014 included an exceptional impairment loss, net of tax, in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and property of £199 million.
(ii) Other comprehensive income/(loss) is principally in respect of exchange on translating the subsidiary to sterling.
(iii) Ketel One includes the global distribution rights to distribute Ketel One vodka products throughout the world. The carrying value of the distribution rights at 30 June 2015 was £1,147 million (2014 – £1,053 million).

(f) Employee share compensation

The group uses a number of share award and option plans to grant to its directors and employees.

The annual fair value charge in respect of the equity settled plans for the three years ended 30 June 2015 is as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Executive share award plans

     27         30         31   

Executive share option plans

     4         4         8   

Savings plans

     4         3         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     35         37         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

238


Financial statements (continued)

 

Executive share awards are made under the Diageo 2014 Long Term Incentive plan (DLTIP) from September 2014 onwards. Prior to that, awards were made under the Diageo Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (DELTIP) or the Performance Share Plan (PSP). Under all of these plans, conditional awards can be delivered in the form of restricted shares or share options at the market value at the time of grant. To date, participants in the Performance shares under the DLTIP (previous PSP) have been granted only with conditional rights to receive shares, whilst under DELTIP both share awards and share options have been made.

Share awards vest and are released on the third anniversary of the grant date. Participants do not make a payment to receive the award at grant. Executive Directors are required to hold any vested shares awarded from 2014 for a further two-year period. Share options may normally be exercised between three and ten years after the grant date. Executives in North America and Latin America and Caribbean are granted awards over the company’s ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).

Performance shares under the DLTIP (previous PSP) are subject to achievement of three equally weighted performance tests over the three-year performance period; 1) a comparison of Diageo’s three-year TSR with a peer group; 2) compound annual growth in organic net sales over three years; 3) total organic operating margin improvement over three years. Performance measures and targets are set annually by the remuneration committee. The vesting range is 20% or 25% (for Executive Directors and for other participants respectively) for achieving minimum performance targets, up to 100% for achieving the maximum target level. Retesting of the performance condition is not permitted.

For performance shares under the DLTIP (previous PSP) dividends are accrued on awards and are given to participants to the extent that the awards actually vest at the end of the performance period. Dividends can be paid in the form of cash or shares.

For the three years ended 30 June 2015, the calculation of the fair value of each share award used the Monte Carlo pricing model and the following weighted average assumptions:

 

                                                                 
     2015      2014      2013  

Risk free interest rate

     1.4%         1.0%         0.3%   

Expected life of the awards

     37 months         36 months         36 months   

Dividend yield

     3.1%         2.7%         2.7%   

Weighted average share price

     1832p         1970p         1760p   

Weighted average fair value of awards granted in the year

     753p         1147p         916p   

Number of awards granted in the year

     2.5 million         2.5 million         3.1 million   

Fair value of all awards granted in the year

     £19 million         £29 million         £28 million   

Transactions on schemes

Transactions on the executive share award plans for the three years ended 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2015
Number of
awards
million
    2014
Number of
awards
million
    2013
Number of
awards
million
 

Balance outstanding at 1 July

     9.4        11.3        12.0   

Granted

     2.5        2.5        3.1   

Exercised/awarded

     (2.6     (3.4     (2.6

Forfeited/expired

     (1.7     (1.0     (1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance outstanding at 30 June

     7.6        9.4        11.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015, 7.2 million executive share options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of 1122 pence.

 

239


Financial statements (continued)

 

OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

This section includes additional financial information that are either required by the relevant accounting standards or management considers these to be material information for shareholders.

18. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Accounting policies

Provision is made for the anticipated settlement costs of legal or other disputes against the group where it is considered to be probable that a liability exists and a reliable estimate can be made of the likely outcome. Where it is possible that a settlement may be reached or it is not possible to make a reliable estimate of the estimated financial effect appropriate disclosure is made but no provision created.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

A judgement is necessary in assessing the likelihood that a claim will succeed, or a liability will arise, and to quantify the possible range of any settlement. Due to the inherent uncertainty in this evaluation process, actual losses may be different from the liability originally estimated.

 

 

(a) Guarantees and related matters

As of 30 June 2015, the group has no material guarantees or indemnities in respect of liabilities of third parties with the exception of the following:

Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V. (DHN) has issued a conditional backstop guarantee to Standard Chartered Bank (Standard Chartered) pursuant to a guarantee commitment agreement (the guarantee agreement). The guarantee is in respect of the liabilities of Watson Limited (Watson), a company affiliated with Dr Vijay Mallya, under a $135 million (£81 million) facility from Standard Chartered. The guarantee agreement was entered into as part of the arrangements put in place and announced at closing of the USL transaction on 4 July 2013. DHN’s provision of the guarantee agreement enabled the refinancing of certain existing borrowings of Watson to a third party bank and facilitated the release by that bank of rights over certain USL shares that were to be acquired by Diageo as part of the USL transaction. The facility matured and entered into default in May 2015.

Standard Chartered is required to take certain pre-agreed steps to recover from Watson prior to calling on the DHN guarantee. The underlying security package held by Standard Chartered includes shares in United Breweries Limited (UBL) and Watson’s interest in the joint venture that owns the Force India Formula One (F1) team. In June 2015, a consortium of banks led by State Bank of India (SBI) obtained an order from the Debt Recovery Tribunal (DRT) in Bangalore preventing the sale or any other transfer of such UBL shares as part of the enforcement process pending further orders from the DRT. DHN intends to vigorously pursue all options to appeal or lift the DRT order in order to allow for the sale of shares and recovery of outstanding amounts. This order was passed following the filing of a memo by Dr Mallya with the tribunal that he had no objection to it issuing the order in respect of the UBL shares. Diageo believes that the existence of any prior rights or dispute in relation to the UBL shares would be in breach of representations and warranties given to Standard Chartered at the time the security was granted and further believes that Dr Mallya’s filing of the memo with the tribunal and his failure to object to the order for status quo are breaches of his obligations to Standard Chartered.

Under the terms of the guarantee, there are arrangements to pass on to DHN the benefit of the security package if it makes a payment under the guarantee of all amounts owed to Standard Chartered. However, DHN’s ability to assume or enforce security over elements of the security package is subject to regulatory consent. It is not at this stage possible to determine whether such consent would be forthcoming.

In addition, DHN has the benefit of counter-indemnities from Watson and Dr Mallya in respect of its liabilities under the guarantee. In the event that DHN makes any payment under the guarantee, DHN would intend to pursue claims under these indemnities to seek to recover any outstanding amounts.

 

240


Financial statements (continued)

 

In light of the litigation risk associated with the UBL shares and the potential loss of realisable value of the F1 security during enforcement, Diageo believes the outstanding amounts may not be fully recoverable through the security enforcement process and/or otherwise paid under the counter-indemnities. However, Diageo is unable to meaningfully quantify the potential outcome from the recovery of the security package and/or the counter-indemnities and therefore any possible loss.

Dr Mallya has indicated, both in response to DHN notifying its intention to bring counter-indemnity claims in respect of any liability incurred under DHN’s guarantee of the Watson facility and as a standalone matter, that he believes he has certain claims against Diageo arising out of the failure to conclude a joint venture with him in respect of certain emerging markets in Africa and Asia (excluding India) and to provide significant financial benefits to him.

The possibility of an emerging markets joint venture was previously disclosed by Diageo in the announcement of its initial USL transaction on 9 November 2012, alongside the details of a non-binding memorandum of understanding for the establishment of a joint venture to own United National Breweries’ traditional sorghum beer business in South Africa (UNB joint venture). That announcement noted that it was not certain whether the emerging markets joint venture would be established or, if so, on what basis. Subsequently, at the time of completion of its initial USL transaction on 4 July 2013, Diageo announced that, once Diageo and Dr Mallya’s near-term priority of the integration of USL into the Diageo group was successfully underway, Diageo and Dr Mallya would explore the opportunity of extending their relationship into other emerging markets in Africa and Asia (excluding India) through a further joint venture relationship on terms and with a scope yet to be determined. This announcement also stated that it was not certain whether such a joint venture would be established and, if so, on what basis, albeit that it was contemplated that it would absorb the UNB joint venture (which had since become the subject of definitive agreement as announced by Diageo on 28 January 2013 and completion of which took place on 27 June 2013 following receipt of necessary regulatory and competition clearances). As announced on 2 April 2015, Diageo agreed to acquire the remaining 50% of the UNB joint venture, and this acquisition completed on 29 May 2015 at which point UNB became a wholly owned Diageo group subsidiary.

Diageo believes, consistently with its prior disclosures, that it has no outstanding obligations to Dr Mallya as regards the establishment of an emerging markets joint venture or the provision of financial benefits. Diageo would contend vigorously any such claim that may be brought by Dr Mallya whether in the context of a counter-indemnity claim for DHN’s liability under its guarantee of the Watson facility or otherwise.

(b) Colombian litigation

An action was filed on 8 October 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York by the Republic of Colombia and a number of its local government entities against Diageo and other spirits companies, alleging several causes of action, including violations of the Federal RICO Act. This claim was dismissed in November 2012. The dismissal was without prejudice and as such, plaintiffs are not barred from bringing a similar action in future, although the company currently believes any such future action to be unlikely. Diageo remains committed to continued dialogue with the Colombian governmental entities to address the underlying issues.

(c) Korean customs dispute

On 5 January 2015, Diageo Korea accepted the Korean court recommendation to settle litigation against Korea customs regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable to spirits imported between 2004 and 2010. For the fiscal year ended 30 June 2015, Diageo has charged £146 million before tax in respect of resolving this dispute as well as other related matters.

Total payments made to settle this dispute in 2015 were £74 million. £87 million was paid to the customs authorities prior to 30 June 2014, and at 30 June 2014 was accounted for as a receivable from Korean customs. It is expected that any outstanding items will be settled and the customs dispute concluded within the next 18 months based on historical case timelines.

(d) Thalidomide litigation

In June 2014, claims forms alleging product liability and negligence for injuries arising from the consumption of thalidomide were filed in the High Court in London against Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited, its parent Diageo Scotland Limited (formerly Distillers Company Limited), as well as against Grünenthal GmbH, the developer of the drug (not a member of the group). On 4 December 2014 these claims forms were served by lawyers acting for the claimants. Since then the proceedings in respect of the 28 individuals that have now issued claims in the United Kingdom have been stayed until 31 December 2015.

 

241


Financial statements (continued)

 

Diageo is unable to meaningfully quantify the possible loss or range of loss to which these lawsuits may give rise. Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited distributed thalidomide in the United Kingdom for a period in the late 1950s and early 1960s.

Diageo has worked voluntarily for many years with various thalidomide organisations and has provided significant financial support.

(e) Acquisition of USL shares from UBHL, winding-up petitions against UBHL and other proceedings in relation to the USL transaction

On 4 July 2013 Diageo completed its acquisition, under a share purchase agreement with United Breweries (Holdings) Limited (UBHL) and various other sellers (the SPA), of 21,767,749 shares (14.98%) in USL for a total consideration of INR 31.3 billion (£342 million), including 10,141,437 shares (6.98%) from UBHL. Through a series of further transactions, as of 2 July 2014, Diageo has a 54.78% investment in USL (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust).

Prior to the acquisition from UBHL on 4 July 2013, the High Court of Karnataka (the High Court) had granted leave to UBHL under sections 536 and 537 of the Indian Companies Act (the Leave Order) to enable the sale by UBHL to Diageo to take place (the UBHL Share Sale) notwithstanding the continued existence of five winding-up petitions (the Original Petitions) that were pending against UBHL on 9 November 2012, being the date of the SPA. Additional winding-up petitions have been brought against UBHL since 9 November 2012, and the Leave Order did not extend to them. At the time of the completion of the UBHL Share Sale, the Leave Order remained subject to review on appeal. However, as stated by Diageo at the time of closing on 4 July 2013, it was considered unlikely that any appeal process in respect of the Leave Order would definitively conclude on a timely basis and, accordingly, Diageo waived the conditionality under the SPA relating to the absence of insolvency proceedings in relation to UBHL and acquired the 10,141,437 USL shares from UBHL at that time.

Following closing of the UBHL Share Sale, appeals were filed by various petitioners in respect of the Leave Order. On 20 December 2013, the division bench of the High Court set aside the Leave Order (the 20 December Order). Following the 20 December Order, Diageo filed special leave petitions (SLPs) in the Supreme Court of India against the 20 December Order.

On 10 February 2014, the Supreme Court of India issued an order admitting the SLPs and ordering that the status quo be maintained with regard to the UBHL Share Sale. The SLPs were last scheduled to be heard by the Supreme Court on 22 July 2015. The hearing did not, however, take place on that date. The latest indication from the Supreme Court website is that the matter is likely to be listed on 26 August 2015.

In separate proceedings, the various winding-up petitions against UBHL have been progressing through the High Court since closing of the UBHL Share Sale. In separate rulings issued by the High Court on 22 November 2013 and 13 December 2013, the High Court admitted two of the winding-up petitions against UBHL. An appeal filed by UBHL against the first ruling issued on 22 November 2013 was dismissed by a division bench of the High Court on 16 December 2013. That dismissal is now the subject of a further appeal by UBHL before the Supreme Court of India. On 6 February 2014, UBHL filed an appeal with a division bench of the High Court against the second ruling issued on 13 December 2013 and that appeal is still pending. The last hearing date of that appeal was 18 June 2015, and the next hearing date is yet to be fixed. The High Court admitted a further six winding-up petitions against UBHL on 2 January 2015. On 22 January 2015 and 27 March 2015, UBHL filed appeals with a division bench of the High Court against the latest admission order. Two of these appeals were last heard on 11 June 2015, and one appeal was last heard on 17 June 2015. The matters were adjourned following the last hearings and the next hearing dates for these appeals are yet to be fixed.

Diageo continues to believe that the acquisition price of INR 1440 paid to UBHL for the USL shares is fair and reasonable as regards UBHL, UBHL’s shareholders and UBHL’s secured and unsecured creditors. However, adverse results for Diageo in the proceedings referred to above could, absent leave or relief in other proceedings, ultimately result in Diageo losing title to the 10,141,437 USL shares acquired from UBHL. Diageo believes it would remain in control of USL and be able to consolidate USL as a subsidiary regardless of the outcome of this litigation. There can be no certainty as to the outcome of the existing or any further related legal proceedings or the timeframe within which they would be concluded.

Diageo also has the benefit of certain contractual undertakings and commitments from the relevant sellers in relation to potential challenges to its unencumbered title to the USL shares acquired on 4 July 2013, including relating to the winding-up petitions described above and/or certain losses and costs that may be incurred in the event of third party actions relating to the acquisition of the USL shares.

 

242


Financial statements (continued)

 

Separately, Diageo continues to pursue completion of the acquisition of an additional 3,459,090 USL shares (representing 2.38% of the share capital of USL) under the SPA from the USL Benefit Trust.

Currently certain lenders to USL are refusing to release security that they hold over those shares notwithstanding that they have been repaid in full. USL is taking steps including proceedings before the High Court to expedite the release of the security. As previously disclosed, if it is not ultimately possible to complete the acquisition in relation to these shares, they would instead continue to be held by the USL Benefit Trust subject to an undertaking that the trustees would only vote the shares at the direction of USL.

(f) USL internal inquiry and related matters

In a notice to the Indian stock exchange dated 4 September 2014, USL announced that its board of directors had directed an inquiry into certain matters referred to in USL’s financial statements and the qualified auditor’s report for the financial year ended 31 March 2014 (the Inquiry). The transactions noted in the Inquiry occurred prior to Diageo gaining significant influence over USL on 4 July 2013 when it completed the transaction to purchase shares in USL to take its aggregate shareholding to 25.02%. USL provided an update on 25 April 2015 in relation to the Inquiry which covered various matters, including certain doubtful receivables, advances and deposits. An additional update was set out in USL’s announcement on 23 July 2015 of its unaudited financial results for its first quarter ended 30 June 2015.

As stated by USL in its update, the Inquiry: (a) revealed that funds involved in many of the commercial transactions covered by the Inquiry were diverted from USL and/or its subsidiaries to certain companies in the UBHL group, including in particular Kingfisher Airlines Limited; (b) prima facie revealed that certain accounting entries appear to have been made and certain transactions entered into on behalf of USL appear to have been undertaken in order to show a lower exposure of USL (and its subsidiaries) to UBHL than that which actually existed at the relevant time; and (c) also identified certain additional matters where documents identified raised concerns as to the propriety of certain underlying commercial transactions with counterparties referred to in the notes to USL’s audited accounts for the financial year to 31 March 2014. The inquiry suggests that the manner in which these various transactions were conducted, prima facie, indicates various improprieties and potential violations of provisions, inter alia, of the Indian Companies Act 1956 and the listing agreements signed by USL with various stock exchanges in India on which its securities are listed.

USL has recorded provisions in an aggregate amount of INR 6,712 million (approximately £65 million) with respect to (a) above, and in an aggregate amount of INR 2,368 million (approximately £23 million) with respect to (c) above. Diageo believes that these provisions represent the full amount of funds indicated by the Inquiry as having been diverted from USL and its subsidiaries to companies in the UBHL group in respect of such transactions. These amounts were fully provided for in the fair value balance sheet consolidated by Diageo on 2 July 2014. Diageo does not expect any further material financial impact on USL or Diageo’s financial results in connection with such transactions.

The USL board stated in its update of 25 April 2015 that it was not in a position to make any final determinations with regard to the position of any individuals involved and therefore directed USL to report the relevant transactions to the authorities as required under applicable law and to provide the inquiry report to USL’s auditors. The USL board also resolved that USL should take the necessary steps to pursue all rights and claims against, and expeditiously recover its dues from, the relevant parties to the extent possible. As announced by USL on 23 July 2015, it is now in the process of initiating steps for recovery against the relevant parties.

In light of the above, and without making any determination as to fault or culpability, the USL directors noted in the update of 25 April 2015 that they had lost confidence in Dr Vijay Mallya continuing in his role as a director and as chairman of USL and therefore the USL board called upon Dr Mallya to resign forthwith as a director and as chairman of the board and step down from his positions in USL’s subsidiaries. The board of USL also resolved that, in the event Dr Mallya declined to step down, it would recommend to the shareholders of USL the removal of Dr Mallya as a director and as the chairman of the board. Dr Mallya has indicated he will not tender his resignation.

Diageo is the majority shareholder in USL with a 54.78% holding in USL. As previously announced by Diageo, it has certain contractual obligations to support Dr Mallya continuing as non-executive director and chairman of USL subject to certain conditions and in the absence of certain defaults. Those matters were agreed on 9 November 2012 as part of a broader shareholders’ agreement and came into effect on 4 July 2013 when Diageo completed the purchase of shares to take its aggregate shareholding in USL to 25.02%.

Subsequent to its announcement of 25 April 2015, USL has provided its inquiry report and all related materials to Diageo. As announced by Diageo on 27 April 2015, Diageo has noted the recommendation of the USL board and is considering its position under its agreements with Dr Mallya and UBHL in light of the inquiry report and materials provided to it. Diageo’s consideration of that matter is ongoing and Diageo will continue to review closely developments in respect of USL in this context.

 

243


Financial statements (continued)

 

USL made provisions in its financial statements for the two years ended 31 March 2014 and 31 March 2015 in respect of the issues identified by the Inquiry. The audit report on the financial statements of USL for the year ended 31 March 2015 was also qualified in respect of the issues.

(g) SEC Inquiry

Diageo has received an inquiry from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regarding its distribution in the United States. Diageo is currently responding to the SEC’s request for information in this matter. Diageo is unable to assess if the inquiry will evolve into a broader information request or an enforcement action or, if this were to transpire, to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss, if any, to which any such action might give rise.

(h) Other

The group has extensive international operations and is defendant in a number of legal, customs and tax proceedings incidental to these operations, the outcome of which cannot at present be foreseen.

In particular, the group is currently the defendant in various customs proceedings that challenge the declared customs value of products imported by certain Diageo companies. Diageo continues to defend its position vigorously in these proceedings.

Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is aware) is there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the financial position of the Diageo group.

19. COMMITMENTS

(a) Capital commitments

Commitments for expenditure on intangibles and property, plant and equipment not provided for in these consolidated financial statements are estimated at £114 million (2014 — £162 million; 2013 — £159 million).

(b) Operating lease commitments

The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable leases, principally in respect of properties, are as follows:

 

                                           
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
 

Payments falling due:

     

Within one year

     96         102   

Between one and two years

     70         80   

Between two and three years

     61         59   

Between three and four years

     51         50   

Between four and five years

     51         43   

After five years

     217         223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     546         557   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are no significant leases for which contingent rent is payable, nor any that have purchase options, escalation clauses or restrictions. Certain of the operating leases have renewal clauses which are at fair market value. In respect of property not currently utilised, the group has entered into sub-leases for which the minimum amount receivable is £28 million (2014 — £21 million). The amount received under these leases is included in sales in the income statement.

20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions between the group and its related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions.

(a) Subsidiaries

Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed. Details of the principal group companies are given in note 21.

 

244


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Associates and joint ventures

Sales and purchases to and from associates and joint ventures are principally in respect of premium drinks products but also include the provision of management services.

Transactions and financial position with associates and joint ventures are set out in the table below:

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Income statement items

        

Sales

     117         156         67   

Purchases(i)

     85         89         71   

Balance sheet items

        

Group payables

     3         8         5   

Group receivables

     11         12         12   

Loans payable

     6         7         15   

Loans receivable

     2         41         29   

Cash flow items

        

Loans and equity contributions, net

     26         25         31   

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2013 purchases of maturing inventories from Moët Hennessy were £4 million.

Other disclosures in respect of associates and joint ventures are included in note 6.

(c) Key management personnel

The key management of the group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary. They are listed under ‘Board of Directors and Company Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’.

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

     9         9         10   

Annual incentive plan

     4         2         7   

Non-executive directors’ fees

     1         1         1   

Share-based payments(i)

     9         13         16   

Post employment benefits(ii)

     2         2         1   

Termination benefits

     1                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     26         27         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Time-apportioned fair value of unvested options and share awards.
(ii) Includes the value of the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

Non-Executive Directors do not receive share-based payments or post employment benefits. Details are given in the Directors’ remuneration report of the individual Directors’ remuneration and transactions between the group and key management personnel.

(d) Pension plans

The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of administration services provided by the group to the pension plans and with professional fees paid by the group on behalf of the pension plans. The total amount recharged for the year was £13 million (2014 — £17 million; 2013 — £11 million).

(e) Directors’ remuneration

 

                                                                 
     2015
£ million
     2014
£ million
     2013
£ million
 

Salaries and benefits

     2         3         3   

Annual incentive plan

     1                 3   

Non-executive director’s fees

     1         1         1   

Share option exercises(i)

             4         13   

Shares vesting(i)

     5         7         10   

Post employment benefits(ii)

     1         1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10         16         31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

245


Financial statements (continued)

 

 

(i) Gains on options realised in the year and the benefit from share awards, calculated by using the share price applicable on the date of exercise of the share options and release of the awards.
(ii) Includes the value of the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

Details of the individual Directors’ remuneration are given in the Directors’ remuneration report.

21. PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES

The companies listed below include those which principally affect the profits and assets of the group. The operating companies listed below may carry on the business described in the countries listed in conjunction with their subsidiaries and other group companies.

 

                                                                                       
    

Country of
incorporation

   Country of
operation
     Percentage
of equity
owned(i)
   

Business description

Subsidiaries

          
          

Diageo Ireland

   Republic of Ireland      Worldwide         100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
          

Diageo Great Britain Limited

   England      Worldwide         100   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks
          

Diageo Scotland Limited

   Scotland      Worldwide         100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
          

Diageo Brands B.V.

   Netherlands      Worldwide         100   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks
          

Diageo North America, Inc.

   United States      Worldwide         100   Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
          

United Spirits Limited(ii)

   India      India         54.78   Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
          

Diageo Capital plc(iii)

   Scotland      United Kingdom         100   Financing company for the group
          

Diageo Finance plc(iii)

   England      United Kingdom         100   Financing company for the group
          

Diageo Investment Corporation

   United States      United States         100   Financing company for the US group
          

Mey İçki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş.

   Turkey      Turkey         100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
          

Associates

          
          

Moët Hennessy, SNC(iv)

   France      France         34   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

 

 

(i) All percentages, unless otherwise stated, are in respect of holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.
(ii) Excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust.
(iii) Directly owned by Diageo plc.
(iv) French partnership.

 

246


Report of independent registered public accounting firm — internal controls

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Diageo plc:

We have audited Diageo plc’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Diageo plc’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, appearing in the Corporate Governance Report in Diageo plc’s Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Diageo plc maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated income statements, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended on pages 182 to 246, including the disclosures within the section ‘Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests’ on page 171, and the section ‘Key management personnel related party transactions’ on page 176 and our report dated 29 July 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

KPMG LLP

London, England

29 July 2015

 

247


Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

                                                                                              
     Year ended 30 June  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
     £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million  

Earnings

          
Income before taxes on income, non-controlling interests and discontinued operations      2,933        2,711        3,057        3,043        2,281   

Less: Capitalised interest

     (2     (4     (2     (5     (4

Less: Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     (175     (252     (217     (229     (192

Add: Dividends received from associates

     183        228        220        190        150   

Add: Fixed charges

     697        671        758        752        766   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,636        3,354        3,816        3,751        3,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed charges

          

Interest payable and other finance charges(i)

     656        629        716        709        727   

Add: Interest capitalised

     2        4        2        5        4   

Add: One third of rental expense

     39        38        40        38        35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     697        671        758        752        766   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     ratio     ratio     ratio     ratio     ratio  

Ratio

     5.2        5.0        5.0        5.0        3.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Interest payable and other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2015 includes a £55 million charge (2014 – £117 million; 2013 – £151 million; 2012 – £151 million; 2011 – £107 million) in respect of fair value adjustments to the group’s derivative instruments.

 

248


Additional information for shareholders

Legal proceedings

Information on the legal proceedings is set out in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Related party transactions

Transactions with Directors are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report and transactions with other related parties are disclosed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

Share capital

Major shareholders

At 31 July 2015, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the company’s ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the company.

 

Shareholder

   Number of
ordinary shares
     Percentage of
issued
ordinary
share capital
(excluding
treasury
shares)
    Date of notification
of interest
 

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (indirect holding)

     147,296,928         5.89     3 December 2009   

Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

     124,653,096         4.99     28 April 2009   

The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The company’s substantial shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the company.

As at the close of business on 31 July 2015, 437,112,680 ordinary shares, including those held through ADSs, were held by approximately 2,737 holders (including ADR holders) with registered addresses in the United States, representing approximately 17.38% of the outstanding ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 109,174,410 ADSs were held by 2,299 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former GrandMet or Guinness Group ADR holders who have not re-registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary shares held by them.

Trading market for shares

Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) and on the Dublin and Paris Stock Exchanges. Diageo ADSs, representing four Diageo ordinary shares each, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the LSE. Diageo shares are traded on the LSE’s electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders match with corresponding buy or sell orders.

Only member firms of the LSE, or the LSE itself if requested by the member firm, can enter or delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless of size, must be reported within three minutes of execution, but may be eligible for deferred publication.

The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) allows for delayed publication of large trades with a sliding scale requirement based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover (ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of trade to three trading days after time of trade.

 

249


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the sterling and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the sterling price of the ordinary shares on the LSE and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low daily closing market quotations (which represent an average of bid and asked prices) for the ordinary shares on the LSE, taken from its Daily Official List, and the highest and lowest daily closing prices for ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 

                                                                                                   
     Per ordinary share      Per ADS  
     High
pence
     Low
pence
     High
$
     Low
$
 

Year ended 30 June

           

2011

     1301         1033         85.43         63.08   

2012

     1642         1112         104.00         72.77   

2013

     2085         1649         126.40         102.48   

2014

     2137         1768         132.74         115.83   

2015

     2023         1710         130.41         108.58   

Three months ended

           

September 2013

     2137         1898         131.82         115.83   

December 2013

     2030         1880         132.42         121.85   

March 2014

     2004         1768         132.74         116.32   

June 2014

     1942         1806         130.60         121.67   

September 2014

     1904         1710         130.41         114.40   

December 2014

     1981         1710         123.40         109.77   

March 2015

     2023         1782         121.94         109.08   

June 2015

     1967         1755         121.95         108.58   

2015 monthly

           

January

     2023         1782         121.94         109.08   

February

     1950         1837         119.26         113.89   

March

     1954         1849         117.85         110.00   

April

     1967         1797         116.89         111.02   

May

     1842         1755         112.91         108.58   

June

     1932         1761         121.95         109.30   

July

     1950         1790         121.62         112.31   

At close of business on 31 July 2015, the market prices for ordinary shares and ADSs were 1790 pence and $112.31 respectively.

American depositary shares

Fees and charges payable by ADR holders

Citibank N.A. serves as the depositary (Depositary) for Diageo’s ADS programme having replaced the Bank of New York Mellon, the predecessor depositary, on 14 February 2013. Pursuant to the deposit agreement between Diageo, the Depositary and owners and holders of ADSs (the ‘Deposit Agreement’), ADR holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. In particular, the Depositary, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, shall charge a fee of up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) relating to the issuance of ADSs; delivery of deposited securities against surrender of ADSs; distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (i.e. sale of rights and other entitlements); distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs; distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e. spin-off shares); and depositary services. Citibank N.A. is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013, U.S.A.

 

250


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

In addition, ADR holders may be required under the Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary (a) taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges; (b) registration fees; (c) certain cable, telex, and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses; (d) the expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency; (e) such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements; and (f) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary, the Custodian, or any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of ADSs. The Depositary may (a) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge and (b) deduct from any cash distribution the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and any taxes, duties or other governmental charges on account.

Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary

The Depositary reimburses Diageo for certain expenses it incurs in connection with the ADR programme, subject to a ceiling set out in the Deposit Agreement pursuant to which the Depositary provides services to Diageo. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the programme. Diageo had a similar arrangement with the Bank of New York Mellon.

Under the contractual arrangements with the Depositary, Diageo will receive a fixed contribution of at least $1,000,000 each year (less certain expenses incurred by the Depositary) and a variable contribution based on issuance and cancellation fees in excess of a threshold amount. These payments are received for expenses associated with non-deal road shows, third party investor relations consultant fees and expenses, Diageo’s cost for administration of the ADR programme not absorbed by the Depositary and related activities (e.g. expenses associated with the annual general meeting), travel expenses to attend training and seminars, exchange listing fees, legal fees, auditing fees and expenses, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filing fees, expenses related to Diageo’s compliance with US securities law and regulations (including, without limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and other expenses incurred by Diageo in relation to the ADR programme.

Articles of association

The company is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307.

The following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo’s articles of association (as adopted by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting on 14 October 2009) and applicable English law concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 31 July 2015. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association.

Investors can obtain copies of Diageo’s articles of association by contacting the Company Secretary at the.cosec@diageo.com.

Any amendment to the articles of association of the company may be made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, by way of special resolution.

Directors

Diageo’s articles of association provide for a Board of Directors, consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25 directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a general meeting or appointed by Diageo’s Board. At each annual general meeting, the following are required to retire and are then reconsidered for election/re-election, assuming they wish to stand for election/re-election: any director who has been appointed by Diageo’s Board since the last Annual General Meeting; any director who has been in office during the two previous general meetings and did not retire at either of them; and any director who has been in office, other than in an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting. There is no age limit requirement in respect of directors. Directors may also be removed before the expiration of their term of office in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts.

Under Diageo’s articles of association, a director cannot vote in respect of any proposal in which the director has an interest. However, this restriction on voting does not apply where the interest cannot reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest, nor to resolutions (a) giving the director any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred for the benefit of Diageo, (b) giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of obligations of Diageo for which

 

251


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security, (c) relating to an offer of securities of Diageo in which the director participates or may participate as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting, (d) relating to any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director’s interest in securities of Diageo or by reason of any other interest in or through Diageo, (e) concerning any other company in which the director is directly or indirectly interested, provided that the director does not have a relevant interest in that company, (f) relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit (including any retirement benefit plan) in which the director will share equally with other employees, (g) relating to any insurance that Diageo purchases or maintains for its directors or any group of people, including directors, (h) giving the director an indemnity where all the other directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms, and (i) for the funding by Diageo of the director’s expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by Diageo of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all the other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements. A director cannot vote in relation to any resolution of the board concerning his own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with Diageo or any company in which Diageo is interested.

Under Diageo’s articles of association, compensation awarded to directors may be decided by the Board or any authorised committee of the Board. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board concerning matters relating to remuneration policy. It is comprised of all the non-executive directors except for the chairman.

The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of Diageo to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all net external borrowings of the group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to twice the aggregate of the group’s adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in Diageo’s articles of association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of Diageo’s shareholders.

Directors are not required to hold any shares of Diageo as a qualification to act as a director.

Dividend rights

Holders of Diageo’s ordinary shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors may also pay interim dividends or fixed rate dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. All of Diageo’s ordinary shares rank equally for dividends, but the Board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of Diageo’s shares from a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts. Dividends may be paid in currencies other than sterling and such dividends will be calculated using an appropriate market exchange rate as determined by the directors in accordance with Diageo’s articles of association.

If a dividend has not been claimed, the directors may invest the dividend or use it in some other way for the benefit of Diageo until the dividend is claimed. If the dividend remains unclaimed for 12 years after the date such dividend was declared or became due for payment, it will be forfeited and will revert to Diageo (unless the directors decide otherwise). Diageo may stop sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments in payment of dividends by post in respect of any shares or may cease to employ any other means for payment of dividends if either (a) at least two consecutive payments have remained uncashed or are returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed, or (b) one payment remains uncashed or is returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new postal address or account of the holder. Diageo must resume sending dividend cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing that means of payment if the holder requests such resumption in writing.

Diageo’s articles of association permit payment or satisfaction of a dividend wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Such action must be directed by the general meeting which declared the dividend and upon the recommendation of the directors.

Voting rights

Voting on any resolution at any general meeting of the company is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands, (a) every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting, and every proxy appointed by any one shareholder and present at a general meeting, has/have one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or, subject to (b),

 

252


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

represented by the proxy), and (b) every proxy present at a general meeting who has been appointed by more than one shareholder has one vote regardless of the number of shareholders who have appointed him or the number of shares held by those shareholders, unless he has been instructed to vote for a resolution by one or more shareholders and to vote against the resolution by one or more shareholders, in which case he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder, but a shareholder or proxy entitled to more than one vote need not cast all his votes or cast them all in the same way (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy).

A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

 

    the chairman of the general meeting;
    at least three shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution and present in person or by proxy at the meeting;
    any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution; or
    any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to vote on the relevant resolution on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

Diageo’s articles of association and the Companies Acts provide for matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the proposing and passing of two kinds of resolutions:

 

    ordinary resolutions, which include resolutions for the election, re-election and removal of directors, the declaration of final dividends, the appointment and re-appointment of the external auditor, the remuneration report and remuneration policy, the increase of authorised share capital, and the grant of authority to allot shares; and
    special resolutions, which include resolutions for the amendment of Diageo’s articles of association, resolutions relating to the disapplication of pre-emption rights, and resolutions modifying the rights of any class of Diageo’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class.

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. The necessary quorum for a meeting of Diageo is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any share held by him if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.

Liquidation rights

In the event of the liquidation of Diageo, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority in accordance with English law, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them.

Pre-emption rights and new issues of shares

While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under Diageo’s articles of association, the ability of the directors to cause Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company’s articles of association or given by its shareholders in a general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders.

 

253


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Disclosure of interests in Diageo’s shares

There are no provisions in Diageo’s articles of association whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Diageo’s shares are required to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under the Companies Acts. The basic disclosure requirement under Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules made by the Financial Conduct Authority (successor to the UK Financial Services Authority) imposes a statutory obligation on a person to notify Diageo and the Financial Conduct Authority of the percentage of the voting rights in Diageo he directly or indirectly holds or controls, or has rights over, through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments, if the percentage of those voting rights:

 

    reaches, exceeds or falls below 3% and/or any subsequent whole percentage figure as a result of an acquisition or disposal of shares or financial instruments; or
    reaches, exceeds or falls below any such threshold as a result of any change in the breakdown or number of voting rights attached to shares in Diageo.

The Disclosure and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation of disclosure will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations for specified persons.

Under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, Diageo may, by notice in writing, require a person that Diageo knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the three years preceding the date of notice interested in Diageo’s shares to indicate whether or not that is the case and, if that person does or did hold an interest in Diageo’s shares, to provide certain information as set out in that Act.

Rule 3 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules further requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within Diageo (and their connected persons) to notify Diageo of transactions conducted on their own account in Diageo shares or derivatives or certain financial instruments relating to Diageo shares.

The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

General meetings and notices

At least 21 clear days’ written notice of an annual general meeting is required. Any general meeting which is not an annual general meeting is called a ‘general meeting’. The minimum notice period for general meetings is 21 clear days.

An annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months of Diageo’s accounting reference date and at a time and place determined by the directors.

The chairman of any general meeting is entitled to refuse admission to (or eject from) that general meeting any person who fails to comply with any security arrangements or restrictions that the board may impose.

Variation of rights

If, at any time, Diageo’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of Diageo’s articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that (a) the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) or, if such quorum is not present on an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class regardless of the number of shares he holds, (b) any holder of shares of the class who is present in person or by proxy may demand a poll, and (c) each shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

 

254


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with or subsequent to that class of shares in all respects or by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the purchase or redemption by Diageo of its own shares, in each case in accordance with the Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association.

Repurchase of shares

Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, Diageo may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of Diageo’s issued share capital. Diageo currently has shareholder authority to buy back up to 251 million ordinary shares during the period up to the next Annual General Meeting. The minimum price which must be paid for such shares is 28 101108 pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share (as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which that ordinary share is contracted to be purchased and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out.

Restrictions on transfers of shares

The Board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the Board may reasonably require, (b) is in respect of only one class of share and (c) if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

The Board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo’s certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the transfer is shown to the Board to be pursuant to an arm’s length sale (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association).

Exchange controls

Other than certain economic sanctions which may be in effect from time to time, there are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends, interest or other payments to holders of Diageo’s securities who are non-residents of the UK or on the conduct of Diageo’s operations.

There are no restrictions under the company’s articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the company’s ordinary shares.

Please refer to the ‘Taxation’ section below for details relating to the taxation of dividend payments.

Documents on display

The Annual Report on Form 20-F and any other documents filed by the company with the SEC may be inspected at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Information on the operation of the public reference room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1 800 SEC 0330.

 

255


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Taxation

This section provides a descriptive summary of certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, but only those who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.

It does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or a listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to special rules, including:

 

    a dealer in securities or foreign currency;
    a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;
    a tax-exempt organisation;
    a life insurance company;
    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;
    a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the voting stock of Diageo;
    a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction;
    a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes; or
    a US holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax advisor with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in ordinary shares or ADSs.

For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of their shares or ADSs and who hold their shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies, other financial institutions or to persons who have or are deemed to have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an employment or trade. This summary does not apply to persons who are treated as non-domiciled and resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of UK tax law. This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the United Kingdom and the practice of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs, all as currently in effect, as well as on the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Tax on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.

A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes:

 

    a citizen or resident for tax purposes of the United States and who is not and has at no point been resident in the United Kingdom;
    a US domestic corporation;
    an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source; or
    a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This section addresses only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes. Holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the US federal, state and local, and UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs in their respective circumstances. In particular, holders are encouraged to confirm with their advisor whether they are US holders eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.

 

256


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Dividends

UK taxation

There is no UK withholding tax on dividends. A shareholder who is an individual resident for UK tax purposes in the United Kingdom that receives a dividend from the company will generally be entitled to a tax credit equal to one-ninth of the dividend. The individual will be taxable on the total of the dividend and the related credit, known as the gross dividend, which will be regarded as the top slice of the individual’s income. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the basic rate, the tax credit will be treated as discharging the individual’s liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the higher rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 32.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual’s income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual’s liability to income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 22.5% of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the additional rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 37.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the additional rate of income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual’s income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual’s liability to income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 27.5% of the gross dividend. Shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax which are small companies (for the purposes of the UK taxation of dividends) will not generally be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo. Other shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will not be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo so long as the dividends fall within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general, dividends paid on shares that are ordinary share capital for UK tax purposes and are not redeemable and dividends paid to a person holding less than 10% of the issued share capital of the payer (or any class of that share capital) are examples of dividends that fall within an exempt class. A shareholder who is not liable for tax on dividends received on the shares will not be entitled to claim payment of the tax credit in respect of those dividends.

The Chancellor announced in his Budget of 8 July 2015 substantial changes in relation to the taxation of dividends for individuals. If these changes are enacted, from 6 April 2016 the dividend tax credit will be abolished and replaced with a new tax-free dividend allowance of £5,000 for all taxpayers and the dividend tax rates will become 7.5% for basic rate taxpayers, 32.5% for higher rate taxpayers and 38.1% for additional rate taxpayers.

Eligible US holders will not normally be entitled to a tax credit under the Treaty, nor will they be subject to a withholding tax by the United Kingdom.

US taxation

Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company (PFIC), rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxed at the preferential rates applicable to long term capital gains, provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period requirement. Under UK law, dividends are not subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes the amount of the dividend received, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and, depending on the US holder’s circumstances, will generally either be ‘passive’ or ‘general’ income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit, if allowable, to a US holder. The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the US dollar value of the pence payments made, determined at the spot pounds sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

 

257


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Taxation of capital gains

UK taxation

A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at no time been resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent establishment. A disposal (or deemed disposal) of shares or ADSs by a holder who is resident in the United Kingdom may, depending on the holder’s particular circumstances, and subject to any available exemption or relief, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK taxation of chargeable gains.

US taxation

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

PFIC rules

Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If treated as a PFIC, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, US holders would be treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ pro-rated over the holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain or distribution was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if Diageo were a PFIC at any time during the holding period in a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends received from Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if Diageo is a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

UK inheritance tax

Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, an ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual’s lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. In a case where an ordinary share or ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

Stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) arises upon the deposit of an underlying ordinary share with the Depositary, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of its issue price or, as the case may be, of the consideration for transfer. The Depositary will pay the SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of ADSs. No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs in practice, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

Purchases of ordinary shares will be subject to UK stamp duty, or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. However, where ordinary shares being acquired are transferred direct to the Depositary’s nominee, the only charge will generally be the higher SDRT charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so acquired.

 

258


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Warning to shareholders — share fraud

Please beware of the share fraud of ‘boiler room’ scams, where shareholders are called ‘out of the blue’ by fraudsters (sometimes claiming to represent Diageo) attempting to obtain money or property dishonestly. Further information is available in the investor section of the company’s website (www.diageo.com) but in short, if in doubt, take proper professional advice before making any investment decision.

 

259


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Signature

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

DIAGEO plc
(REGISTRANT)

/s/ DA MAHLAN

Name: DA Mahlan
Title: Chief Financial Officer
11 August 2015

 

260


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Exhibits

 

1.1      Articles of Association of Diageo plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 October 2009).
2.1      Indenture, dated as of 3 August 1998, among Diageo Capital plc, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-8874) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 24 July 1998 (pages 365 to 504 of paper filing)).(i)
2.2      Indenture, dated as of 1 June 1999, among Diageo Investment Corporation, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 November 2001 (pages 241 to 317 of paper filing)).(i)
2.3      Indenture, dated as of 8 December 2003, among Diageo Finance B.V., Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 9 December 2003).(i)
4.1      Service Agreement, dated 1 July 2010, between Diageo plc and Deirdre A. Mahlan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 September 2010).
4.2      Service Agreement, dated 7 May 2013, between Diageo plc, Diageo North America, Inc. and Ivan Menezes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 12 August 2013).
4.3      Letter of Agreement, dated 19 July 2007, between Diageo plc and Dr Franz B Humer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.4      Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United Kingdom, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).
4.5      Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).
4.6      Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United Kingdom, in use as of July 2015.
4.7      Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States, in use as of July 2015.
4.8      Diageo 2010 Sharesave Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.9      Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.10      Rules of the Diageo plc 2009 International Share Match Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.11      Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 October 2009).
4.12      Diageo plc 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 October 2009).
4.13      Diageo plc 2008 Performance Share Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).
4.14      Diageo plc 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).
4.15      Diageo plc Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.16      Diageo plc Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.17      Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.18      Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

 

261


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

4.19      Diageo plc 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.20      Diageo plc 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.21      Diageo plc UK Sharesave Scheme 2000, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.22      Addendum to Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.23      Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan, dated as of 23 August 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 5 September 2012).
4.24      Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 18 September 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-206290) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).
6.1      Description of earnings per share (included in the section ‘How we measure performance: Key performance indicators’ on page 28 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
7.1      Description of unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges (included on page 248 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
8.1      Principal group companies (included in note 21 to the consolidated financial statements on page 246 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
12.1      Certification of Ivan Menezes filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).
12.2      Certification of Deirdre A. Mahlan filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).
13.1      Certification of Ivan Menezes furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).
13.2      Certification of Deirdre A. Mahlan furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).
15.1      Consent of KPMG Audit Plc, independent registered public accounting firm.
15.2      Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
15.3      KPMG Audit Plc’s letter regarding change in auditor.
15.4      KPMG LLP’s letter regarding change in auditor.

 

 

(i) Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under Diageo’s indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

 

262


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Cross reference to Form 20-F

 

Item

  

Required item in Form 20-F

  

Page(s)

Part I

     

1.

   Identity of directors, senior management and advisers    Not applicable

2.

   Offer statistics and expected timetable    Not applicable

3.

   Key information   
   A. Selected financial data    8-11
   B. Capitalization and indebtedness    Not applicable
   C. Reason for the offer and use of proceeds    Not applicable
   D. Risk factors    36-41

4.

   Information on the company   
   A. History and development of the company   

5, 16, 51-53, 80-82, 99, 101, 123, 131, 197-202, 206-209, 244, 251

   B. Business overview   

5, 12-19, 38, 51-74, 83-98, 124-125, 190-194

   C. Organizational structure    246
   D. Property, plants and equipment   

13-15, 55, 59, 62, 66, 69, 197-199, 213-215

4A.

   Unresolved staff comments    Not applicable

5.

   Operating and financial review and prospects   
   A. Operating results   

9-11, 15-16, 28, 30, 38, 45-98, 120-133, 197-199, 216-221, 226-227

   B. Liquidity and capital resources    30, 49, 52-53, 78, 81-82, 99-102, 221-224, 229-230, 233-235, 244
   C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.    15
   D. Trend information    7, 32-33, 35
   E. Off-balance sheet arrangements    102
   F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations    101
   G. Safe harbor   

6.

   Directors, senior management and employees   
   A. Directors and senior management    134-138, 174
   B. Compensation    151-157, 163-174, 216-221, 238-239
   C. Board practices    134-136, 142, 148-152, 160-161, 178
   D. Employees    196-197
   E. Share ownership   

156-157, 165-169, 171-172, 176, 238-239

7.

   Major shareholders and related party transactions   
   A. Major shareholders    249
   B. Related party transactions    163, 173, 176, 244-246, 249
   C. Interests of experts and counsel    Not applicable

8.

   Financial information   
   A. Consolidated statements and other financial information    10, 22, 180-246
   B. Significant changes    Not applicable

9.

   The offer and listing   
   A. Offer and listing details    250
   B. Plan of distribution    Not applicable
   C. Markets    249-250
   D. Selling shareholders    Not applicable
   E. Dilution    Not applicable
   F. Expenses of the issue    Not applicable

10.

   Additional information   
   A. Share capital    Not applicable
   B. Memorandum and articles of association    251-255
   C. Material contracts   

160-161, 238-239

   D. Exchange controls    255
   E. Taxation    256-258
   F. Dividends and paying agents    Not applicable
   G. Statement by experts    Not applicable
   H. Documents on display    255
   I. Subsidiary information    Not applicable

 

263


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Item

  

Required item in Form 20-F

  

Page(s)

11.

   Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk    102, 225-233

12.

   Description of securities other than equity securities   
   A. Debt securities    Not applicable
   B. Warrants and rights    Not applicable
   C. Other securities    Not applicable
   D. American depositary shares    250-251

Part II

     

13.

   Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies    Not applicable

14.

   Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds    Not applicable

15.

   Controls and procedures   
   A. Disclosure controls and procedures    142
   B. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting    144
   C. Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm    247
   D. Changes in internal control over financial reporting    144

16A.

   Audit committee financial expert    150

16B.

   Code of ethics    143

16C.

   Principal accountant fees and services    149, 196

16D.

   Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees    Not applicable

16E.

   Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers    100-101, 237

16F.

   Change in registrant’s certifying accountant    149-150

16G.

   Corporate governance    145-146

16H.

   Mine safety disclosure    Not applicable

Part III

     

17.

   Financial statements    Not applicable

18.

   Financial statements    See Item 8

19.

   Exhibits    261-263

Additional information

  
   Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges    248
   Glossary of terms and US equivalents    265-266

It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Diageo plc with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at the SEC’s public reference room, located at 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and on the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

264


Glossary of terms and US equivalents

In this document the following words and expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

 

Term used in UK annual report

  

US equivalent or definition

Associates

   Entities accounted for under the equity method

American Depositary Receipt (ADR)

   Receipt evidencing ownership of an ADS

American Depositary Share (ADS)

   Registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares of 28 101108 pence each

Called up share capital

   Common stock

Capital redemption reserve

   Other additional capital

Company

   Diageo plc

CPI

   Consumer price index

Creditors

   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Debtors

   Accounts receivable

Employee share schemes

   Employee stock benefit plans

Employment or staff costs

   Payroll costs

Equivalent units

   An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. To convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10, and certain pre-mixed products classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five.

Euro, €, ¢

   Euro currency

Exceptional items

   Items that, in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or nature

Excise duty

   Tax charged by a sovereign territory on the production, manufacture, sale or distribution of selected goods (including imported goods) within that territory. It is generally based on the quantity or alcohol content of goods, rather than their value, and is typically applied to alcohol products and fuels.

Finance lease

   Capital lease

Financial year

   Fiscal year

Free cash flow

   Net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with net purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software and with movements in loans

Freehold

   Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity

GAAP

   Generally accepted accounting principles

Group and Diageo

   Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries

IFRS

   International Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
Impact Databank, IWSR, IRI, Beverage Information Group and Plato Logic    Information source companies that research the beverage alcohol industry and are independent from industry participants

Net sales

   Sales after deducting excise duties

Noon buying rate

   Buying rate at noon in New York City for cable transfers in sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

Operating profit

   Net operating income

Organic movement

   At level foreign exchange rates and after adjusting for exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals for continuing operations

Own shares

   Treasury stock

Pound sterling, sterling, £, pence, p

   UK currency

Price/mix

   Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales exceeds the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants or as price changes are implemented.

 

265


Glossary of terms and US equivalents (continued)

 

Term used in UK annual report

  

US equivalent or definition

Profit

   Earnings

Profit for the year

   Net income

Provisions

   Accruals for losses/contingencies

Reserves

   Accumulated earnings, other comprehensive income and additional paid in capital

RPI

   Retail price index

Ready to drink

   Ready to drink products. Ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as premix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.

SEC

   US Securities and Exchange Commission

Share premium

   Additional paid in capital or paid in surplus

Shareholders’ funds

   Shareholders’ equity

Shareholders

   Stockholders

Shares

   Common stock

Shares and ordinary shares

   Diageo plc’s ordinary shares

Shares in issue

   Shares issued and outstanding

Trade and other payables

   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Trade and other receivables

   Accounts receivable

US dollar, US$, $, ¢

   US currency

 

266